《Pedlar of Another World》 Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 1 [Transported] My name is Lu Bu. Yeah, my name is quite special. I heard from my dead mother, that my family is the descendant of the Great Warrior, Lu Bu from the Three Kingdom. Be it true or not, I had been laughed and joked since childhood because of this specific name. I am turning thirty this year, and I am a NEET. What is a NEET you asked? It means I am a person that is [Not In Employment, Education or Training]. In a Layman term, I am a rubbish in this life, with nothing special in me. All I still have in hand is the money my parents left for me before they went to die. To be honest, I have no idea about why my parents leaving so suddenly, I heard that the Airplane they took got into an accident, and is still not found until now. They are dead since I am twenty-five, which means I had been a NEET for five years already. Being bullied wherever I go, the only thing that could attract my interest is by playing more games, watching more TV and documentary channel, and read anything that I could land my hands on. Up to date, I dare to say that I have at least finished fifty thousand books, and completed more than a hundred games. I got PS4, Xbox, Nintendo Wii, and many more different consoles in my home, I have loads of toys and even money that could allow me to spend without worrying about it finishing at all. Being left alone in this world without anyone at all, is lonely. My father and mother is the only child in their family, and unfortunately, their life never goes too far before they too passed away. I used to try to date a beautiful female during my University period, but unfortunately, I am too ugly in her opinion, so I got rejected even before I managed to touch her hand. For now, all I could do is to relief myself whenever I felt in need. But after I had got even more and more tired of this all, I start to wonder about what is the point of me being still alive within this world. I wish I could be like what I read from those Novels in the web, transferred into a different world with amazing talents, skills, and luck to obtain all those special treasures and beauty, while became strong until they ascend into an immortal. But like how a human love to dream, what is odd of me being reincarnated into a different world compares to winning a lottery. Oh yeah, I did have this kind of mind before, and to check the possibility of chances between this two, I spend 100 bucks every time I went to the Lottery counter to buy a total of 10 different lucky pick numbers and see when would I get the Top Prize. After maintaining this effort for a total of two years, I managed to win the Jackpot prize of 200 Million, and I got even wealthier instead. Support the creativity of authors by visiting the original site for this novel and more. Every single day, I blame the world for making me so normal like others, because no matter how many money I have in hand, I felt that I had lost the motive to continue living. Since all my family members already not around with me, should I actually spends all the money I have, and go to die? I think I should. That moment, I withdraw half of my fortune and went to travel around the world, living in the most luxurious hotel, eating the most expensive foods, and enjoy the craziest sports. Bungee jumping, Paragliding, mountain trekking, and whatever you could think. After all, this done, I still have many remains within my bank, so I withdraw the remaining money and bring it along to one of the oldest temples in the world, to presents it to the Head Monk before I ask to be allowed to be dead. "Kind One, why would you want to be dead?" the Head Monk asked, of course. But I answered him in a very simple sentence. I have lost all the motivation to continue my life, I wish to be reborn again. The Head Monk shakes his head a few times, as he continues. "This Kind One, go straight from this direction, and you will saw a tower high up towards the sky. When you reach the top, pray for the lightning to come and bring your soul to be reborn. You should take this piece of Engraved piece of Jade along your way, it will grant you a safe and successful journey to obtains what you want." I grabbed the piece of Jade and proceeds to walk towards the direction the Head Monk speaks. With only some small provisions is prepared in my bag, I spend almost ten days walking towards the same direction and finally saw a high ten-storey height tower. I entered the tower and finally reached the peak. Since the Head Monk did mention something about Pray for the Lightning to come, I decided to meditate on the top of the tower and clapped my hand together as I wish for lightning to come and brings me away. --------------------------------------------------- What happened? I felt into a blackout after meditating for a while. Is it three days? Four? I have no idea at all, but before me, a pitch black surrounds all around me as I tried to see is there any floors around me. Wait, it seems like I am leaning on a ground instead of standing straight. I opened my eyes, and before my eyes, a seems to be historical European Buildings around me is seem well build, with myself leaning on the side of the building in an alleyway. "Hey, Lu Bu! Being so lazy again? You should stop being so useless and start your life meaningfully!" another man that was resting beside me call my name as he advises me to stop being so lazy all the time. "Where is this?" I speak, the moment the man heard what I said, his face became shocked. Lu Bu speaks! He actually speaks after I had known him for twenty years!!" that man stands up and run away in panic. He mentioned knowing me for twenty years. He looked like twenty or twenty-one as well, does that means? I walked towards the glass window on the building and looked at my reflection. All I could notice is that I had been reborn into a twenty years old male, with the same name and in unknown places. My facial feature is almost the same as previous when I am around twenty, but this new face seems more good looking compared to the old me. Did I actually get strike by the Lightning and reborn into a new world? Soon. maybe after ten minutes if running around nonstop, the male returned to my side as he starts to speaks with me. "Lu Bu, did you finally wake up after living in an eccentric mind for twenty years?" he said. But I immediately reply him by saying "I am not sure, I felt like just wake up in a totally different world. where are we now, do you have any idea?" Lu Bu question totally made this new friend of his laugh his heart out, but before he answers, he pointed on the Entrance Gate of this little town and speaks. "I don''t care what stuff you come out all of sudden, but it is the time we two need to works, so let us get outside of the city and I will slowly explain to you about everything." this friend of his stands up and starts to walk towards the City exists. Lu Bu pays attention to this friend as he walked away, and noticed that both of them actually have the same waist belt with a few different compartments to store different items. Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 2 [Understanding this World. A New Life Begins!] What are we going to do here anyway? We walked towards the outskirt of the town and heading straight ahead to the mountain area where a few caves could be seen from far away. Then, this friend of mine starts to talk as he sees my confused looking face. Well, this is my first time to walk out from the town after I had been reincarnated into this world anyway. "Listen here, My name is Han Li, we are friends since we are young until now. Both of us are orphans, we have no parents nor inheritance behind our back, so after we left the Plum Village, we both travel quite far until we reached this town known as the Ling Hun Town (Spirit Town)." "The place we are heading now is known as the Ling Hun Crystal Cave. There is a small Crystal Vein deep within this cave, so a good amount of Spirit Crystal could be mined and sold to the people in Ling Hun Town for some money. What is with your blank expression? You don''t even remember how the money looks like in our world? My god!" "Look, this is the money I still have in my pocket." Han Li opened one of the compartment on his waist belt and withdraw three pieces of small Black Crystal to let me have a look. The Black Crystal possesses a special kind of energy that causes it to not staying still on Han Li''s palm, and these small crystals are being treated as the currency in use between cities and its population. Brother Han Li, what could we get from mining in this cave? If the Black Crystal is so easily mined, then why not everyone come to mine instead of looking for a job? "You are really having a brain damage this time huh? No wonder you could speak out of sudden after being friends for more than twenty years! Listen here! The crystals we are mining here is not those black crystals, but the Red Power Crystal and Green Physical Crystal. This is a Red and Green Veins, so only this two kind of crystals are produced." "Come, we should quickly go in and starts to mine now, or else we are really going to be hungry for tonight again." unexpectedly, from that small compartment within Han Li''s waist, two Pickaxe in their low quality and effectiveness is withdrawn, as Han Li throw one to me and urge me to start mining. Firstly, I take a few minutes of looking at him in how to notice and find the crystals. It seems like with each tap on the rock, a colour will appears if there is any Crystal behind that surface. After learning this trick from Han Li, I begin to start mining for the crystals. I tapped and tapped for quite a long time, but regrettably, I only managed to obtained two Red Power Crystals after tapping and clawing the rocks for about half an hour. I looked at Han Li''s current condition. Although he is much more skilful, from the look of the cloth pouch on his shoulder, it seems that Han Li managed to get around seven crystals so far. Since I am a reincarnated beings, I should have some superpower, am I correct?A case of content theft: this narrative is not rightfully on Amazon; if you spot it, report the violation. Brother Han Li, what is this Crystal is used for? Could we use it ourselves? "You are asking me this stuff in the middle of working? You are really giving me a headache. Like its name, the Red Power Crystal increase the strength of our body when we absorb it into our body. The Green Physical Crystal increase your body capability, and so forth. There are many kinds of crystals could be found in the world, that''s what I heard from those shopkeepers, but since our life is more difficult, why would we use it on ourselves and suffer a day or two of hunger for it?" "Five pieces of Red Power Crystals or Green Physical Crystals could be exchanged into a single Black Spirit Crystals. A Black Spirit Crystal could be used to purchase five Buns from the shop, or two Black Spirit Crystals could be used to purchase a Lower Grade 10 Pickaxe from the Blacksmith. More Black Spirit Crystals will be required if we wished to buy a small hut, like five hundred of them." Han Li explains as he continues to taps on the rock. I hesitate for a moment, before I put what he said into consideration. If what Han Li says is true, that means selling the crystals directly would be better instead of using it ourselves. But is that the truth? Brother Han Li seems like someone simple and straightforward, If this information is twisted in order for the higher ups to obtains the most benefits, that means we are being treated like a mining slave instead, and having to suffer poverty from the moment we are born! Since this is how the life is arranged, for now, I will go ahead and see where could I find a chance to get out from this situation. I put in more effort into my mining and by the end of the day, I leave the Ling Hun Crystal Cave with a total of eleven Red Power Crystals and six Green Physical Crystals in my waist belt. This waist belt is so magical. The four compartments could be used to store a good amount of items until it is full, but in return of the magical qualities, I received a good mobility in my movement. We went back to the Ling Hun Town, and I exchanged ten Red and five Green Crystals for a total of three Black Spirit Coins. We turned around and walked over to a shop that sells quite a delicious bun as recommended by Han Li, and for the cost of two Black Spirit Crystals, I purchased a total of ten buns to be eaten in the period of three days. "You want to return to the Ling Hun Crystal Cave?" Han Li is slightly shocked with my words, but since he has no comment on what I wanted to do at night, he could only say "Be very careful, rest more if you could because at night, sometimes there would be some Wild Beast that will attack the traveller or miner when they are less cautious on their surrounding." After I listened to his advice, I walked out from the alleyway we used to sleep, and quickly make my way to the Cave without delay. Like in the morning time, we took about an hour to reach the cave from the Ling Hun Town, but since this time I am travelling by myself, I reached the cave in forty minutes. I entered the cave and return to the spot where I stopped mining earlier and continue to mine once again. It''s felt like I am addicted to this kind of life because, at the very least, I have a motive to continue living within this world for now. But this time, in additionally, I want to try to excel in it, so I took out the two remaining crystals within my waist belt and tried to absorb it into my body. By putting the crystal on my forehead, the small hint of Strength came into my body without any obstruction, and although it is a minuscule amount, I could felt some strength grows within my body. the same felt when I put the Green Physical Crystal on my forehead as well, with the only difference is instead of feeling stronger, I felt more energetic instead, like the body gain a small point of stamina for me to work harder. It seems like if I used the crystals in a large amount, it would help in strengthening myself. I wonder will there be anything else outside of this small town that could really make my life become more adventurous as I imagined. "Taking Action is better than thinking!" I make up my mind as I begin to tap the pickaxe on the rock continuously, with a wish to obtains more crystals before I return to the town in the morning. without even noticing the time, the sun rises and a large number of Miners slowly came into the cave and starts to mine, as the cave starts to become even livelier because of all the chattering and murmuring of the miners in each of their tunnels. Seems like I already continuously mine the crystals for around eight to ten hours already, I should stop by now and return to the town with this results. I happily walk away from the cave, with a total of 57 Red Power Crystals and 43 Green Physical Crystals. On the way back to the town, I absorbed two of the Red Power Crystals, and three of the Green Physical Crystals, and exchange the remaining crystals for a total of 18 Black Spirit Crystals, and currently holding 19 Black Spirit Crystals in hand. Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 3 [Picking up the Pedlar Setup Ring!] "What! You actually managed to earn 18 Black Spirit Crystals in a single night?" Han Li was shocked with such a results, but he does know the fact that if one would mine the crystals without stopping for a long period of time, such haul is almost guaranteed. But what he doesn''t know is that Lu Bu currently is aided with his previous lifetime experience as well, so in addition to this kind of knowledge, efficiently mining for crystals become slightly easier for Lu Bu. Are you going to Mine today? I asked Han Li because from what I could see, we both are currently homeless travellers that reside from one alleyway to another, so in practice, except our belly that needs to be filled, we do not have any burden at all to force us to work on a daily basis. Even if one doesn''t mine the crystals all the time, there will be still other jobs to take on. Within this unknown world, many kinds of jobs are available and opened for anyone with skills to participates. As long the rewards from the job are guaranteed with a few Black Spirit Crystals, it will have no lack of demand at all from the workforce available within the Ling Hun Town. Even participating in the Town Guards would grant you a salary of 30 Black Spirit Crystals every Month, enough for the guards to use the resources to purchase their needs, plus there is meal and accommodation are provided, so being the Town Guards is nowhere bad at all. But in order for one to become a Town Guards, a stats of at least seven point of strength is required, with no other restrictions on whatever other points one could have in their overall performance. With the measuring Tablets is erected nicely before the entrance of the Town Guards Headquarters, all interested participants would first check their strength before they enrol into the Town Guards team. Some more advanced job such as the Alchemist, Refiner and Concocter, is highly in demand, but unfortunately, the lack of talented individuals cause this kind of job to have a rise in their salary, just in order to head-hunt more talents to help in this kind of matters. One more kind of Job is also quite common, but only those qualified and possess a great luck, could obtain it. It is known as the World Pedlars, a job that not everyone has the qualification to obtains it. To become a chosen World Pedlar, one will need to found the so called Pedlar Setup Ring. It is a mysterious accessory that could convert the overall status of the owner into a visual panel, and more options could be chosen from there onwards. The Ring grants its owner the approval of obtaining and mastering all different kind of skills and arts, as the World Pedlar''s Stash of Items is always out of extraordinary compares to those that one could find in normal shops. With such a beneficial benefits one could obtain from founding such a ring, caused the world to get chaotic for a moment before all the ruckus and greed slowly died and buried away. At the moment, it is known that within this world, a total of eleven World Pedlars is seen within the whole world, each with a different name. Carrying different speciality products, and possessing deadly capabilities. --------------------------- "Of course I have to go to the cave, I''m not like you, getting rich in a single night!" Han Li sarcastically speaks as he stands up and went over to the Town Exits. I watch Han Li walked further away, and soon, I turn around and decided to take a rest before I decide on what I want to do next after I wake up. Just like that, I fall asleep for almost eight hours, only to be awoken by Han Li that just came back from the cave. We talked for a while, and from his words, he managed to get around six Black Spirit Crystals today because his luck is quite good. Since I have extras on the bun I previous purchased, we shared the bun together, before Han Li decided to call it as a day. Although the Sun is setting soon, most of the shop is still opened for business, as I walked into a shop to see what merchandise they have within. "Welcome, erm, you are the homeless guy that sleeps along the alleyway daily for a whole week right? What do you need from our shop?" a female reception quickly recognize my identity from my attire and messy impression. Although her word has nothing offensive hidden within, the colder treatment from appearing before the female in such condition is visibly seen from her expression. "I will take a look around and see if I need anything specifically," I answered her as I walked around and looks at those tools available for sale within the shop. Since this is a proper tool shop, many kinds of tools such as the pickaxe, saw, small daggers could be obtained from this shop without any problem at all. I then withdraw my Pickaxe from my waist belt and make a comparison against another two pickaxe on the shelves. "The one in your hand is the Lower grade 10 Brass Pickaxe, it is quite rusty by the way. On your left side, that is a same Lower Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe, for sale with the price of Five Black Spirit Crystals, and the one here on your right, is the Medium Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe, for sold with the price of 10 Black Spirit Crystals." the female reception says. I checked on both pickaxe before decided to purchase the Medium Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe, and paid the amount of ten Black Spirit Crystals to the female reception before leaving the shop without any other words. The female''s facial expression seems to be a little regretful from looking down on me, but oh well, no matter where you go, the concept of worshipping the rich and stepping the poor will always be around. I walked towards the Town exits and heads to the cave once again. Forty minutes later, I arrived at the cave entrance, and choose one tunnel that yet to have its entrance board taken away. Seems like tonight is quite busy, I wonder why would that be. Putting aside all the thoughts away, I walked into the cave and start mining as soon as possible.This book was originally published on Royal Road. Check it out there for the real experience. The moment I lift up the Lower Grade 10 Pickaxe I received from Han Li and tap on the rocks, a loud "Tingg!" sound could be heard, the next thing, the pick of the Pickaxe is broken and become unable to use any longer. "I am lucky I bought a new Pickaxe before I come!" Without any hesitation, I withdraw the Medium Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe of mine and starts to tap on the rock. Deep within my mind, I keep complaints about the losses of a 5 Black Spirit Crystals worth pickaxe that was given to me by Han Li. But up to its expectation, the Medium Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe is even more efficient in compared with the Lower Grade one. Currently, with each swing, a larger piece of unused rocks will fall to the ground and allow an easier access towards the crystals that was hidden behind this loose rocks. I manage to obtain almost the same amount of crystals I got from yesterday in just eight hours, and since there is another three hours before the sun rise, I decided to continue to mine the crystals until the time for the morning group of miners came over. Just that moment, suddenly, my pickaxe get in contact with some harder materials. Weird, what is that thing? I tried to pry it open from the cover of the rocks, so I pick the surrounding rocks away and left with one fist size translucent crystal with a weird ring within. I pick that ring up and stared at it for a while before I put it on my forehead. "It won''t be a cursed item that will cause me to become evil or anything right?" The moment the crystal and my forehead made its contact, a surge of wind suddenly blows around me, as the crystal slowly melts and absorbed into my head. The ring slowly floats as it came into my index finger in a perfect fit, and with a sound came into my head. [Active?]. I stunned for a while, as I considered the options to chose. Why not? "Active!" As the word came out from my lips, a sky blue coloured panels like a flat screen appear before me, with all the information regarding my body size, my strength, my current condition and even my inventory quickly appear within the Screen Panels. Hmm, it seems that the previous Red and Green Crystals that I had absorbed actually increase my body capability by a little. Status Panel Name: Lu Bu Age: 20 Wealth: 9 Black Spirit Crystals
Strength: 5+(0.03) Physical: 5+(0.04) Agility: Locked Magic: Locked
??? Locked ??? Locked ??? Locked ??? Locked
Item: Medium Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe
4 x Bun 51 x Red Power Crystals 39 x Green Power Crystals
Skills: Scan Traits: Unknown More information: Unknown Friends: Han Li (20 years old childhood friend) The status quickly shows up with many kinds of the item is still in the locked condition, but with the Status Panel, I could easily check about how my status is growing, which allows me to be not as ordinary as the other people. Looking at the scan skill that I have, I kept the Panel aside as I decided to try and activate the skill. "Scan!" I shouted, and like receiving a command, the ring that was located on my left index finger quickly have a flash came out from the small hole within the ring, and after the wall of rocks is being scanned through by the flash of light, a scanned x-ray picture appears within the panel, allowing me to have a deeper look on where the crystals are located deep within the wall of rocks. Since there is such a special bonus for being able to locate the crystals efficiently, I guess it would be a disgrace to not fully utilizing such a talent. The moment I convince myself that this is the righteous way to behave myself, and with its full accuracy, I tapped the wall of rocks in a way that would allow me to obtains the crystals in the easiest way. Within a blink of an eye, three hours finally came, as the morning miners already begin to flocked around the cave entrance. I spend some remaining time to remove the proof of my mining capability, and walks as light and unnoticeable to the others, just to leave the cave without any obstacles. I quickly went back to the Ling Hun town, and in between of the way, I tried to scan towards the woods to see if there is anything available for me to collects before I entered the town. Out of my expectations, there is actually at least more than three dozen of collectables is available to be collected if he willing to take some time to enter the woods. Lu Bu almost stepped into the grassy patch, before an adventurer pulled his clothes and toss him on the ground. "What the heck are you doing?" the adventurer speaks as he looked at me differently. "Trying to go in to find some collectables?" I vaguely answered his questions. but the moment this adventurer heard my words, he instantly gave me a heavy knock on my skull, causing me to immediately sees a few shooting stars in my eyes. "You are barely qualified to enter the woods to gather those items within, get stronger first!" the adventurer speaks as he kicks me away back to the walking path, and force me to return to the city instead. Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 4 [Trying Hard to refine the Crystals!] Let me calculate the number of Crystals I have in hand first. I sneakily withdraw my stacks of Red Power Crystals and quickly calculates their total, before I start the same on the Green Physical Crystals. After I completed, I finally obtained the total number of Crystals within my hand. In that time span of thirteen hours, I actually managed to mine a total of 99 Red Power Crystals and 73 Green Physical Crystals. I went over to make the same exchange again, but in between of the trip, I am actually approached by a staff from the Refiner Workshop. "Hi, young brother. Are you interested to try your luck in the path of refining? We are running a free trial recruitment at the moment, why not you come over and try to see if you have some talent in refining materials?" the staff approached me with a very sweet words, but since I have nothing much to do, I go ahead and follow the person into their testing ground. Within the testing ground, a total of three different baskets full of Crystals could be seen within, where it would be used to test the capability of the participants in their ability in refining materials. The first basket is filled with the Red Power Crystals, with the second is full of Green Physical Crystals and the third is full with Violet Resistance Crystals. The participants'' task in this test would be required to collect five pieces of the crystals to refine them into a more higher version. The Crystals that was mined before by Lu Bu within the Ling Hun Crystal Cave is only at their lower Grade 10 Red Crystals and Green Crystals. But in this exam, they are required to refine five of the Crystals to form a Medium Grade 10 Red Crystals. But the chances of failure in this test is not too low either. The total of five Lower Grade 10 Crystals worth One Black Spirit Crystal each, and if the five managed to be refined into a single Medium Grade 10 Crystal, their value will increase to two Black Spirit Crystals each. But the success rate of this refining is only between 10% to 45%, and only the most experienced Refiner could confidently refine the five Lower Grade 10 crystals into a Medium one, so the amount of Medium Red Power Crystal within the market is very limited to purchase. "Young brother, let me roughly teach you the basic of refining skill first. Very first and foremost, the Material Refining will need one to extremely focus on your concentration. You will first put together the five piece of Lower Grade 10 Crystals together, to allows the energy within to combined into one entity. The more focus you are, the easier it forms." "Then, slowly, you will need to peel off those emptied crystal shells that left aside by the Energy, and stop when you''re only left with the core of the Crystal Energy. Allows the Crystal Energy to crystallize, and if it''s successfully formed, you will end up with a piece of Medium Grade 10 Crystals in your hand. Of course, it seems easy from the method I am explaining, but would you believe me if I tell you that in ten attempts, I usually failed around three to four times, and ends with only around six to seven success in hand?" the staff perform the example of how to refine the Crystal in front of the participants, and next, each of them were given a total of five pieces of crystals to tries themselves. Lu Bu patiently put the crystals altogether, and grip it tightly. He put all his concentration on the five piece of crystals that were going to combine with each other, and slowly felt the energy within each crystal is slowly moving towards a point altogether. The moment the Crystal Energy finally gathered at the same spot, those leftover crystal shells quickly starts to soften, as Lu Bu carefully peel off the shells one by one. After peeling most of the shell apart from being attached to the core of the Crystal Energy, Lu Bu allows the Crystal Energy to slowly crystallized, and soon, when it was almost success, the Crystal Energy starts to crack into two. And soon, like a cracked jewel, the almost crystallized Energy slowly turned into smaller pieces of crushed crystals, and soon, it becomes ashes and gets blown away by the wind of nature. I am actually failed in this test. I guess that Material Refining isn''t actually the suitable job for me. As I turned around to leave, I heard a voice came into my head. [Toot! One point received in the Crystal Refining. Obtain nine more points to increase your Level into another stage.] the voice spoke within Lu Bu''s mind and gave him a little shock. But the moment he turned around and prepared to leave, the staff approached Lu Bu and starts to speaks. "Young brother, it is a very good result!" the staff praise me for my good performance. But I shake my head and tell him that I failed to form the Medium Grade 10 Crystal in the end, so no matter how good is the performance, I am failed within my eyes. That is what I tell the staff. But like he was not bothered to listen to what I had said, he pulled my hand as he leads me towards to his superior. "Section Leader Zhu, this kids potential should be quite good, shall we give him a chance?" the staff continue to praise me in front of his superior, and then, this person called as Section Leader Zhu turned his head around as he looked at me, from head to toe, causing me to felt a hint of uneasiness in my heart. "Kid, do you have any intention to join the Refining Workshop?" Section Leader Zhu suddenly extends an offer before me. Looking at what happened, the Staff happily laugh as he already expects what will happen.The narrative has been stolen; if detected on Amazon, report the infringement. "If you agreed to join the Refining Workshop, you will be tasked with the duty of refining the Medium Grade 10 Crystals of few different types, but our main production is often either the Power Crystals, Physical Crystals, or the Resistance Crystals. As a worker of the Refining Workshop, we pay our worker a total of 30 Black Spirit Crystals every month, as long you managed to fulfil your daily quota." "You will be required to refine a minimum ninety Medium Grade 10 Crystals every month, which is about three Medium Crystals every day. Of course, you could finish handling in your quota earlier before you start refining more to obtain more pays, but its exchange rate is One Black Spirit Crystal for each Medium Crystals you produced." "So, are you keen to join us?" the Section Disciple Zhu asked. "I will, thank you for the offer," I answered the Section Leader Zhu immediately without any hesitations. He praised me for being so decisive, and as those small humble words are already exchanged, I am excused to return to what I want to do, before reporting into my job tomorrow first in the morning. But the next thing I did, is no longer went over to the exchange Shop, but straight towards the alleyway instead to where Han Li usually sleeps. When I return, Han Li already left his spot, but since I roughly know where he went, I decided to let him know what just happened tomorrow before I went over to the Refining Workshop. But for the meantime, is the time for me to try and replicate the thing I''ve just learned a while ago. Since I have a total of 99 Red Power Crystals an 73 Green Physical Crystals in hand, I should have the opportunity to at least try for a total of 33 attempts in refining some Medium Grade 10 Crystals. The total of 33 attempts here would cost me a total of 33 Black Spirit Crystals to practice, but if my luck is good, even by successfully refined half of them, would most probably allow me to break even on my total cost, so why not? Being extremely motivated at the moment, I quickly start the refining attempts. I gathered all the crystals that I will spend my next few hours to refine out from the compartments, and started to refine them one at a time. Five Lower Grade 10 Red Power Crystals... "Poof!" failed. It''s ok, another set, it''s your turn this time... "Poof!" another failure. Just like this, I actually failed for five times in one go, and in exchanges for that failure, I actually obtained a total of five points, making my points six in total, and only four more is required to have an increase in Crystal Refining by one stage. I tried to open the Status Panel by whispering [Active] softly, and like how I wish it to be, the Status Panel actually appears in a minuscule size this time, about a textbook wide. I scrolled to the section where Skills is listed on it, and over here, I managed to found the descriptions of this Crystal Refining Skill Tree. Tenth Grade Crystal Refining Level 1 (6/10) (2% Success Rate Increment) (allows user to refine the Crystal into a higher grade/Upgrade for more special quirks) "Hmm, seems like this skill needs to be constantly upgraded so it could provide more beneficial quirks for its user," I speak for myself as I read through the descriptions, and on my sixth attempt, it failed once again. This time, the experience point for the Crystal Refining increase to (7/10), just three points remains before It got levelled up. This time, I put my faith in refining the five piece of Lower Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals instead. Following the same procedures again, I put most of my effort to properly completes the required task one by one. From allowing the Crystal Energy to completely gathers at one spot, I begin to slowly peel off the softened Crystal Shells next, until the Core is finally revealed. This time, the brilliant light released from the Core is so dazzling that It would actually hurt my eyes a little. I then proceed to slowly place the green crystal on a plate, allowing the Core to slowly crystallized. The moment the core is completely crystallized, a beautifully light green lustre is released from the Green Physical Crystal, as the indication that the Core had successfully been refined into a Medium Grade 10 Green Physical Crystal. Of course, the moment the Crystal is successfully formed, the notification regarding the Crystal Refining is levelled up came in instantly. Tenth Grade Crystal Refining Level 2 (0/20) (4% Success Rate Increment) (allows user to refine the Crystal into a higher grade/Upgrade for more special quirks) "Nice! With the success rate increased to 4%, an even more successful refined product will appear in my hand!" I happily cheer myself as I quickly continue with my remaining 26 tries. An hour later, my facial expression becomes even gloomier than previously. Although I have a slight increment in my success rate, I guess that still doesn''t guarantee my success no matter how motivated I am. In that 26 tries, I had failed eleven times in a row, with only 15 more tries remaining in my hand. Although the experience point became 11/20 at the moment but losing so many crystals in such a short moment, seriously hurts my pocket slightly. I guess that''s why the Crystals of higher ranks and grades could fetch such a good price in the world of stronger peoples. I rest my mind for a short moment, and tries once again, with the Green Physical Crystals again this time. Unexpectedly, I actually succeed once again through refining the Green Physical Crystal! Without hesitating, I continue with the Green Crystals and received a consecutive two more successful refining. Just like this, my Crystal Refining skill increased into the third Level, and the Success Rate had also increased to 6% currently. With the remaining 12 tries, I finally finished trying them within one hour, and only three managed to succeed. At the end of the day, a total of tries had been conducted, with a result of two Medium Grade 10 Red Power Crystals and five Medium Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals. The experiences had also increased into (18/40) currently, but within my hand, the crystals had all been totally used. "Seems like it''s time I need to get some from the Cave when I have some time. But before this, I need to get a short rest and attends the Refining Workshop''s jobs when I wake up." Lu Bu knows what he would need to start to do later, and quickly falls asleep due to those heavily taxing trials on trying to refine all the Lower Grade 10 Crystals at once. Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 5 [Can I Get Rich Through Refining?] After sleeping for unknown hours, I finally wake up and noticed that Han Li actually not returned from the mines yet. What happened? Usually, he should be back by now... Maybe he found a thicker vein and tried to harvest more before he returns. That is what I guessed before I exit the Alleyway and starts to walks toward the Refining Workshop. The moment I finally reached the place belonged to the Refining Workshop, I was totally stunned with awe, because the building is actually so glorious from the outside. I guess this is why they could actually afford to spend and waste one Black Spirit Crystal for each participant to take the exam because when the talent is found if would bring great profits to them in a long run. I walked past the entrance gate, and a guard walked over to where I am and stopped me from entering. But instead of feeling that he was looking down on me, I actually felt that this guard is merely doing his job. What a well trained guards that were positioned here by the Refining Workshop. He immediately asked for my name, before we continued. "This young friend, everyone who wished to enters the area belongs to Refining Workshop requires to register themselves, please tell me your name and the reason you are here." the guard speaks politely although he was greeted with my dirty appearance. Of course, growing up under a good etiquette and manners, I do appreciate such a treatments, as I replied his questions. "This guard brother, I am Lu Bu, here for the Refining Job offered by Section Leader Zhu." I answered. The moment the guard heard the word Section Leader Zhu, he immediately convinced and ready to escort me to the location where all new workers for the Refining Workshop used to report themselves before they begin. His treatment towards me didn''t have a big change, but I could see that he became friendlier, because at the end of the day, everyone belonged under the same Refining Workshop as their workers, so we are part of a big family. Along with our way, he explained the difference between each location of the Refining Workshop to broaden my knowledge. The South Gate is what it was called, where I met this Guard brother and registered for my entry. It is also the headquarters for the Refining Guards. Then there is the Refining Building, where the materials for Refining and refined materials are open for sales to the public. A total of four floors is built within the Refining Building, and within, at least a thousand of different kinds of material is available to be purchased, depending on one''s purchasing power. Next, is the Refining Central Workshop, which is also where the two of them is heading at the moment. There is a total of five floors is distributed within this building, and without counting Lu Bu within their list, currently there is a total of Ninety-Nine skilled workers within the Central, and all of them are quite talented when it comes to the refining topics. Lastly, is the Refining Workshop Grand Warehouse. This building is also the management building for the Refining Workshop. Where everyone will have their need to be completed over here. Workers that have no accommodation will be provided with a place to stay, meals, shower, and other basic survival preparation will be provided. The payroll, the exchanging counter, the contract negotiator and also any other issues will be available to be solved here as well. Added with one of the advantages of being a Refining Workshop workers is to obtain the discounted rate to purchase some strengthening materials, many of us wouldn''t even leave the Refining Workshop and go outside. We quickly reached the Refining Central Workshop, and after I am registered as a worker of the Refining Workshop, the guard, named Mu Ying, bid farewell and left the workshop as he knows that I will be getting busy soon. Then, I entered the workshop only to be introduced again with the sections available in the Refining Central Workshop. The first section is the Crystal Section where their main task is to refine better quality crystal from the lower grades. The second section is a Substance Section, where similarly task is being conducted within. The final two sections are the Equipment Section and the Treasure Section, where only ten of the experts within the hundred refiners are qualified to undertake the task within. I am posted in the Crystal Section at first because this is where I am qualified at the first place. After a meeting once again with Section Leader Zhu, who is also one of the three Section Leader who managed this Crystal Section, I am immediately posted to a workstation to begin to work. To begin with, one will have the ticket enough to exchange for a total of 1000 Low Grade 10 Crystals of any colour for refining, but a minimum quota of 90 pieces of refined Medium Grade 10 Crystals will be required to be passed to the Section Leader as their completion of their quota before they are allowed to personally owned the remaining crystals or exchanged for credits for another usage. Without wasting time, I started to exchange 500 of the Lower Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals and returned to the workstation of mine as I start to refine the crystals. 500 of them could be refined into 100 medium crystals, but the percentage of the refining is slightly too low at the moment. Where at my first ten tries by spending a total of 50 Lower Grade Crystals, only one of them is successfully refined. But never the less, my experience increased from 18/40 into 30/40 and only ten points more to go before I raise my level once again. Of course, since the meal time had arrived, I followed all the others to the Grand Warehouse to be designated with my own quarters. It was a simple room with a place to sleep, and also a personal cabinet to store all the valuables. After I received the Key that looked like a piece of a coin with a number on it, I walked downstairs and collect the meals prepared for the workers to eat.This book is hosted on another platform. Read the official version and support the author''s work. The meal is quite sumptuous, but if one would wish to eat an even better set of foods, they would be required to pay through the Credits provided by the Refining Workshop, or through paying with the Black Spirit Crystals. Of course, the premium foods came with some parts of refined ingredients that proven beneficial to people who eat it, so it was worth the price. Of course, being the poor me at the moment, I could only afford to eat those basic stomach-filling meals for now. Since there are two parts of the meal is provided daily, getting my stomach filled with a place to sleep sounds quite good for now, at least that''s how I felt at the moment. Although it was quite unfair to Han Li as I left without a word, hopefully within this few days, I could find a chance to inform him about this news and see what we could do from there. After the meal, I went back to the Crystal Section within the Refining Central Workshop, and begin with my second batch of ten tries. This time, only one success as well, but at least, my level in the Tenth Grade Crystal Refining increased to Level 4, with the experience at 2/80 and have the success chances of 8% in this level. Of course, with this new found confidence, I withdraw another 50 of the Crystals to refines them, and finally, I''m able to get two success in ten tries. Up to now, I totally spent a total of 150 Crystals in exchange for a total of 4 Medium Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals. That is 4/30 results at the moment. Of course, this would only get better, the more I am able to hone my skills. Since I had already refined about 150 Crystals, for now, I should be going to sleep, as there will be more for me to do tomorrow. In this Workshop, I heard some advice from the other seniors that normally, about half of the newcomers always failed to meet their quotas, so they would be required to make a trip towards the Ling Hun Crystal Cave to mine for some crystals to bring back for refining. Of course, this is only applied to those that failed to met their quota among that two hundred tries. But for long Feng now, his record is currently about 10% success, so which means, by the end of the day, he most probably will end with around 20/200 results, and will be forced to mine crystals daily in the cave to fulfil the quota he required to completes. I don''t believe that I will be forced into that condition in my first month! I tell myself about this, but of course, in my mind, I am slightly worried, because my level in the Lower Crystal Refining is still quite low to be compared. If that''s the case, I will increase my capacity and chances to refine more by making daily trips towards the Ling Hun Crystal Cave without fail. In the meantime, It should be my rest time for now. I surrendered to today''s fatigue, and quickly went back to my room to have a comfortable sleep. When I was sleeping, it was like I''m sent into a realm of software and programmes, where loads of figures and numbers, in a very different sequence, keeps passing through before me, and I am actually totally blank about what is happening. The next time I know, I wake up feeling quite tired, because that numerical dreams actually cause me to have a slight nightmare. After taking my breakfast provided in the Grand Warehouse, Instead of continues to refine the Crystals, I''ve decided to make a trip out to the Crystal Cave, and sign out at the South Gate before I head over to the Crystal Cave. After I reach the cave, it was lucky that there is quite a plenty of tunnels is available, so I picked up a tag and begin to enter the tunnels to start digging. Since I noticed that there is an experience point on the Scan Skill as well, so I''ve decided to frequently use this skill as well, to increase its capability as I only have this two skills at the moment. As I reached the end of the tunnel, I begin to use my Scan skill before I start with the Crystal Mining. Aids with the accurate reading of where the crystals are located, my mining task become easier, where I simply obtain around a hundred crystals for less than an hour of mining. If that''s the case, I should keep up with the opportunity, but without causing too much attention to the other miners instead. I chose to be cautious in this matter, because the manager of this Crystal Cave, may notice the differences if there is a few tunnel is dug through quite far compares to the other opened tunnels, because this could mean that there is some skillful miners around that might have the intention to disrupt the economy of the Ling Hun Town. So, after mining for around five hours, I am pleased to stop with exactly 230 Red Power Crystals and 270 Green Physical Crystals in my hand. After I destroyed the fact that my mining is aimed right at the crystal''s position point, I left the tunnel and returns the tag to indicate that the cave is opened to another miner to dig. I returned to the town once again and failed to meet Han Li again. After I bribed a nearly homeless man to let me know did he saw Han Li for this two days, the Homeless man tell me that Han Li recently works quite late before he returns, and yesterday, few hours after I left, Han Li actually returned and rest for a short while before he left once again. I spent a total of two Black Spirit Crystals on this homeless man and had him to pass Han Li a message, that I recently obtain a job in the Refining Workshop, and ask him to wait for a short while before I could afford to get him a good accommodation. After leaving the message, I went back to the Refining Workshop and checked myself in, then returns to the Refining Central Workshop, and begins with the next 150 of the Crystals within my hand. After a continuous attempt, I finally success six times in the thirty tries, which is quite a good result for me compared to yesterday. In total, I am holding a total of 14 Medium Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals in hand, with another 76 needed to meet my quota for the month. Since I calculate my daily production from the cave, I confidently return to my room after all the work is done, and withdraws a hundred Red and Green Crystals, and starts to place them to my forehead, one by one. By the end of the day, before I went to sleep, I noticed the changes in my Status Panel. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Status Panel (end Chapter 5) Name: Lu Bu Age: 20 Wealth: 7 Black Spirit Crystals
Strength: 5+(1.03) Physical: 5+(1.04) Agility: Locked Magic: Locked
??? Locked ??? Locked ??? Locked ??? Locked
Item: Medium Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe
500 Crystals Ticket 134 x Lower Grade 10 Red Power Crystals 2 x Medium Grade 10 Red Power Crystals 383 x Lower Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals 14 x Medium Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals
Skills: Scan Level 2 (10/20) (2 Metre Distance) (Able to Scan the surrounding for threats, treasures, materials and hidden secrets.) Tenth Grade Crystal Refining Level 4 (44/80) (8% Success Rate Increment) (allows user to refine the Crystal into a higher grade/Upgrade for more special quirks) Traits: Unknown More information: Unknown Friends: Han Li (20 years old childhood friend) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 6 [Learning the Skills of Blacksmithing!] Perhaps it was because of my body is quite tired from all the works, so I couldn''t feel any of the increase of strength within me. But aid with the fatigue, I managed to fall into a deep sleep, and finally obtained a good and satisfying long rest. The next day, I was woken up by a few knocking on the door, seems like someone purposely come over to see me. I went over to open the door, and it is actually Section Leader Zhu with the Staff that used to show the way of refining the Crystals before the exams start. After a short introduction by the staff, I finally know that he is called as Kong Rong. Within the crystal Section, he is one of the experienced staff that keeps helping the weaker performance workers to reach their target best possible. Trusted by Section Leader Zhu personally, Kong Rong and him came together to see how I was doing for the first three days. I withdraw a total of 14 Medium Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals for them to have a look, and in their eyes, a look of impressive could be seen, before the words actually came out from their lips in sync. Of course, they praised me for my quite excellent improvement, and have high hopes for me. We talked for a while before they walk away, and for myself, I head towards the Crystal Cave once again and quickly looks for a tunnel to went in the moment I reached. But this time, I was shocked the moment I start, because I totally forgot about my increase of strength yesterday. The Strength of my power increased by 1.03, from its initial 0.03, and with that single point of power increment, I could actually destroy the protruding rocks with crystals hidden within without any difficulties. Aid with my physical body condition had increased by another 1.00 points, I felt not tired at all after swinging that heavy strikes. With this new found strength in my hand power and body strength, I begin to quickly mine the crystals without any hesitation, although the scanning skills are still being used to increase the success rate of obtaining the most of the crystals. The speed of my mining begins to increase drastically, and within four hours this time, I already managed to collect a total of 500 Crystals already, compared to the previous five hours of mining. But soon, I start to notice that there is some difference in the kind of stones after I had mine for a short while. The stones over here have the appearance of a deeper bluish colour, and with each strike hit on the stones, only a crack could be seen. Noticed that the hardness of these stones around here is slightly harder, I tried to mine the rock slowly, and finally, after trying for around ten minutes, I finally managed to make a few chips on its rougher edges. I picked the rough chips that I managed to had it taken out from that piece of extremely hard stone, and unexpectedly, it is actually a special kind of item known as the Crystalized Stones. I only heard from some of the people that was sharing its information when we were working in the Crystal Section, and that the Crystalized Stones is something that could be refined from smaller chips into a bigger piece of Crystal Stone, and that its price is depending on its weight. The Crystalized stone is unexpectedly hard to mine, but their weight is unimaginably light from their looks. The few chips that I managed to separate from the main stone actually weight even lighter than a single feather, and that this Crystalized Stone actually sold in according to weights. Anyway, I decided to continue to mine a few more piece from the rock, and see what results could come out from the end results soon. But, my luck wasn''t all good today. After I strike at the piece of stone for another twenty to thirty times, I actually destroyed my pickaxe. Its edges became blunt from striking such a strong kind of stones, and the part between the metal Pick and its Wooden Handle got loose, and finally fall off into two parts. Seeing that I have no other choice but to return to the town, I exit the tunnel, returned the tag to the entrance, and leave the town. But what is weird about the Cave is, the moment I exit the tunnel and another miner went in, his path became totally different, and that the stone surface that recently revealed by me actually did not appears along with his path, as he had his own mining done at some other parts. I returned to the town again, and went into the same Merchandise Shop once again, only to see the previous female reception within the shop busy cleaning the item they have for sale. "Hi, beauty." I greet the female as she turned around and stared at me. "Oh, it''s you again, what are you looking for this time?" she actually changed her attitude as she speaks with me. Since the two of us don''t really have anything difficult to talk between us, I went straight to the point and mentioned about purchasing a new pickaxe. "Well, what I would recommend to such a heavy user should be the Upper Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe, but its price is 15 Black Spirit Crystals." she pointed at a Pickaxe that was stored on the highest shelves and mentioned about the price. Seeing the exorbitant price of fifteen Black Spirit Crystals, I hesitate for a moment, but after I think about my broken Pickaxe, I decide to purchase the Pickaxe. But when I put my hand into my pocket, I actually left with only seven Black Spirit Crystals after this few days. But since I have an abundant amount of Lower Grade 10 Crystals in my Compartments pocket, I decided to check if I could come back again instead. After I checked with the female reception, she agreed to wait for me for a moment as their shops would be open for another few more hours. I make haste and quickly reach the Crystal Exchange Stall, and exchange for a total of 100 Crystals in a shot. With fifty Black Spirit Crystals in my pocket, I returned to the shop to purchase the pickaxe, before the Female reception whispers to my ears. "You are not too rich, am I correct, why not you learn how to repair your own pickaxe, so you could save in your cost? Additionally, you could enhance it as well, so it would be killing two birds with one stone." she finished her words as she left to continue her cleaning works. Carrying her words back to the Refining Workshop, I checked in and report myself into the Refining Central Workshop to begins with my refining task once again. Since I have quite an amount of Crystals in hand, I''ve decided to refine two hundreds of them for today and took some time to rest afterwards. Then, in that forty trials, I actually obtained results of 8 over 40, which means, my success rate is finally 20% after I obtained the increment from the Crystal Refining Skill.The story has been illicitly taken; should you find it on Amazon, report the infringement. With my experience point currently at 48/80, perhaps in the next day, my Crystal Refining Level will be increased to its fifth level, and my success rate will increase by 10% by that time. But then, I actually noticed some additional things within the list in the Status Panel. I quickly finished the meal provided to everyone working and returned to my room without a single word with others. Tenth Grade Pinpoint Strike Level 1 (1/10) (0.1% rate in critically strikes the targets) (Allows the Critical Hit possibility in any usage. Upgrade for more special quirks) Tenth Grade Tenacity Level 1 (1/10,000) (0.1% Increase in all actions) (Allows the user to have a better result from his tenacity in struggling across all challenges.) I actually got two skills from hitting that piece of rock. If I could increase my effort much more, perhaps more and more skills and special abilities will come to me later. I could see that living in this world, you might be required more skills than others to completely manage to handle yourself in all kind of situations. Even the Power Stats and the Physical Stats of mine actually is at its 1.03 currently through using 100 of the Lower Grade 10 Crystals and to obtain a pure single point of the increment in any of my stats, I actually need to obtain 98.97 points more. And with each single piece of Lower Grade, 10 Crystals actually increase the points of my stat by 0.01, I will need to assimilate a total of 9,897 pieces of crystals before I can have a status of 6 points in my Strength or Physical. Time, Effort, Chances and Opportunity! This is all I need to grasp if I wish to get stronger in this world. Knowing more about this world will allow me to live within for a longer period of time. This means, from now on, I will need to become even greedier with everything. I will make a trip to the Blacksmith tomorrow and see if I could start to learn how to craft and blacksmithing before I return to the Crystal Cave to start furiously mine for crystals. By the way, I wonder how the Refining Workshop managed to possess such a large amount of crystals in their warehouse. The Ling Hun Crystal Cave has around 150 Tunnels opened with Veins running within, thus the crystal mining had been going smoothly for now. But if a normal miner like what I am before, able to mines around eight hours a day, and only came out with results of around 100 crystals, 150 tunnels times three different miners a day, would result in a sum of 45,000 Crystals is mined each single day. That''s almost 1.5 Million Lower Grade 10 Crystals each month. That''s too much of a math for me now. I should just focus on getting my quota completes this time and starts to see what I could quickly try to do next. After all, I possess the secretive Pedlar Setup Ring that allows me to learn all kind of skills. I calm myself down, as I get to sleep. The next morning, I wake up at almost the same time as I was used to before I went down for a meal and getting ready to start my day. And today is exactly the fourth day I am employed within the Refining Workshop, so I have a total of 26 days remain before I have to hand over a total of 90 Medium Grade 10 Crystals to met my monthly quota. Since I am transferred into this world six days ago, it means that I am within this world for exactly one week already. This means, Within this one week, many things had already started to change, and I would have to push over this limit and obtains more than what other people could expect. Without bothering about anything else, I leave the Refining Workshop once again and head straight towards the Blacksmith Workshop located thirty minutes away from the Refining Workshop. As I entered the Blacksmith Workshop, there is a list of service they could do for people that visit their establishments. Learning skills related to Blacksmithing is not as strict as Refining because blacksmithing is more or less a life skill and not a specific profession. But to learn the skill is not cheap either, as it cost ten Black Spirit Crystal just to learn the basics. Without feeling any love towards my money, I handover the ten Black Spirit Crystals to the Cashier as I was lead to a private workshop. Within here, three master blacksmith slowly explains the essence and the cream of crops of this profession to me before they start with the techniques, tricks and small advantageous they could take during the blacksmithing process. And really skills that could earn money and cost a huge amount of money, even the recipe of creating and handling a certain kind of tools, is required to be purchased. But since I already paid for my first ten Black Spirit Crystals as the lesson charges, I am allowed to choose three recipes to learn. After I check through all the scrolls, I finally decided on choosing three specific kind recipes. The first one is, of course, the Pickaxe Recipe that would allow me to handle all the tricks regarding how to properly managed a Pickaxe and recreate it again and again, and perfecting it. The second recipes end up to be a piece of Light-weight smelted armour. It came in three parts, the Body, the Waist and the Lower. The Light-Weight Recipe might be useful for me, as it suddenly came to my mind that the Crystalized Stone I saw yesterday, Might be useful for me in a long run if I managed to properly craft them into useful equipment. Lastly, the third recipes belonged to a kind of Wrist Protector with sneak needle launcher projectiles. Since I am quite a fighter or even a martial artist, the be able to depend on this kind of weapon would be quite great for myself to get used to it. Added with my Pedlar status, I believed that I might have specific recipes that could only be used and created by myself, instead of being dependent on others. With this three recipes, I actually received a card that allows me to enter a different Cave located not too far from the Ling Hun Crystal Cave. The cave is called as the Ling Hun Ore Cave, a place for the blacksmith to obtain most of their ores and materials from within. Since I have nothing else to be done over here, I went to have a look at the Ling Hun Ore Cave, since I would require some raw material to start working on my pickaxe. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Status Panel (end Chapter 6) Name: Lu Bu Age: 20 Wealth: 42 Black Spirit Crystals
Strength: 5+(1.03) Physical: 5+(1.04) Agility: Locked Magic: Locked
??? Locked ??? Locked ??? Locked ??? Locked
Item: Upper Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe
500 Crystals Ticket 254 x Lower Grade 10 Red Power Crystals 2 x Medium Grade 10 Red Power Crystals 463 x Lower Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals 22 x Medium Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals
6 x 0.01gm Crystalized Stone
Skills: Scan Level 3 (0/40) (3 Metre Distance) (Able to Scan the surrounding for threats, treasures, materials and hidden secrets.) Tenth Grade Crystal Refining Level 4 (58/80) (8% Success Rate Increment) (allows user to refine the Crystal into a higher grade/Upgrade for more special quirks) Tenth Grade Pinpoint Strike Level 1 (1/10) (0.1% rate in critically strikes the targets) (Allows the Critical Hit possibility in any usage. Upgrade for more special quirks) Tenth Grade Tenacity Level 1 (1/10,000) (0.1% Increase in all actions) (Allows the user to have a better results from his tenacity in struggling across all challenges.) Traits: Unknown More information: Unknown Friends: Han Li (20 years old childhood friend) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Recipe 1 Recipe 2 Recipe 3
Complete Pickaxe Tool Rarity: Basic Tool / Grade 10 Pricing for complete product: 5-15 Black Spirit Crystals Equipment Stat: Varies Complete Light-Armour Set Rarity: Basic Equipment / Grade 10 Pricing for complete product: 10-20 Black Spirit Crystals a Piece Wrist Bracer with Needle Launcher Projectile Rarity: Basic Weapon / Grade 10 Pricing for complete product: 5-15 Black Spirit Crystals Equipment Stat: Varies
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 7 [Han Li Joining the Construction Workshop!] The moment I reached the entrance to the Ling Hun Ore Cave, I noticed some slight differences between this two caves. The Crystal Cave is more private, as the amount of crystal mined from each miner would not be disclosed. But in comparison, the Ore Cave is much more easy-going and less dispute happens due to the amount of ore anyone mined exceeds others expectation. Of course, as I entered the cave, I use three scans on my surroundings, and noticed that the main reason that no dispute is happening is due to the amount of ore is available within the rocks is extremely dense. It is almost 50% Rocks and 50% ore dust within, and this is extremely a special sight for me to see. After being instructed on the do and don''ts in the Ore Cave, I started mine the wall of rocks that was left aside by the other miners. Over here, nothing is privatized, and nobody would actually look at you in a kind of expression even if you are doing well. Because in this blacksmithing field, one would not only require having many resources, the person should also have a good station, equipment, and body condition to fulfil his needs as he gets stronger. Since all the equipment and tools are already provided and everyone is sharing the same tools for a long time within the cave, I begin to pick the rocks. Although the wall of rocks is hard, the results from picking on this kind of walls are quite satisfying. Instead of cracking into a form of huge pieces, they actually become small little stones that could be easily sieved to obtain the dust ore hidden within. Since my strength is not too weak, I could easily fill my Cart within an hour, but the next task is nowhere easy as anyone would expect. I pushed my cart towards the Sieving Area and begins to separates aside the Ore Dust from the stones. First, I would have to manually use the Stone Grinder to crush all the pebbles into powdered form, before I could scoop them into a sieve that was specially made to separates aside the Ore Dust. The first layer would separate the still rough parts of the pebbles and rocks, while at the second layer, It will slowly separate the Tin Dust from the remaining powder, as it went through the third layer. The third layer contains a special kind of sieve nets, that it would cause any Zinc Dust to remains within its net, as the stone powder that contains no properties at all to be collected at the bottom drum. After the Tin Dust and the Zinc Dust is collected, one would have the choice to either tried to smelt the dust in the smelter to form a Brass Rod. Each single brass rod contains the density of 1% of the Brass Component within, so in depending on the amount of Brass Component one would like to put in the tool they smelted, the quality will vary in between according to the skills of the smith, and the quality of the material. In an example, the Lower Grade 10 Pickaxe of mine contains a roughly amount of between 1% to 20% of Brass Component within, so it was treated as a Lower Grade 10 Tools. The Medium one contains between 21% to 40%, but still, its purity is variable, that''s why it is broken easily as well. My current Upper-Grade tool contains around 41% to 60% of the Brass component within, but I wonder how does it fare when I mine furiously. The two more unseen grade tools are called as Fine Grade and Perfect Grade, but this two hardly seen in the market, as they were quite rare in a small town like Ling Hun Town. From this one full cart, I managed to obtain about three Brass Rod after I completely smelt all the available materials. Just thinking about melting the three rods into one single thicker rod with better Brass Component within makes my hand itch in anticipation, but I controlled my eagerness. I returned to the tunnel again and starts to pick at the rocks again. I stopped after five-hour within this Ore Cave, and the end results, I managed to obtain a total of 15 Brass Rod after all the dust is smelted. Since there is still some time before the sun going to set, I went directly to the Crystal Cave, with the intention of obtaining another 500 crystals before I went back to the Refining Workshop. After spending another four hours within the Cave, I returned to the town, with my pocket 500 crystals richer. I went straight to the alleyway first, and finally, I managed to see Han Li sleeping by the side with his tired face. I walked over to the Homeless man and speaks with him. "Did you tell my friend what I''ve said last time?" I asked. And he immediately replied with a word "Yes. But he doesn''t have any reaction at all, and repeatedly continues with his daily works." the Homeless man replied.The genuine version of this novel can be found on another site. Support the author by reading it there. Since I am not in a rush to went back to the Refining Workshop, I sat on the side and waits for Han Li to wake up from his slumber. Meanwhile, It is time again for me to refine the crystals again while waiting. I withdraw two hundred Crystals and started to refine them into a better grade. by the end of the fortieth tries, I managed to obtain a total of 9/40 as a result. And in the same time, I managed to increase my Crystal Refining level. Tenth Grade Crystal Refining Level 5 (36/160) (10% Success Rate Increment) (Level 5 - 5% chance to immediately refine a Crystal into one rank higher without cost) (allows user to refine the Crystal into a higher Rank/Upgrade for more special quirks) I actually obtained a special Quirks when it reached level 5! I pay attention to reading the description written below the skill and understands what that quirk could help in my improvements. 5% chances, which means, in a hundred attempts to refine the Lower Grade 10 Crystals, I would have five-time chances to not using any material at all. This is almost like a cheat that allows me to obtain five higher Rank Crystals from thin air. Other than that, I actually noticed that after I came back from the Ore Cave today, I actually possess two new skills as well. I went over to have a read on its detail, but vaguely, I could only roughly understands some of it. But anyway, who cares for now. As long I continued to Increase my basic skills until I feel confident to venture further, I will remain within this city no matter how long it takes! Ore Dust Gatherer Level 1 (1/10,000) (1% Increase in gathering more Ore Dust) (Allows more efficient Ore Dust Gathering during Mining, Upgrade for more special quirks) Smelting Is Life Level 1 (1/20) (0.1% Increase of possibility of doubling the production when smelting) (Allows more bonus during smelting. Upgrade for more special quirks) Finally, Han Li wakes up from his rest as he was happy to see that I am sitting beside him. "Damn Man! Here I am f**king worried with your safety and there, you are actually doing quite well, how is the refining works go along?" Han Li quickly ask about my wellbeing, as a very warm kind of feeling came into my heart. We talked for a while, as I am sharing my activities every single day when I am not around. I shared about going to the Crystal Cave, and today towards the Ore Cave, but I didn''t manage to see him no matter where I was going. Soon, Han Li updates me on his activities as well, as he starts to state the reason I couldn''t find him in the Crystal Cave anymore. The day when Han Li is late to return back to the alleyway is actually because he was scouted by a Workshop because of his capability in Construction. Han Li had an amazing talent for creating and manufacturing the materials used to construct buildings, so he was hired by the Construction Workshop''s Section Leader to help them. But since there aren''t any available accommodation at the moment, Han Li remains in the Alleyway until the place to stay is constructed. Meanwhile, he was getting a payment of five Black Spirit Crystal daily, as his contribution is constructing numerous kind of materials and helping in building up the town. The two of us shared out things until midnight came, as I return to the Refining Workshop and head straight to the bed. I''ve decided that I will spend some time to refine all the crystals for tomorrow before I exchange for the remaining Tickets and starts to went over more into the Ore Cave to obtain more materials for my blacksmithing. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Status Panel (end Chapter 7) Name: Lu Bu Age: 20 Wealth: 42 Black Spirit Crystals
Strength: 5+(1.03) Physical: 5+(1.04) Agility: Locked Magic: Locked
??? Locked ??? Locked ??? Locked ??? Locked
Item: Upper Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe
500 Crystals Ticket 504 x Lower Grade 10 Red Power Crystals 2 x Medium Grade 10 Red Power Crystals 513 x Lower Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals 31 x Medium Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals
6 x 0.01gm Crystalized Stone 15 x Brass Rod (1%)
Skills: Scan Level 3 (13/40) (3 Metre Distance) (Able to Scan the surrounding for threats, treasures, materials and hidden secrets.) Tenth Grade Crystal Refining Level 5 (36/160) (10% Success Rate Increment) (Level 5 - 5% chance to immediately refine a Crystal into one rank higher without cost) (allows user to refine the Crystal into a higher Rank/Upgrade for more special quirks) Tenth Grade Pinpoint Strike Level 1 (1/10) (0.1% rate in critically strikes the targets) (Allows the Critical Hit possibility in any usage. Upgrade for more special quirks) Tenth Grade Tenacity Level 1 (1/10,000) (0.1% Increase in all actions) (Allows the user to have a better results from his tenacity in struggling across all challenges.) Ore Dust Gatherer Level 1 (1/10,000) (1% Increase in gathering more Ore Dust) (Allows more efficient Ore Dust Gathering during Mining, Upgrade for more special quirks) Smelting Is Life Level 1 (1/20) (0.1% Increase of possibility of doubling the production when smelting) (Allows more bonus during smelting. Upgrade for more special quirks) Traits: Unknown More information: Unknown Friends: Han Li (20 years old childhood friend) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 8 [A Day in the Blacksmithing Workshop.] The next morning, as I wake up, I head directly to have my meal and immediately went into the Refining Central Workshop to greet everyone before I start my work in my designated workstation. Withdrawing a total of 500 Lower Grade 10 Red Power Crystals and 500 Lower Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals, I begin my today task, which is to refine as much crystal as possible. The progress goes along quite well, but in between of each ten tries, I took a short rest before I continued. Just like this, half of my day had gone as I completely refined all the Red Power Crystals. In that 100 tries, I managed to obtained two times activation of the chances to get the 5% chance of upgrading without any cost. Where It added up two Medium Grade 10 Red Power Crystals into my stash. In total, I had successfully refined a total of 22 Medium Grade Crystals, and with two more as a bonus as it became up to 24. But since I had used quite a lot of my concentration on refining that 500 crystals, I kept the remaining 500 Green Physical Crystals and went back to my room to get a short nap. The next moment I wake up, it is already night time. Seems like refining a hundred times could really take a toll on my body. But I wonder how is the status goes now on the skill. Tenth Grade Crystal Refining Level 6 (20/320) (12% Success Rate Increment) (Level 5 - 5% chance to immediately refine a Crystal into one rank higher without cost) (allows user to refine the Crystal into a higher Rank/Upgrade for more special quirks) It raised one level again, and currently at level 6 with a 12% success rate increment. Quite good I would say. But if the chances of the success rate could increase, even more, that would be pretty amazing. But that is only a wish for now since I got no idea at all how hard it would be in future. But for now, it is important that I increase all skill I could. I went downstairs to get a meal and make sure my stomach is fully stuffed before I went out from town and head directly to the Ling Hun Ore Cave. Within the cave, I registered myself, as I start to mine without any further ado, and as usual, one hour later, I end up with a full cart as I move it towards the Sieving Area and begins to Ground the stones until it is smooth and start to sieve them to obtains that small amount of Tin Dust and Zinc Dust. But this time, I chose to keep the two kinds of Dust within a pouch that already prepared for the miners in the station, and continues to Mine for more Ore Dust. I repeatedly continue this kind of boring steps, until I finally stopped at my fifth full cart. It is quite tiring after consistently work for a straight five hours. I take a short rest to rejuvenate my stamina slightly as I start to smelt all the Ore Dust I have in hand. From that five cart of stones mined, I obtained a total of 5 experience points on my Ore Dust Gatherer Skills, which is quite a disappointment because to increase a single Level of this Skill, I will need to fill another 9,995 cart full of mined stones. I get close to the smelter as I start to smelt the Tin Dust and Zinc Dust that was nicely stored within that two Pouch. In total, I have enough amount to perfectly smelting a total of 16 pieces of Brass Rod, and as the smelting process is completed, I checked on my [Smelting Is Life] skill and noticed an increase of 16 points in the experience point. Maybe by tomorrow, I will be able to increase this skill to its next level. I tidy up the tools I used and leave the Cave after a while. This time, instead of paying a visit to the Crystal Cave, I decided to give up because I am actually quite tired to continue with all this task. Perhaps I will need to increase more of my status before I actually push myself too hard in completing all these targets in my mind. Just like this, I actually have no idea how I managed to return to my room and rest for that whole night until the next late in the morning. I wake up and walked out from the room to get myself freshen up, and after all the basic personal hygiene had been completed, I went over for a meal, and coincidently, I met with senior brother Kong Rong who is also on the same table. He speaks out of concern that I would feel neglected and ignored because I am the newest Refiner within the Workshop, but in his assurance, the members of the Refining Workshop is nothing like what I think. We talked for a while until Senior Brother Kong Rong reminds me that I have only 16 days remaining before the one-month period is up. But I assured him that do not worry about my progress. Although my success rate is quite low for now, with more training, I would get slightly better, as I withdraw the 26 Medium Red Crystals and 31 Medium Green Crystals to show him. "Oh, this is quite a good results for just being a member for mere 6 days. Do your best. We have a very good opinion towards you." Senior Brother Kong Rong says as he finished his meal and decided to leave me alone. As I finish my meal about ten minutes later, I check out from the workshop as I head to the Crystal Cave this time. But before that, I managed to purchase a total of ten Buns for a price of two Black Spirit Crystals, as I went into the Tunnel and begins to start scanning and mining the crystals at the same time. And like last time, in the timespan of four hours exactly, I managed to obtain a total of 250 Crystals of the two colours, and finally, entered the area where the Crystalized Stone is vastly available within this small tunnel. I have a better Pickaxe this time, and if I actually destroyed my Pickaxe, at least I have the capability to repair it now. I whispered to myself confidently, as I started to scan the surroundings and begin to try and slowly pick on the Crystalized Stone. In every five hit, I managed to obtain a small piece of Crystalized Stone, and in total, it took me ten seconds to produce the five hits. Roughly in a minute, I could get six small pieces of Crystalized Stone. But this only maintains for the first ten minutes, as I am quickly getting tired from that constantly same picking force continuous for so long. "Seems like my stamina is yet to reach that level yet," I whispered to myself as I looked at the condition of my Pickaxe. If this continues for another ten minutes, maybe the Pickaxe is going to be broken soon. If this is the case, I should just turns around and mine for another four hours, and be satisfied with just a thousand crystals instead. Since it is decided, I turned around and continues to mine the surroundings of the Crystal Cave, and remain patient for a total of four hours. Finally, I finished mining another 500 Crystals as I left the Cave and return to the Ling Hun Town. Went straight back to the Refining Workshop, I quickly get back to my room and have a check on my inventory and status panel. After I notice that there is nothing exceptional that requires my attention, except a few levels and experience point increase, I''ve decided to get a rest, and see what would I need to do by the next day. But my sleep doesn''t really go well, as I am wondering about what would I need to do, in the meantime to have a quick boost of my stats so I could have a faster growth. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Today is the start of the third week of the day I am being reincarnated into this world. Less than average stats, hardly have anything special to be proud of, and just growing. After getting a good rest last night, today, I''ve decided that I will spend more time in making myself a fine equipment first. But for the meantime, I will put more effort in achieving a good base level in all of my skills as I could. I also decided that I would make up some time to visits the Alchemy Workshop, where it seems that any kind of potions or concoctions could be obtained over there, which seems helpful for people that wished to have a great boost in their body. But for now, what I need would be making up my lack of skills by putting in more effort with time!The tale has been stolen; if detected on Amazon, report the violation. Withdrawing the 500 piece of Lower Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals, I start to refine them one by one until all 100 tries are completely refined. As my level of skills started to increase better, it is the same with my results, because of this time, in my 100 tries, a total of 25 success plus two free crystals appear as well. Just like this, I have an additional of 27 Medium Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals in hand ready to be turned up to meet my quota of the month. I went over to meet some senior within the Crystal Section as well and checked with them regarding the Crystalized Stones. It seems that the Crystalized Stone possess attributes that are especially similar to the blacksmithing materials, thus the failure in refining the item is quite low. After being thought on how to refine the Crystalized Stone altogether, I''ve decided to temporary refine my piece of Crystalized Stone as well. First, I use the miniature Smelter function that is available on the Workstation to prepare the fire required to refine the Crystalized Stones, and patiently, I put five-piece of Crystalized Stones together each time I tried, and managed to came out with a total of 12 pieces of 0.05gm in weight Crystalized Stones, and one more 0.01gm Crystalized Stone remaining. The 0.05gm Crystalized Stone actually formed into a kind of Narrow Arrowhead that is suitable to be used as throwing weapon, as well to be attached to the Point of the Arrow''s shaft as a firm and durable Arrowhead. But in my intention, it is not in the way I wanted for now, but keeping it for use in future does not sound too bad. Since my Upper Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe might be going to be broken soon, I have to come up with the idea to repair it. My next choice is, of course, to use my remaining two broken Brass Pickaxe as its replacement in Brass Components, but in the same time, I might enhance the pickaxe nicely to allows it to reach the quality I desire. Which means, my next stop would be the Blacksmithing Workshop. I went out from the Refining Workshop and head straight to the Blacksmithing Workshop, as I went in, the guards have a check on my Identification (I received a Piece of Plate stated with my status after I finished the Blacksmithing Course) and allow me to go in. As for the usage of the tools provided by the Workshop, I will be charged a fee of 2 Black Spirit Crystals. Just like this, I walked into the information area at first, to see what kind of notice is being placed on top of the board. There is plenty of different requests, some caution advice, as well some specific news regarding certain characters managed to refined or creates some special objects that out of others expectation. The information board contains some of the guidance note as well, but it came in a quite thick stack of notes. I went through it in details, and noticed that although it is quite special to found such a notes of experience within this workshop. But after I finished it in an hour of reading, I noticed about 50% of the resemblance of the technique of smelting and mining in my own world, so I could roughly take it as an additional guidance. I walked over to the Smelter Area and begins to withdraw my broken Lower and Medium Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe. I put both of the Pickaxe head into the smelter and allows them to melt and form into a few Brass Rods. Since its purity is no longer as decent as what It was when mined and smelted on the spot, I have to put some pressure in hammering the piece of Brass Rod to removes all the impurity. After struggling for about an hour, I finally succeeded in removing the first Lower Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe Head, and get the results of a nice 8% Brass Rod. Of course, since the day is quite early for now, and I have no intention to get out from the town, I''ve decided to continue to melt and refine that piece of remaining Pick head. Similarly, I throw it into the Smelter and allow it to melt into a mouldable condition, and starts to refine it properly. Since this piece of Brass Rod is slightly higher in its Brass Component within, I spent almost two hours to completely remove all the impurity within and came out with a good 23% Brass Rod. Then in my mind, something came across as I stared at my 11% Brass Rod and 28% Brass Rod. I have another 31% of Brass Rod Components within my pocket if it mixed it all up, won''t it going to be totalled up into 70% of Brass Components? Should I start to make the three-piece Light-Armour Set? ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Status Panel (end Chapter 8) Name: Lu Bu Age: 20 Wealth: 38 Black Spirit Crystals
Strength: 5+(1.03) Physical: 5+(1.04) Agility: Locked Magic: Locked
??? Locked ??? Locked ??? Locked ??? Locked
Item: Upper Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe
500 Crystals Ticket 504 x Lower Grade 10 Red Power Crystals 26 x Medium Grade 10 Red Power Crystals 513 x Lower Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals 58 x Medium Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals
1 x 0.01gm Crystalized Stone 12 x 0.05gm Crystalized Stone 31 x Brass Rod (1%) 1 x Brass Rod (11%) 1 x Brass Rod (28%)
Skills: Scan Level 4 (3/80) (4 Metre Distance) (Able to Scan the surrounding for threats, treasures, materials and hidden secrets.) Tenth Grade Crystal Refining Level 6 (170/320) (12% Success Rate Increment) (Level 5 - 5% chance to immediately refine a Crystal into one rank higher without cost) (allows user to refine the Crystal into a higher Rank/Upgrade for more special quirks) Tenth Grade Pinpoint Strike Level 4 (29/80) (0.4% rate in critically strikes the targets) (Allows the Critical Hit possibility in any usage. Upgrade for more special quirks) Tenth Grade Tenacity Level 1 (272/10,000) (0.1% Increase in all actions) (Allows the user to have a better results from his tenacity in struggling across all challenges.) Ore Dust Gatherer Level 1 (5/10,000) (1% Increase in gathering more Ore Dust) (Allows more efficient Ore Dust Gathering during Mining, Upgrade for more special quirks) Smelting Is Life Level 2 (15/40) (0.2% Increase of possibility of doubling the production when smelting) (Allows more bonus during smelting. Upgrade for more special quirks) Traits: Unknown More information: Unknown Friends: Han Li (20 years old childhood friend) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 9 [Barely there, but Hey! It''s quite good right?] Since I already have quite a good amount of Brass Component to make a Three-Piece set, why not I try and see if I could come out with something good? If it''s sellable to the people, that would be great, but if it couldn''t I can wear it myself anytime. Worst come to worst, they are going to be failed and lost from this world forever. I could still salvage it... Just like this, I read the Three-Piece Light Armour Set''s Recipe once again, to see if I missed any of its important detail within. I went through the recipe in detail, and prepare myself as I would be required to obtain a few other materials before I could have the equipment made. First of all, I went over to the reception to obtains some of those accompaniments materials, and it cost me Five Spirit Coins to purchase the amount enough for me to make ten pieces of equipment. Seems like they sell it by bulks for this kind of cheap stuff. I started with the body Armour. Since this came in a total of ten-piece parts, I''ve decided that I will use a total of 2% of Brass Component in each of its pieces, and complete it at a Lower-Grade. First of all, I prepare the smelter to allows me to prepares the two piece of Brass Rod into one single refined Brass Rod, as I bring it out to start my hammering technique. The hammering could bring out the impurity and strengthen the body if that''s how it would be described in my world. Over here, they call this method folding, which is used to make the Brass component bond stronger. A folded 10% Metal would be stronger than a hammered 10% Metal, because the moment the folding happens, the metal is forced to be bonded into a shape, unlike the hammered, where if an impact managed to get it, the metal would fall and separated like dominoes blocks. After I managed to Folds it into a Single Piece of Chest Plate, I begin to put a little edge on it, to make it seem slightly special. I repeat with the next two Brass Rod (1%) and successfully made another Chest Plate. With the chest part is done, I begin with the Shoulder Plates. The works could be only done one at a time, but I wonder would it be better if my skills actually increased. But for now, let us don''t think too far. After the Shoulder Plates is completed, a roughly measures their similarity on the Edges I purposely add to make it look special, but of course, on its size and measurements as well, because this will be worn by the fighters that might be going to use it to fight anything. I begin with the Back Plates next, follow up with a Single Neck Piece, and a pair of Side body Plates, then lastly, two piece of the torso plates. With all ten piece of parts is prepared, I start to attach it one after another on a Wooden Dummy''s chest and assemble the piece of Body Equipment soon. Along with some leather and also screws and some Attachment Nails, I slowly put the Body Armour together and formed a piece of wearable Piece, before I begin with the Waist Armour. Similar to the Body Armour, the Waist Armour came in a ten-piece parts as well. Two Plates on each side of the waist, added with another two to be made into an additional crotch protection, the design created the Waist Armour to looks like a metal made pants with skirting that could defend its wearer on both front and back, left and right, with extremely durable crotch cover that comes with the joints to bring all the parts together. Lastly, is the Lower Armour, which is expected, came in a ten-piece parts. Two is formed into the Sole Guard and followed with two for the Joint Guard, another two for the Knee Guard, two for lower leg and two for upper leg. Altogether, the ten-piece parts formed into pants that could be worn easily like any normal costume could be. With all 60% of the Brass, Component is used on forming this Three-Piece Lightweight Armour, I''ve decided to use the remaining Brass Component to form some additional features to make this armour much more outstanding. I refined the remaining Brass Rod into five pieces of Thick Metal Token, and with the tools provided, I mould them into a flower insignia that would be attached on both sides of the Shoulder Plates, the middle of the Front Plate for the Waist Armour, and two on the Knee Guard for the Lower Armour. The moment all this is completed, I remove the armour from the three Dummy and run a scan towards the three-piece. Unexpectedly, I actually received a strange choice from the Status Panel as it pops up. I pay attention to what is written on it and decides on what should I do with this since it already came out unexpectedly.
"Three-Piece Set Lightweight Armour is successfully created. Satisfied with your works?" Yes No
Such a weird option. I chose yes, and like a lightbulb is suddenly lit up with lights within, the three-piece Lightweight Armour within my hand flashed suddenly and gone in seconds. And the next thing, three status panel appears within my initial status panel.The genuine version of this novel can be found on another site. Support the author by reading it there.
Brass Insignia Set - Body Armour (1/3 Top Piece)
Category: Armour / Grade: Lower Grade 10
Durability: 50/50
Stats: 11 DEF / 1 REC / 1 AGI / 1 LUCK
Set Bonus: If all three piece is equipped, Increase the user chances of obtaining good loots by 5%
Brass Insignia Set - Waist Armour (1/3 Waist Piece)
Category: Armour / Grade: Lower Grade 10
Durability: 50/50
Stats: 6 DEF / 2 REC / 1 AGI / 1 CHA
Set Bonus: If all three piece is equipped, Increase the user chances of obtaining good loots by 5%
Brass Insignia Set - Body Armour (1/3 Lower Piece)
Category: Armour / Grade: Lower Grade 10
Durability: 50/50
Stats: 8 DEF / 2 REC / 3 AGI / 1 CHA
Set Bonus: If all three piece is equipped, Increase the user chances of obtaining good loots by 5%
The moment I read the status on the Three-Piece Set Lightweight Armour I''ve made, I am quite delighted, but since its grade is Still Lower Grade 10, perhaps it was due to the lack of skill on myself, because in total, included the Insignia, the Top contained 24% of Brass Component, 22% on the Waist and 24% again on the Lower. But I wouldn''t be too petty with this for now, as I decided to walk out and see if I could found a buyer. I walked out from the Blacksmithing Workshop and straights to the Marketplace. This Market is handled by the Merchandise Association, and they do provide the protection, appraiser and location towards everyone who wished to sell their own items here. Their rates are 10% charges on whatever Item is sold, so it would really depend on a person would he be able to earn the money or not. I went in and with shakes of my hand with the Pedlar Setup Ring, a booth immediately appeared from thin air, as it already well set with a Full-Size Dummy that is fit for me to put on the Three-Piece Set on it. The status table is shown on a paper, and as the Appraiser walked over to see the authentication of the item I am selling, the gave me a green tag to indicates It is as the description says. Their face has a slight hint of amazement, but yet they did not stop and purchase it. I guess, it is still too weak for people that have quite a good stats. Next, I start to have some visitors that begin to have a look at the piece of equipment I am selling. Most of them barely watch and enjoy the other people that were looking at it as well, because of the pricing I had put on it. 50 Black Spirit Crystals for each piece if bought all together. If bought separately, it would cost 80 Black Spirit Crystals instead a piece. Some of them wished that they could complain about the price, but everyone knows that a Set equipment is hardly easy to saw in the market, although this equipment is just a Lower Grade 10 piece, its quite above average stats still will make many people have the urge to purchase it. The only thing is, the price is slightly higher for a Lower Grade 10 Equipment. Then, two-man with swords finally stopped before my stall, and have a look at my armour. One of them looked at me for a moment before he asked. "Young friend, If I purchase this set of equipment from you, could you give me a free repair for all three piece when I need it?" the man asked. Luckily I know that the repairing would need some ingredients in return to have it properly repaired, I replied the man with "If you are willing to provide me with the required materials, I will repair it without cost for the first time. After he is satisfied with my answer, the man withdraws 150 Black Spirit Crystals from his pouch and passed it to me as I hand him the three-piece set. He wore it on the spot, and looking quite good, he walked away satisfied. It was the similar for me, as I am 135 Black Spirit Crystals richer. I went back to the Refining Workshop later that day, and aim to went into the Ore Cave for the whole day tomorrow, and starts to focus more on making my Pickaxe better. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Status Panel (end Chapter 9) Name: Lu Bu Age: 20 Wealth: 268 Black Spirit Crystals
Strength: 5+(1.03) Physical: 5+(1.04) Agility: Locked Magic: Locked
??? Locked ??? Locked ??? Locked ??? Locked
Item: Upper Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe
500 Crystals Ticket 504 x Lower Grade 10 Red Power Crystals 26 x Medium Grade 10 Red Power Crystals 513 x Lower Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals 58 x Medium Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals
1 x 0.01gm Crystalized Stone 12 x 0.05gm Crystalized Stone 7 x Accompanied Materials
Skills: Scan Level 4 (4/80) (4 Metre Distance) (Able to Scan the surrounding for threats, treasures, materials and hidden secrets.) Tenth Grade Crystal Refining Level 6 (170/320) (12% Success Rate Increment) (Level 5 - 5% chance to immediately refine a Crystal into one rank higher without cost) (allows user to refine the Crystal into a higher Rank/Upgrade for more special quirks) Tenth Grade Pinpoint Strike Level 4 (59/80) (0.4% rate in critically strikes the targets) (Allows the Critical Hit possibility in any usage. Upgrade for more special quirks) Tenth Grade Tenacity Level 1 (273/10,000) (0.1% Increase in all actions) (Allows the user to have a better results from his tenacity in struggling across all challenges.) Ore Dust Gatherer Level 1 (5/10,000) (1% Increase in gathering more Ore Dust) (Allows more efficient Ore Dust Gathering during Mining, Upgrade for more special quirks) Smelting Is Life Level 3 (5/80) (0.3% Increase of possibility of doubling the production when smelting) (Allows more bonus during smelting. Upgrade for more special quirks) Traits: Unknown More information: Unknown Friends: Han Li (20 years old childhood friend) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 10 [Improvements.] The next few days, I roughly went around few places to have a look around. Being a newcomer to this world, I noticed that I would be required to put in more effort before I could actually say It is easy to survive within here. Visiting the Ore Cave for a few times in this few days, I managed to obtain a total of 60 Brass Rods (1%), and luckily, I actually managed to spot a special part of the ore dust which is good for me to produce a single Copper Rod (1%). While in the meantime, not only I managed to refined almost all of the available crystals in hand, I actually exchanged the remaining 500 crystal tickets into another 500 Lower Grade 10 Green Crystals and refines it all together. So in total, the 1500 Lower Grade 10 Crystals had been refined into a total of 27 Medium Grade 10 Red Power Crystals, and another 55 Medium Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals. Just like this, I managed to reach my quota for the month. Of course, being a more cautious person living in this world, I immediately deliver the 90 Medium Crystals to the Management Office, and allows them to put a note within that I had fulfilled my this month task. On that spot, I received a total of 30 Black Spirit Crystals and 100 Points for my labour, and in the next fourteen days, I will be able to exchange any remaining Medium Grade 10 Crystals for the price of 1 Black Spirit Crystal each or convert it into points. The point system is quite good because the moment you''re able to reach the quota, you will be instantly rewarded with 100 points. Any subsequent contribution would be treated as points as well, depending on your needs. Of course, if you prefer to change it into cash, the rates will be lower compared to the points. After all, the points could only be used by the members of the Refining Workshop and not any other visitors or clients of the Refining Workshop. After I went over to have a look at the board with the list of items to exchange, I am pretty much quite surprised. The item within is quite attractive, to be honest. Some of it is even hard to obtain from where I am currently. I guess next time, I could start to contribute more as well, to obtain some of those items listed in this exchange board. List of Item for Exchange:
Lower Grade 10 Crystals Red Power Crystal Green Physical Crystal Yellow Speed Crystal Blue Magical Crystal Violet Resistant Crystal 10 Units for 2 Points
Medium Grade 10 Crystals Red Power Crystal Green Physical Crystal Yellow Speed Crystal Blue Magical Crystal Violet Resistant Crystal 10 Units for 20 Points
Special Grade 10 Crystals (Lower) Blood Crystal Mana Crystal Stamina Crystal Breath Crystal Fatigue Crystal 10 Units for 20 Points
Others Crystalized Stone (0.05gm) Crystalized Core (0.05gm) Crystalized Metal (0.05gm) 1 Unit for 10 Points
Others Portable Workstation Includes: Smelter / Refiner / Concocter / Blacksmith / Creator / Producer / Builder. 1 Unit for 100 Points
After I checked with this list, I have the urge to get either the Stamina Crystal or the Fatigue Crystals, because, through the name, I could roughly guess that most probably it would help in recovering Stamina and Fatigue in the user''s body. Other than that, the Portable Workstation is quite attractive, as it would mean that I will be able to start making things I want anywhere if needed. Nevermind, let us take thing slowly but steady. And with this mindset, I went to the Blacksmithing Workshop to begins my work on upgrading my tools. I wonder why there are no stats includes in my Upper Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe, but for now, it is not my total concern. I should quickly repair and strengthen this pickaxe before I continue to mine the Ore Dust in the Ling Hun Ore Cave. Since I had already completed my this month Quota, I should have the privilege to use the crystals am I correct? I will take on the Ore Cave and the Crystal Cave for five hours daily, and see what would I get for this short two weeks until the month is over. If I could actually get more crystals and Brass in my inventory, perhaps I could start doing something else again. With the 60 Brass Rod (1%) in my pocket, I went straight to the smelter section to begins with my upgrading attempts. Since my Upper Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe is quite worn out, first, I would need to put some effort to repair it first, to allow it to maintain the Upper-Grade quality. Just like this, the repairing work did take about an hour of mine, and also around 15 Brass Rod to properly repair it. With only 45 Brass Rod left, I put some effort into adding more layer of the overall Pickaxe Head and allows its Brass Component within to increase slightly. After putting in my own effort into the upgrading works, I finally start to realize the difficulties in this topic. Upgrading is much more different compared to creating because the two topic is entirely different in their essence. Creating allows one to properly insert most of the component of Metal within before starting the process of moulding the Tools. Once the Tool is properly formed, the creator will then put an effort in perfecting his creation, making it come out in a better result as it complete. But in Upgrading, it is totally a different matter.Unauthorized reproduction: this story has been taken without approval. Report sightings. Upgrading required one to properly repair the tools before it would be put into the mould once again to forcefully mixed together with other newer components to form a final product. The tool, of course, will vary in its final results, depending on the blacksmith''s skills in performing the upgrading technique. But this technique has the greatest disadvantage, where because the remoulding process is quite difficult to get it properly done, a part of the newer and older components will slowly be cast away from the main body, thus, even if 20% component is used to upgrade the item, perhaps only 10% would properly mixed within, while the remaining will be wasted. But in exchange for this loss, the gain is enormous as well. The upgraded tools would fare much better compared to a recently created tool, and inefficiency and durability, it would be increased as well. This is why, although the risk and wastage are quite hard to bear by normal people, some of them still consider Upgrades as one of their main choices. Just like this, I wasted all 45 of my Brass Rod (1%) to upgrade this Pickaxe head. In the end results, I managed to increase its grade, and after a check, it actually contains a total of 71% of Brass Component within, which allows it to be ranked as a Fine Grade Tools. But in exchange for this upgrades, I actually spent 45% of the total Brass Components to successfully mixed in 11% of the Brass Components into this Pickaxe. From this, it is easily seen why the weapon above Fine Grade is so hard to come by. But with my hand holding a pickaxe of this grade, it feels like I could mine anything easily, as I went to the Ling Hun Ore Cave first. On the way over there, I checked on my experience for the Smelting is Life. It seems like, the number of experience points is totally depending on the number of tools I am making. Since I am only remoulding the Pickaxe and Repairing it, I only able to obtain two points of experience from all that amount of Brass Rod being used. Put differently, when I am refining the Three-Piece Lightweight Armour, I actually obtained a total of 30 points for the Smelting is life skill instead. In my mind, I could only say that "The Experience Points calculation is pretty much f**ked up huh?" but without bothering those little calculations, I entered the Cave as I soon I reached. Like a normal procedure, I check in, signed and starts to push a cart and start to scratch the wall of rocks. The moment I started to use that Fine Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe that I upgraded myself to hit on those rocks, I happened to feel the reason why higher ranked tools are better. With each strike I landed on the rocks, plenty of rock pieces fell without any resistance. It was like I am hitting on the glass, one efficient strike could bring the whole piece of glass shattered into pieces. This way, my Mining process has gone even smoother, that I could fill my cart in merely 40 Minutes. With a reduction of a good 20 minutes from my cart filling time, I managed to speed up a little, as the grinding process and sieving process does not take too long. I stored all the Tin Dust and Zinc Dust I''ve collected first before I decided to smelt them altogether. Just like this, a normal 5 cart full mining progress is completed in mere three hours and twenty minutes. Of course, if I still have extra time, I will continue. I get three more full carts before I stopped, as the time exactly 5 hours and twenty minutes. With that eight full cart of Tin and Zinc Dust, I managed to smelt them into a total of 26 Brass Rod (1%), and without further ado, I went straight to the Crystal Cave next, after taking a short break. Almost like repeating what I am doing daily, I end my Crystal Mining Attempts also in about five hours, as it allows me to obtain a total of 310 Red Crystals, 320 Green Crystals, and also another 61 pieces of Crystalized Stone (0.01mg). I went back to the town, but today, there is actually some event is going on. I walked into the square that I rarely went in, and take a look at that stuff they were promoting. Soon, I actually noticed something different. There is actually more than this two cave surrounding the Ling Hun Town. There were many memberships and one-time entry passes for sale, and also some description of the resources available within the Cave. Some of this is still called as a cave because their choice of resources is not too many. Another kind of it is called as Mines. The mines contain a greater amount of resources within, and furthermore, they actually do possess some different kind of monsters within, one will need to be able to protect themselves as they enter the mines. The final kind of location with plentiful resources is known as Realms. The Realms is slightly special. Not only they must be entered by a group, the minimal entrance condition is quite strict as well because it is said that among ten groups entering, at least half of them will end up dead if they are not well prepared. But since my strength is too low, it would be pointless for me to approach this kind of knowledge. Then, as I explore the other stalls, I finally noticed on a specific stall with plenty of brochures on top of their tables. I walked over and take a look, and noticed what this shop is all about. "Hey, there is actually an Accommodation Selling Stall here!" ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Status Panel (end Chapter 9) Name: Lu Bu Age: 20 Wealth: 296 Black Spirit Crystals Refining Workshop Points: 100
Strength: 5+(1.03) Physical: 5+(1.04) Agility: Locked Magic: Locked
??? Locked ??? Locked ??? Locked ??? Locked
Item: Upper Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe
314 x Lower Grade 10 Red Power Crystals 53 x Medium Grade 10 Red Power Crystals 333 x Lower Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals 23 x Medium Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals
62 x 0.01gm Crystalized Stone 12 x 0.05gm Crystalized Stone 7 x Accompanied Materials 26 x Brass Rod (1%) 1 x Copper Rod (1%)
Skills: Scan Level 4 (24/80) (4 Metre Distance) (Able to Scan the surrounding for threats, treasures, materials and hidden secrets.) Tenth Grade Crystal Refining Level 7 (314/640) (14% Success Rate Increment) (Level 5 - 5% chance to immediately refine a Crystal into one rank higher without cost) (allows user to refine the Crystal into a higher Rank/Upgrade for more special quirks) Tenth Grade Pinpoint Strike Level 4 (65/80) (0.4% rate in critically strikes the targets) (Allows the Critical Hit possibility in any usage. Upgrade for more special quirks) Tenth Grade Tenacity Level 1 (393/10,000) (0.1% Increase in all actions) (Allows the user to have a better results from his tenacity in struggling across all challenges.) Ore Dust Gatherer Level 1 (33/10,000) (1% Increase in gathering more Ore Dust) (Allows more efficient Ore Dust Gathering during Mining, Upgrade for more special quirks) Smelting Is Life Level 4 (14/160) (0.4% Increase of possibility of doubling the production when smelting) (Allows more bonus during smelting. Upgrade for more special quirks) Traits: Unknown More information: Unknown Friends: Han Li (20 years old childhood friend) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 11 [Shocked with the Facts.] "Hi, young friend! Are you here to have a look at the rooms we have for rent?" the employee that taking care of the stall approached me and start to initiate a conversation. I answered yes, but instead of a room, I am looking for a house instead. Do you perhaps have some that enough for three to five people to stay? But the moment the employee heard my words, he starts to laugh as he replied my questions. "This young friend is quite funny, but unfortunately, we are just a small town, we couldn''t have the privilege of renting out a house directly. Why don''t you take a look on our biggest room available for rent? It is about 20 Square Metres, quite spacious for a room am I correct?" he took a piece of square crystal cube up in his hand, and a few pictures start to appears from the cube. This room is not too bad, but what I am looking is a house. How much for this small room anyway? I asked the employee. He smiled at me as if he found a huge fish, this room actually the most expensive choice he has in his stack of brochures, but because the price is too high, which is why he couldn''t found a person to rent the room out. "It is averagely priced. The 20 Square Metres Room comes with plenty of furniture and other tools, suitable and easily refitted for any profession usage. Each month would only cost you about 2,000 Black Spirit Crystals! It is the greatest deal so far!" the employee explained the price and its detail to me, as my jaw dropped. "What? 2,000 Black Spirit Crystals?" I actually speak that sentence aloud. The employee looked at my face with the jaw fallen down and continued. "Yes, young friend. The company actually received the order to reduce its price for 1,000 Black Spirit Crystals a few days ago, if not, it would be priced at 3,000 Black Spirit Crystals. Since the build of this room is quite suitable for any profession, it is a haul to get it for 2,000 Black Spirit Crystals a month!" Do... Have you any smaller rooms then? I changed the topic and asked. In the same time, I tried to look at those brochures on the table. After I scanned those brochures, I am actually shocked with their exorbitant price to rent a single small room! A room that is much smaller than my current provided accommodation actually cost 550 Black Spirit Crystals to rent. And what is more overboard is that the room comes with only a single bed and wardrobe for our tools, even the bath is separated from the main hall. I continue to ask the employee. Why is there no house for sale? As he heard my words, he too becomes quite down as he started to explain. "This young friend, I am not sure why you seem blank about this stuff, but since I have some time, I will gladly explain it to you. This country we are living within is known as the Tian Gong Guo (Sky Lord Country). So, naturally, all the lands belonged to the country." "The Tian Gong Guo is managed by one Emperor System, and below him, is the Four Great Kings, known as the East King, Dong Tu, South King, Nan Gong, West King, Xi Yue, and North King, Bei Gang. Below each king, a total of four states is under their control, respectively managed by the four State Ministers." "They are known according to their King''s name. For the Northern, there is Shen State, managed by Minister Shen, Mu State, by Minister Mu, and Yue State and Tong State, managed by Minister Yue and Minister Tong." "The Southern four is the Tang State, Li State, Qin State, and Ming State, all handled by their respective Minister Tang, Li, Qin and Ming personally. The East four States is the Hu, Feng, Xuan, Long. And lastly, the West, with Ren, Gui, Ling, Shou." "We are currently in the Ling Hun Town, under the management of West Minister Ling personally. Under his hand, a total of four Town and two city reports to him, while the other smaller villages are usually given a blessing and obtain the exemption from required to pay tribute to him yearly. The West Minister Ling is quite a fair officials, so we could live peacefully compared to those in the West and South." "Young friend, I can see that you are quite capable, but you should not make fun of me... I have yet to get sales today, so I won''t get my pay for the day. Anyway, I know that this job is going to be tough. If you want, you can leave, I won''t force you to compensate my saliva after talking for so long." the employee finished his words as he turned around and return to his seat. "This brother, I will give you five Black Spirit Crystals. Could you tell me the speciality of the town and cities belonged to the Ling State?" I speak, and without his agreement, I already withdraw five Black Spirit Crystals and put it in his hand. Receiving such a payment for only speaking, who wouldn''t agree? "The Four Town is the Ling Hun Town, Ling Wen Town, Ling Shou Town, and Ling Qi Town. Ling Hun town, resources come from the popular Ling Hun Crystal Cave, Ore Cave, Herb Cave, and Beast Cave. The Ling Wen Town is more popular and unsafe because over there, the biggest Slave Trader Company is located. But other than Slave Resources, the Ling Wen Town is quite popular for their Blood Crystal Cave."Stolen from its original source, this story is not meant to be on Amazon; report any sightings. "The Ling Shou Town is where most of the trading regarding special riding beast, companion beast or monster''s material could be obtained. It is also quite flourished with blessings of medicinal herbs perfect for Concocter to reside there because it is easy to find those required material needed. The Ling Shou Town is quite hard to get in because it is always filled with many monsters around its outskirts." "Lastly, is the Ling Qi Town. Over here, a special kind of resources called as Essence Qi is obtainable and could be produced. It is quite dangerous because the location is guarded by some wail spirits and also dangerous monsters. About the Essence Qi Resources, I''m not too sure about it. There might be some other resources as well, but my knowledge is quite limited." "The two cities is the Ling Shen City and the Ling Cheng City. They are quite strongly fortified and positioned at the far end of the west because the two cities main objective is to defend against any invasion into our country. We are sharing a border with another country of unknown name, so all I am not well informed with the Cities speciality." the employee finished his explanation, and after this all, I''ve decided to call it a day and returned to the Refining Workshop to get some rest. Adding the next day I wake up, there will be thirteen days left before a full month ends as members of the Refining Workshop, I guess getting stronger is my only choice? Just like this, I fall flat on the bed as I started to snore. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The next day I wake up, as usual, meals and cleaning, I went straight to the Refining Central Workshop to greet Section Leader Zhu first. No matter what, he is the person who recruited me into being a member of the Refining Workshop, so greeting him and senior brother Kong Rong is a must. I have to tell them I already met the quota as well. "junior brother Lu Bu!" a voice came from behind me, as I turned around. Behind me, Senior brother Kong Rong and Section Leader Zhu are actually walking over to the Crystal Section together. I went over to greet them both and tells them about managed to reach the quota for this month. Senior brother Kong Rong immediately praise me for having that tenacity and putting so much effort in making up for my lack of skills, and at the same time, Section Leader Zhu actually intends to give me a small gift for manage to uphold his trust. "Section Leader Zhu, what is this thing?" I hold that small little Lego Cube up to my eye level and take a deep look. Of course, I secretly use my Scan Skill on it to see what this little cube actually hides. "It is not weird that you have no idea what is this thing. This is what we call as the Refiner Stove. By carrying it in your neck when you are refining, this will give your effort a higher chance of success, although it is quite low." Oh, It seems that this is quite a good item. Thank you Section Leader Zhu for your kind gift. I thanked him for giving me such a good item. Although this item could be easily bought from outside merchandise store, obtaining this 100 Black Spirit Crystals gift, is for sure felt better than paying for your own. We talked for a while more before the two of them continues on their way to do their own works. Roughly, from what I heard from Senior Brother Kong Rong, it seems that he and Section Leader Zhu is busy preparing a kind of refined tool material only known as the Crystalized Copper. Feeling blank with so many unknown items, I''ve decided to get out from the workshop, and head towards the Ling Hun Ore Cave once again. In an attempt, I immediately spend five hours and twenty minutes to complete my eight Carts, but I do not stop here. I in my effort to get two more full carts of products, wherein total, I spent about six hours and forty minutes instead. In today''s effort, I managed to get 31 Brass Rod (1%), and luckily, I managed to get another Copper Rod (1%) again today. Next, I move to the Crystal Cave as usual, and started to put in Five hours of effort again here, to exactly get 300 of each crystal, and also sixty pieces of the Crystalized Stones. Happily, I walked back to the Town as soon as possible, and return to the Refining Workshop immediately. But today, before I get to rest, I chose to refine the crystals first that I got from the Crystal Cave. Since I got more than 500 of each, why not I try absorbing it? I then decided to put that 1000 crystals on my forehead one by one, and begin to absorb it all. Each absorption takes me two to three seconds to absorb it cleanly, so with 1000 Crystals, it took me 50 minutes to completely absorb all of them. Huh! Damn, absorbing something actually could felt so tired. I lied down on the bed and around to sleep. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Status Panel (end Chapter 11) Name: Lu Bu Age: 20 Wealth: 291 Black Spirit Crystals Refining Workshop Points: 100
Strength: 5+(6.03) Physical: 5+(6.04) Agility: Locked Magic: Locked
??? Locked ??? Locked ??? Locked ??? Locked
Item: Upper Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe
614 x Lower Grade 10 Red Power Crystals 53 x Medium Grade 10 Red Power Crystals 633 x Lower Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals 23 x Medium Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals
122 x 0.01gm Crystalized Stone 12 x 0.05gm Crystalized Stone 7 x Accompanied Materials 57 x Brass Rod (1%) 2 x Copper Rod (1%)
Skills: Scan Level 4 (44/80) (4 Metre Distance) (Able to Scan the surrounding for threats, treasures, materials and hidden secrets.) Tenth Grade Crystal Refining Level 7 (314/640) (14% Success Rate Increment) (Level 5 - 5% chance to immediately refine a Crystal into one rank higher without cost) (allows user to refine the Crystal into a higher Rank/Upgrade for more special quirks) Tenth Grade Pinpoint Strike Level 4 (71/80) (0.4% rate in critically strikes the targets) (Allows the Critical Hit possibility in any usage. Upgrade for more special quirks) Tenth Grade Tenacity Level 1 (463/10,000) (0.1% Increase in all actions) (Allows the user to have a better results from his tenacity in struggling across all challenges.) Ore Dust Gatherer Level 1 (43/10,000) (1% Increase in gathering more Ore Dust) (Allows more efficient Ore Dust Gathering during Mining, Upgrade for more special quirks) Smelting Is Life Level 4 (46/160) (0.4% Increase of possibility of doubling the production when smelting) (Allows more bonus during smelting. Upgrade for more special quirks) Traits: Unknown More information: Unknown Friends: Han Li (20 years old childhood friend) Kong Rong (Senior Brother) Section Leader Zhu (Senior Leader) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 12 [Getting an Entrance Ticket!] In the next few days, is almost as boring as anything could be. My day begins by going to the Ore Cave and then the Crystal Cave consequently for a total of five days until I stopped on the sixth. During that period, the stash I managed to store in my Compartment actually reached quite a good amount. Every single day, I push myself hard to fulfil my own quota of 10 carts daily on the Ore Cave, and a minimum 10 minutes on the Crystalized Rock and at least 600 Crystals each single day. and very quickly, I''ve managed to get around three thousand of crystals, about 155 Brass Rods, and also about 300 Crystalized Stones at the end these few days. With two thousand of Crystals of two colours is available for me to refine, I''ve decided to had it done earlier, before a check for any extras for me to absorb after I reach the quota I''ve required for next month. Withdrawing the first 1000 Red Power Crystals, I start to refine them. Five at a time, about two minutes each, as I''ve managed to finish refining them in the time of seven-plus hours. Among that 200 tries, I''ve succeeded 55 times and managed to activate the Level 5 Bonus for three times. As I felt like I could still continue, I go for another 500 crystals and managed to get another 26 times success and one more Level Five Bonus Activation. In total, I''ve managed to get 85 Medium Grade 10 Red Power Crystal for today. It seems like the 1000 crystals I absorb yesterday started to give me some good reaction. seems like I should have this kind of enjoyment more often. It seems that with the slight increase in my physical body strength, I could continue, but to reduce the failure caused by my slight fatigue, I goes for the Crystalized Stones instead, as I refined all of them into a total of 84 Crystalized Stones (0.05gm), before I call it a day and return to my room. The next day, I do the same with the 1500 Green Physical Crystals and spent some time to assimilate 1000 crystals after the refining works. Maybe because the level of my Crystal Refining had increased by another two percent yesterday, my success rate today is even better compared to yesterday 81 success. I actually managed to get a total of 85 success today with four activations of Level 5 Bonus. In total, I obtained 89 Medium Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals in a single day. With another [+5.00] increase in my Strength and Physical, I wake up in the next morning, energetic and spirited to see what I should do for my remaining four days before my next month of employment begins. Since I already obtained enough crystals for the quota, should I actually go to the Alchemy Workshop? I considered my options for a while before I finally decided not to go. Yes, the attraction of learning skills to create potions and elixirs for my usage is great, but one most important concern remains. The current me is barely skilful to even obtaining at least a thousand of crystals or hundreds of Brass Rods easily in a day of work, added to the expensive materials for potions and elixirs, wouldn''t I get a disadvantage in future? I should focus on one before moving to another. that''s what I think. As I have no advance skill to support my needs, I will forever remain in this bottom layer where most of the people stay until their death. I need to focus more on important matters. The choice to become a Maker, a Producer or Manufacturer. With my tenacity, I actually chose the path of becoming a producer instead. Although the Producer and Manufacturer are quite similar, their differences could be said as Quality first, Quantity second for the Producer, and Quantity First, Quality Second, compared with the Manufacturer. With my Pedlar Setup Ring, I have the benefits of learning more skill than others, so it should be better if I chose Quality instead of Quantity. Added with the sales volume is controllable, it would be easier to control the pricing as well depending on the market needs. If that''s the case, I should start to look for some advantageous benefits that could push my production into a higher quality stage, before I could start selling them for money. In the same time, I will need to start learning more skills that allow me to quickly improve! Marketplace! Blacksmithing Workshop! This two is the correct place I should more attention on! I should go and have a look now! But the moment I am so spirited to pay a visit to the marketplace, the sky had already turned black, cloaked at almost midnight. "What???" the time just walk past without notice. Having no choice, I returned to get a rest and waits for the next day. The moment I wake up next morning, I charge immediately towards the Marketplace without bothering anything else and entered the main entrance to the bazaar square. "Halt, did you have an entrance ticket from the main entrance?" a guard suddenly stopped me from getting into the trading area. Full of questions, I asked. "Do we need an entrance ticket to enter the Marketplace? It is not free?" the moment the guard heard me, he immediately has one reaction. "Are you new here? Buying an Entrance ticket is a must if you wanted to enter the Marketplace to check for treasures, or else, go visits those at Outer Market, over there it is free for trade and exchange, but there is no guarantee that the item you purchase is exactly the quality you are looking for." he said. "Thank you brother Guard." I thanked him and leave. What the hell? They actually charge an entrance fee as well as the sales commission. Fine, I should check what''s available on the Free Market before I go into the Town Hall to purchase their so-called entrance Ticket. The Free Market is unexpectedly well organized, with a total of five rows, twenty vendors on each row. A total 100 different vendor for all kind of stuff. From ores to crystals, there is plenty item is available for sale, but some of them, undeniably, fake even from my inexperienced eyes. But it doesn''t mean that nothing good within this 100 store. Through my Scan Skill to properly check all the items on their table, I end with two different stores, purchasing the item I needs. At the end of the visit, I purchased 50 Brass Rod (1%) for the price of 40 Black Spirit Crystals, and a 100 Lower Grade Yellow Speed Crystals for my own usage. The Yellow Speed Crystals are slightly harder to mine, as one needs to enter the Yellow River Cave to look for it specifically. This is also why its rate is at 4 Lower Grade 10 Crystals for a Black Spirit crystals, In total, I spent another 25 Black Spirit Crystals to purchase all of it. Others are all rubbish, as I''ve decided to leave and went to the town hall for a visit. Within, there is a separate area for purchasing the entrance ticket for all different locations. Though their prices vary depending on their benefits and also difficulties, since there are a few different segments, people usually choose the one suitable for them easily without worries. Of course, my first intention here is because of the Marketplace Entrance Ticket. When I check on their pricing list, I finally noticed why is there a requirement of charging for an entrance fee. First of all, they removed the haggling and disturbing people and thieves that posed as a vendor or buyer into the Marketplace to create a safe surrounding within the square peaceful for them to slowly conduct their trades. They also make sure that all products that will be entering the Marketplace are validity items. A free appraisal will be provided, with estimation on prices as well the usefulness of the item to the person purchasing it. Within the Marketplace, everything tendered for sales and purchases will be listed and also recorded, in case of any disputes in the future from either party. Lastly, the entrance ticket is valid for a whole week, allowing the ticket holder to either sell or buy products within the Marketplace. This also thoroughly destroyed my intention of window shopping for a while to look for some treasure. Based on my current financial situation, this is not a viable option, as I am still in the middle of improving my financial condition. This is of course because the Entrance Ticket cost 150 Black Spirit Crystals to purchase, and valid for seven days. Next, I checked on those entrance token to some other caves that are available for sale. Luckily, the information board are quite well organized, as I could easily check on what is available within each Cave, so I could choose a cave that is suitable for me to pay and enter to start harvesting the materials I need.
Location: Yellow River Cave Price: 5 Black Spirit Crystals Duration: UnlimitedStolen from Royal Road, this story should be reported if encountered on Amazon.
Base: Provided Free of Charge Capacity: 1200 Person Monster: None
Produce: Yellow Speed Crystal Yellow Crystal Sand
Yellow Tin Dust Yellow Cube Jewel
Location: Black Sand Cave Price: 5 Black Spirit Crystals Duration: Five hours
Base: Not Available Capacity: 100 Person Monster: None
Produce: Black Spirit Crystal Sand Black Spirit Crystal Pieces
Black Spirit Crystal Core Black Spirit Crystal Thread
Location: Green Stone Cave Price: 5 Black Spirit Crystals Duration: Unlimited
Base: Not Available Capacity: 1500 Person Monster: None
Requirement: Physical Above (5) Safety: 9/10 Insurance: None
Produce: Green Physical Crystal Stamina Crystal Sand
Crystalized Stone Crystal Water
Location: Red Blood Cave Price: 5 Black Spirit Crystals Duration: Unlimited
Base: Not Available Capacity: 1500 Person Monster: Yes
Requirement: Strength Above (7) Safety: 8/10 Insurance: None
Produce: Red Power Crystal Blood Crystal Sand
Crystalized Stone Blood Water
It seems like the available cave token to buy is only this four. I noticed there is a Black Sand Cave within the list since the product could be obtained within is the Black Spirit Crystal Sand and other Black Spirit Related products, it almost meant like you are mining money within this cave. I head toward the counter to quickly purchase the entrance token. "Hi there, how can I help you?" the cashier immediately asked how she could be my help today. I told her that I am intended to purchase the Black Sand Cave Token, but immediately, a shout came from the side of the Information Board. "The Black Sand Cave entrance token is sold out, We are so sorry!" and as he finished his word, he walked away without bothering other''s whispers. Looking at the cashier, I changed my mind, and tried to say, Yellow River Cave, please. But before I did, another shout came from the Information Board again. "Yellow River Cave, Red Blood Cave token is sold out as well, Sorry for the inconvenience!" and left. What the F**k! I shouted as the cashier lady chuckled at my actions. "Young master, here, take a look at this list." The cashier gave me another piece of paper that was distributed to the cashier within town hall to know what kind of offer is opens in their office cashier. It is almost as efficient as how it was used to be in my own country before I reincarnated, but to be honest, this all seems much challenging compared to how I was living in my previous world. I have a target here, at least! As I looked at the piece of paper, most of them actually belong to the Mines listing. Most of them required status at an even higher rate, so it is impossible for me to select it until I saw the bottommost boxes. The moment I go through the details within, my pair of eyes lit as I slapped my hand on the cashier table and say, I will take this!
Location: Night Glowing Cave Price: 15 Black Spirit Crystals Duration: Unlimited
Base: Not Available Capacity: 500 Person Monster: No
Requirement: None (Proceed with Caution) Safety: 8/10 Insurance: None
Produce: Night Glowing Sand Night Glowing Stone
Rare: Night Copper Dust Night Glowing Bead Night Glowing Pearl
The moment the cashier saw my reaction, she immediately reaches out for the stack of tokens especially created for the user to enter the cave. "How many times would you like to enter?" She asked. The moment I heard the question, I noticed another thing. The entrance fee is one off, so the longer you stayed within, the better. But a number of people allowed within could not exceed 500 people, so If all 500 people within are not coming out, you couldn''t enter it anyway. Luckily, the Ling Hun Town Hall managed to handle this matter quite wisely, so they actually reduced the maximum capacity of the Cave into a lower figure, so even if there is any clash in between, they could still fit more than that amount for a short while if needed. Since this cave is neither cheap or expensive, I''ve decided to take a total of ten entries. She quickly processes my request, and at the exchange of 150 Black Spirit Crystals, I received a piece of tablet stone, with a total of ten tokens attached on it. Seems like each time I use the Teleported into the Cave, one of the tokens will vanish from the Tablet Stone until there is no token left. Just like this, I actually spent a total of 215 Black Spirit Crystals for all this in one day. Spending money is easier than earning. Now I know why I am homeless. I went straight to the Blacksmithing Workshop next, just to check if there are any special Recipes that I could actually obtain from their counter. I checked through some of the lists, and see nothing that could make me feel interested until I actually went into the third pages of the Recipe to learn. Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 13 [Advice before entering the Night Glowing Cave!] "Hey, they are actually this item within their List of Recipe! Not bad at all!" I am whispering to myself as I ready saw this two specific recipe within their list. Recipe 139 (30 Black Spirit Crystals) Demonic Air Shooter Rarity: Range Weapon / Grade 10 Pricing for complete product: 20-50 Black Spirit Crystals Equipment Stat: Varies Recipe 140 (30 Black Spirit Crystals) Demonic Metal Slugs (1) Rarity: Basic Ammunition / Grade 10 Pricing for complete product: 1 Black Spirit Crystal for every 10 Slugs Equipment Stat: Varies I looked at the drawings of the way this two recipes would look after it was successfully made, and noticed one similarity. The Demonic Air Shooter is actually a handgun weapon, more accurately, it is shaped like a Desert Eagle Handgun, but this design seems deadlier compared to the one I''ve seen before in my world. The Demonic Metal Slugs is the same as the bullet ammunition in my previous life, in its similarity and builds. After looking at this two recipes, I''ve decided to purchase it and paid a total of sixty Black Spirit Crystals for it. But the moment I got a hold of this two recipes, the cashier, also an old man, begins to talk with me. "Young Man, are you intend to use that weapon?" he asked. I chuckled for twice and replied. "This senior, of course, I will be using it once it was completed. This is a weapon after all." I answered. As he heard my reply, he immediately added. "Just remember, the build of this weapon is very sensitive, and make sure you follow each step before you rashly use it in a battle. The slugs recipe might be quite complete, but the composition of the chemicals within still need to improvise, so make sure you are confident with your creation, before you sell it or use it." the old man speaks as he touched the scar that starts from his nose, towards the back of his ear. "This junior will make sure to remember this senior advise." I thanked the senior before I left, and as soon as I returned to the Refining Workshop, I immediately went back to my room and begins to absorb the 100 Yellow Speed Crystals, and also some additional crystals in my Inventory. Since my last time I contributed a total of 90 Medium Grade Green Physical Crystals, I will make it 45 Red and 45 Green Crystals this time. By calculating out the figures I need to delivers to the Refining Workshop Management, I actually had a total of 93 Medium Grade 10 Red Power Crystals and 67 Medium Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals remains. "I guess, I will absorb all of it, and get ready for the rations and other required preparations before I get into the Night Glowing Cave." I whispered to myself, as I start to get a rest after I absorb the Medium Red and Green Crystals. Unexpected to even myself, the Medium Grade 10 Crystals actually gave a bonus of (+0.10) to my body. The next morning as I wake up, I went directly towards the merchandise shop this time, just to buy some of the of the dried rations before I went into the Night Glowing Cave. I spent a total of 10 Black Spirit Crystals to obtain twenty of the more nutritious Dried Blood Soak Jerky Meat before I went to the Blacksmithing Workshop. Here once again, I paid two Black Spirit Crystals, to use their workshop tools, as I repaired my Fine Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe. Since it had been almost a week mining without stopping, the 81% of Brass Component within had already wear off, leaving about 75% of it still remains within. I tried to properly repair it and spent a total of 13 Brass Rod (1%) to make it back to a total of 81% quality. With the Pickaxe is completely repaired, I''ve decided to put some effort into making another item. It was my Recipe number 3, the Wrist Bracer with Needle Launcher Projectile. The build is quite simple, and the only difficulties lie within its hidden launching compartments. But with my experience in assembling such kind of tools, crafting a weapon of such quality, does not really become a difficulty to me at all. I start by hammering the plate that will be going to be the main component that will be wrapping across my whole wrist, and slowly cut off the excess part where it will be needed to fit the Hidden Launcher as the crafting goes along its way. The Buckle is prepared next, as the joining process will be starting soon. With the buckle soon completely join together with the Wrist Part, I begin to slowly form the scales that will be used to enhance the defensive outer part, while using the accompanying materials to smoothen and lacing the inner part. The moment the main part of the Bracer is completed, it is time to patiently attach the piece of Needle Launcher Compartment now. A number of Brass Rod is quickly used along the way, as the Needle Launcher Compartment is slowly assembled. Luckily the Accompanied materials are enough for the required total, I succeed in creating a quite efficient two needle launcher Part, with a nice five sets reloading is encased within for easier reloading.If you spot this narrative on Amazon, know that it has been stolen. Report the violation. Next, the scales are attached to the Main Wrist Guard, as I slowly attached the Scales one after another. A total of 30 scales is made from using 10 Brass Rods, and for the Launcher Component, a total of 5 Brass Rod is used to creates its parts. The Main Piece of the Bracer and Buckle cost another 5 Brass Rod to creates, and finally, five more Brass Rod is melted to creates a molten Brass Solution that would be applied on the surface and joints of the whole Wrist Bracer, included the part where the Needle Launcher Compartment is attached and joint with the Bracer Main Guard. Finally, the product is completed, as the similar selection screen actually came out again.
"Wrist Bracer is successfully created. Satisfied with your works?" Yes No
I choose yes, as a shining light begins to envelop the whole completed Wrist Bracer. And as the shining light dimmed and gone from the Wrist Bracer, a status screen of the equipment finally appears, and looking at the status, immediately makes me smile.
Agile Brass Needle Launcher Wrist Bracer - Wrist Guard
Category: Armour / Grade: Medium Grade 10
Durability: 50/50
Stats: 14 DEF / 1 VISION / 3 AGI / 2 LUCK
Equipment Bonus: Allows the Creator to have double its Stat when equipped.
This is a good item! It actually allows its creator, myself to have double the stats when worn! Without any hesitation, I put on the Agile Brass Wrist Bracer and move around the Workstation as I tried to feel the comfort of wearing a Wrist Bracer wherever I go. After enjoying the moment for about five minutes, I am totally satisfied with this item I just crafted. And it is only from a Brass Rod. How will it be, if I actually force even more Brass Component into this equipment, and make it above Medium Grade? But for now, that is all unimportant. The most important thing is, I will be entering the Night Glowing Cave soon. With the 2 Points in Vision Increase, will allow me to have a more acute sense of sight when I am within the cave. Just this alone, the equipment already allows me to have an extremely valuable advantage. I returned to the Refining Workshop and get a good rest, as I wake up the next morning and heads to the Refining Central Workshop to give notice of my intention to enters the Night Glowing Cave to Senior Brother Kong Rong and Section Leader Zhu. The moment I entered the Crystal Section, the situation within the Section actually quite messy and havoc, with workers rushing up and down, almost everywhere. I tried to ask a few of them on the whereabouts of Section Leader Zhu and Senior Brother Kong Rong, but it seems like they are too busy to even bother about me. After bothering to ask around for about ten minutes, Finally, I saw Senior Brother Kong Rong. "Senior Brother!" I called him from afar, afraid that he will be gone by the next second. We get closer and started to talk. I immediately tell him my intention of entering the Night Glowing Cave and wished that he and Section Leader Zhu will give a little opinion regarding this matter. In the same time, I gave Senior Brother Kong Rong a look at the Agile Brass Wrist Bracer I had just crafted. The moment he heard about the Night Glowing he was somehow moody about it. "Junior brother, I will be honest about this matter. The Night Glowing Cave is only flourishing because of their few speciality product, and another reason is due to the very rare Night Copper Dust. The primary material you will find it most easy to obtain is the Night Glowing Sand. They glow in the dark, and within the Cave, it is extremely difficult to navigate, and need to be extremely careful because sometimes, your opponent is not human or monster, but your greed and your lack of caution." "The Night Glowing Cave materials lost its brilliance if it was brightened up by another source of lights. So if you are bringing a torch into the cave, be ready to not even able to spot a single Night Glowing Sand on everywhere you went. This is why, I said, it would be extremely difficult to navigate within the cave. The next thing is their Night Glowing Stone. Although it is also easy to spot, if it is hidden between some rocks and small cavern, make sure to be very careful." Why, Senior Brother? I thought they say it is without any monsters? "Well, it is not monsters, but as I said, natural occurrence and lack of caution will also cause you to be injured or worst, dying within the cave. The rock that already formed into a cavern is extremely brittle, only a small knock is required to bring the whole part of the tunnel falls down on you. Even if you aren''t injured, being trapped within a tunnel so deep and only have 500 People within, do you think it''s almost same like not being able to return alive?" "Alright, the next is the Night Glowing Bead. This bead only glows at the deep of the tunnels. So make sure be very careful as you mine the wall of rocks, but remember one thing as well, if you start to see a brighter wall of rocks across your path, do not hesitates to move towards that direction because that is how you spot a Night Glowing Bead." "Then, the Night Glowing Pearl. This is only obtainable if you are lucky enough to have an encounter. We called it the Glowing Rock Oyster. It sounds alive, but not. It is created from two parts of the cave erosion water formed into a stalagmite, and later into an oyster shape shell that is empty within. The empty part will slowly be formed into a Marble Pearl, which is hard and has the properties of glows in the dark when it was showered with the crystal Water." "Alright, the explanation was done, now is money. A hundred Night Glowing Sand could be refined into a Small Night Glowing Crystal, which in exchange could be sell for 10 Black Spirit Crystals. A hundred Night Glowing Stone could be refined into a Medium Night Glowing Crystal that could be sell for 50 Black Spirit Crystals. A Large Night Glowing Crystal is refined from a hundred Night Glowing Beads and can fetch a price between 100 to 150 Black Spirit Crystals, depending on the market." How about the Night Glowing Pearl, and also the Night Copper Dust, Senior Brother? "Hahaha, that two? If you managed to have the luck to get the Night Glowing Pearl, it will not be sold in the Marketplace, maybe the Refining Workshop will tender it on your behalf to the Ling State Auction which will be held in either Ling Shen or Ling Cheng City. It might fetch a price of 500 to 1000 Black Spirit Crystals I think." "For the Night Copper Dust... If you are lucky to get more than enough to form a Night Copper Ingot, I guess you could roughly tender it for around 200 Black Spirit Crystals? Although it is rare, sometimes, some random people could stumble across the vein, and managed to get a good haul from there. It is all depending on your luck." Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 14 [A Cave made especially for Scan Skill.] With all the information about the Night Glowing Cave gave from Senior Brother Kong Rong, I''m extremely spirited and couldn''t wait for the next morning and get into the cave. Since all my preparation is done, with the ten entrance token, I suppose I could come out after the first few days, and prepare a little more before I enter again. Just like this, I went over to the Teleportation Gate next morning as I wake up, and along with some items such as water and other little bites. I use the Tablet Stone as activation key to open the gate and enters the moment it''s wide opened. I stepped into the wondrous light, and in the next moment, I appeared in a pitch black cave that was dimly illuminated by some barely noticeable lights deeper into the cave. I kneeled down on one knee and touched the ground. I slowly move my hand around in a circle, and slowly allows it to get''s wider as I tried to get a reading on my surrounding. I touched a section which I believed it to be sand patches and slowly walked toward this direction, as I start to dig into the sand, looking for something special. After blindly searching around for almost an hour, I finally managed to get a hold on ten soybeans sized glowing sand. It was not easy to look, but after you start to get a few in hand, the lights around you begin to grow and became easier to spot those dimly lit Night Glowing Sand within the sand patch. After spending a total of three hours searching for those Soybeans within the sand, I finally managed to obtain a total of twenty-five Night Glowing Sand, as I start depending on them to illuminate my way while I''m getting closer to the wall of rocks and inspects them. After I checked properly, I start to swing the pickaxe carefully to start my mining. Luckily it was a Fine Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe because the wall of rocks is actually quite sturdy. My good luck quickly comes as I immediately dig out a stack of five Night Glowing Sands that was wrapped up by the rocks. With this additional illumination, I continue to carefully pick the wall, and at the same time, frequently use the stack of Night Glowing Sand to reveals the surroundings along the way as I mine deeper into the tunnel. Taking in Senior Brother Kong Rong''s words with importance, I''m very cautious as I mine along the wall of rocks, afraid of some opened or corroded caverns that have some Night Glowing Stone within. And since it always comes with a danger, If one did not pay attention to the path he''s digging deeper, he will easily be buried within the tunnel with no help coming over at all. In fact, even if there is a help, they might choose not to, as the dead have no need for those items they left in the world. The mining continues as I quickly increase my stash of Night Glowing Sand from about thirty to fifty very quickly. Out of sudden, a voice came from far away, causing me to be extremely alert. It shouldn''t be a human because the voice that came sounds more similar to a water drop. I swing my stash of the Night Glowing Sand and let it illuminates my path as I walked. Soon, I met a dead end. The tunnel actually leads to a well-covered wall of rock and no puddle of water could be seen along the way. It seems like I headed to a direction. Anyway, since I am here, I will use my time to mine around here. Few more hours later, I finally managed to get twenty more of the Night Glowing Sand and pretty much Illuminates a circle around me by an arms distance. In total, I have seventy Night Glowing Sand currently. That''s when I suddenly remembered something. Hey, I got a Scan Skill right? I can try run a scan and see if there is any rare item is hidden behind this rocks. Scan Skill starts! Maybe it was due to the environment covered in darkness, the Scan Skill actually seems so flashy as it activates. Like a scanner running through all the surrounding rocks, a gridline activates as it started to become like a Night Vision Map, and it shows me everything around me in lines and curves. The moment all of this become visible to me, it felt as I''m wearing a Geological Scanner to navigate in the darkness. I looked at the wall, shining dots like an indication that is only visible to my sight, as I swing my pickaxe towards that part and I immediately withdraws a piece of Night Glowing Stone within the hole. I turned to another direction and does the same action once again. Great! Another Night Glowing Stone. The light provided by the Night Glowing Stone is much brighter than the Night Glowing Sand as I place it to illuminate the tunnel I''m currently within. Although I have the Scan Skill to allow myself to be able to look at my surrounding like a normal person, the vision is actually barely clear, as it seems like gridlines before my eyes. So with the help of some of the Night Glowing Stone, my surrounding get to brighten up as the light between me and my surroundings started to get at least two arm''s length. I continue with the mining, and between the interval, I use the Scan Skill to reveals all the resources around me. With the resources getting revealed without any effort, I begin to felt something is missing. This felt a little off as I mine for quite a long period. Based on the number of rocks had already been picked, no matter how unlucky I am, a little Night Copper Dust should appear along the way. Did I actually miss some important parts? I turned around and tried to look at the remaining rubbles that I left along the way. Since there is no power crusher and grinder machine around me, I could not process the rubbles that I left along the way. So, I filled one of the compartment on my pocket with a total of 5,000 units of the rubbles before I return to the end of the tunnel I stopped previously. Utilizing the Scan Skill as I go along, I finished my first eighteen hours of effort to finally managed to get a hold on 170 Night Glowing Sands and 40 Night Glowing Stones. This two seems slightly easier to get now compared to the Night Glowing Bead nowhere to be found. I guess the difficulties in getting that single bead is pretty high. Oh, that''s right. I remember that I have the Level 5 Quirk from the Scan Skill, should I try to use it? With my mind thinking about the skill, I whisper. "Activate!" the moment the order is received, a flash of brilliant like shined at my surroundings, and immediately, the ground seems to reveal a blinding brilliant light and force me to covers my eye. I close my eyes slightly and pick that area, After I had dug around three meters deep, a steady flow of Night Glowing Sands and Night Glowing Stones started to comes out from the gap. "I just struck gold!" I shout and look at the sands and stones that flowing out without any sign of stopping. Of course, being somebody that is so poor at the moment, I immediately use both hands to gather all the resources without hesitation, unnoticed that there is a footstep getting closer to my direction.You might be reading a pirated copy. Look for the official release to support the author. The abundant amount of sands and stones flowing out from the gap starts to release a brilliant light and attracts a nearby miner to come over to my location. At first, he was thinking about if there may be a stack of Night Glowing Stones is revealed into the open, but never would he imagine that the light actually could brighten the whole part of a tunnel as he goes deeper. To brighten up part of the tunnel would at least need a few hundreds of Night Glowing Stones! If that''s the case, who won''t be attracted? This miner is just a tad luckier as he was nearby the moment the resources is flowing out. "Kid, get the hell off from here or I will kill you before I take all of it!" the miner''s greed starting to come out as he warns me to stop what I am doing. I looked at him, barely having a clear view. And the next moment, I speak. "What makes you have the right to covet this resources of mine? I am the one who was lucky to found the veins." I speak without any reserve. "Kid, you have quite the balls to speak back to me. Do you not know who I am?" he immediately speaks as I finished. Judging from his tone, I could feel that he is getting irritated. "Who the hell are you?" I asked. Of course, It is my first time entering the Cave, who will I actually knows within this cave anyway? But from the reaction of this adult, he got angry immediately and withdraws a dagger from his compartments and point it in my direction. "You actually dare to treat my kindness with insults! Look how I, Lu Fang, slowly slice your flesh one by one until you wished that you will die!" Holy shit. This man actually wants to kill me because I don''t have an idea about who he was? I guess this world is not that sweet after all. Killing monsters are easier perhaps because I have no connection with them, but a human... It would be hard to handle this matter when you are put in a situation to make a difficult choice. Should I kill him? ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Status Panel (end Chapter 14) Name: Lu Bu Age: 20 Wealth: 4 Black Spirit Crystals Refining Workshop Points: 100
Strength: 5+(20.33) Physical: 5+(17.74) Agility: 2+(1.0) Magic: Locked
??? Locked ??? Locked ??? Locked ??? Locked
Item: Fine Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe (81%) Medium Grade 10 Agile Brass Needle Launcher Wrist Bracer Lower Grade 10 Refiner Stove (0% of Tributes is presented) Entrance Tablet Stone (9 x Night Glowing Cave)
20 x Dried Blood Soak Jerky Meat 114 x Lower Grade 10 Red Power Crystals 45 x Medium Grade 10 Red Power Crystals 133 x Lower Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals 45 x Medium Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals
2 x 0.01gm Crystalized Stone 96 x 0.05gm Crystalized Stone 225 x Brass Rod (1%) 2 x Copper Rod (1%)
230 x Night Glowing Sand 60 x Night Glowing Stones
Skills: Scan Level 5 (104/160) (5 Metre Distance) Level 5 - once a day ability to scan thoroughly for treasures and precious materials (10 Metre Diameters) (Able to Scan the surrounding for threats, treasures, materials and hidden secrets.) Tenth Grade Crystal Refining Level 8 (690/1280) (16% Success Rate Increment) (Level 5 - 5% chance to immediately refine a Crystal into one rank higher without cost) (allows user to refine the Crystal into a higher Rank/Upgrade for more special quirks) Tenth Grade Pinpoint Strike Level 5 (40/160) (0.5% rate in critically strikes the targets) Level 5 - One Single Strike (Allows User to successfully land a critical strike on a target/Once a day) (Allows the Critical Hit possibility in any usage. Upgrade for more special quirks) Tenth Grade Tenacity Level 1 (1151/10,000) (0.1% Increase in all actions) (Allows the user to have a better results from his tenacity in struggling across all challenges.) Ore Dust Gatherer Level 1 (95/10,000) (1% Increase in gathering more Ore Dust) (Allows more efficient Ore Dust Gathering during Mining, Upgrade for more special quirks) Smelting Is Life Level 6 (67/320) (0.6% Increase of possibility of doubling the production when smelting) Level 5 - 1% bonus in Doubling the production (Allows more bonus during smelting. Upgrade for more special quirks) Traits: Unknown More information: Unknown Friends: Han Li (20 years old childhood friend) Kong Rong (Senior Brother) Section Leader Zhu (Senior Leader) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 15 [Secret that only some Blacksmith knows.] Since the area is brightly illuminated by plenty of resources piling on the ground, the location of the battleground is already set. This person, Lu Fang, most probably will not get away from this spot because only by being around the circle he could fight like a normal person. Being put in this kind of disadvantage, I slowly retreat from the hole I''m within and step backwards without an intention to start fighting. I tried to pick few more stones on the ground, but he immediately yelled. "Get the hell away and leave those stones! It belonged to me now! Appreciates that I don''t ask you to leave all your belongings as well." This man starts irritating me the more he talked. I lifted both hands in a surrender motion as I vanished into the darkness. He patiently waits while paying extremely high alert on the direction I vanished until his greed couldn''t contain him anymore. The sounds from falling sands and stones captured his heart as he turned around and look at them with a big smile. That is what I had been waiting for so long. I am looking at him with my Wrist Bracer aims at him in the dark. What will he think when he got stabbed? I did not bother because, with a jerk of my finger, two needles are shot from the launcher and directly pierce through his throat. Lu Fang turned around and looked at my direction. but I know, he will not be able to see me because I''m within the darkness while he is well illuminated by the lights released by the glowing sand and stones. He tried to speak, but all the voice could be muttered out is just some, "Huk... Huk..." sound. After a few minutes, he finally falls to the ground, dead with his eyes wide open. Those items dropped on the ground as I walked over to him slowly and pick up his waist compartment belt. Although the belt is nowhere useful, those compartment does. A compartment is sold for the price between 5 Black Spirit Crystals to 50 Black Spirit Crystals, depending on the volume they could carry. For myself, I do possess three Lower Grade 10 Compartment, each with a volume of 3,000 unit of items depending on their size. A small pebble or a piece of Dried Meat Jerky would be counted as one, while my bracer, pickaxe, and the Refiner Stove (this stove is in a size of a mug) are treated as 10 Units. There is item specifically treated as higher volume, depending on their quality and made. But as I check on Lu Fang''s dead body, he actually owns three Lower Grade 10 Compartments like me. Within the compartment is just a few items and tools. The most precious within is only ten Medium Grade 10 Red Power Crystals, followed by the Medium Grade 10 Brass Dagger he dropped on the ground the moment he''s dead. The others are all rubbish as I over his three compartments as my own. With this, I could have 9,000 more spaces in my compartment to keeps the mined rocks that might have some hidden treasure within. Back to mining, I continue to collect the resources flowing out from the gap until it stopped and to be cautious, I slowly pick the surroundings, only to reveal a hidden trap especially designed by the nature to give those greedy bastard a lesson. In my opinion, if Lu Fang is given the chance to continue, I have 90% confidence that he will widen the gap to allows all the resources to come out faster. If he actually did that, he will be buried alive for sure because above the gap, a plenty of sand deposits awaits to be revealed at the same time. If I;m not being so cautious, I might end up being buried within this hole as well. The Sand deposits needed another place to safely flows, so in return for safety, I dug another hole, about three meters deep again and allows the sand deposit to slowly flows out from the gap I purposely opened. "Ding!" Huh? What''s that? A bell sound rings in my ears as I looked around for a clue. But noticing nothing related to it, I opened the status panel to see if there is anything within. Unexpectedly, the sound actually came out from the Pedlar Setup Ring. "Because the User had performed well in preserving his life through being cautious with his surrounding, The Pedlar Setup Ring had opened one of its 100 Life-Bound Skills!"Enjoying the story? Show your support by reading it on the official site. What? Life-Bound Skills? Does that mean I need to go through 99 more near-death situations to unlock all of the skills? This Pedlar Setup Ring is quite an asshole, don''t you think so? But I did not bother to think about it. A new skill is a new skill, plus it was a Life-Bound Skill, so it should be quite precious and not everyone could have it right? Just like this, a box appears at the bottommost at my skill page and awaits me to click on it.
Do you wish to open the skill box and received a new Life-Bound Skill? Yes No
Of course, I am going to say... "YES!" The box revealed, and as the blinding light is gone, a skill appears in my Skill Page.
Skill Name: Life-Bound Skills (91/100) Battery Charging Level 1 (0/1000)
Specialty: Allows User to possess the ability (Start Up) to be used on tool or machinery that required manpower to operates.
Charging Conversion: 2000 Units of Junk into 1 Battery (Level Up for more Advance Conversion) A Battery could operate a tool for a maximum 10 Minutes. (Max Batteries 0/10)
Level Quirk: None
Notice: Skill only usable on User. Non-transferable and Open for other users.
Oh! Quite a good skill! I was shocked with the usefulness of this skill, as it allows me to operate any kind of tools and machinery for a time. Of course, there is a limit on maximum battery I could possess, and the materials needed for the conversion. I actually wished to use the stones I have in hand to quickly creates some for now, but after a consideration, I decided to put it aside. There might be something within the stones, I think. I repeat what I was doing for two more days, using up ten of the Meat Jerky as my food supply. Finally, I decided to exit the tunnel. Within my bag, a total of 680 Night Glowing Sands and 210 Night Glowing Stones is within with 16,000 units of rocks and pebbles that was supposed to be disposed of the way. I raise my Token Stone high upwards and allows the light to envelopes me as it appears. The next moment, I appear within a building. Inside here, three guards is seen taking care of this teleportation gate. "Your name?" one of them asked. "Lu Bu, Night Glowing Cave" I answered. The moment they heard what I''m saying, they immediately came with another question. "Young man, if you refine some Small Night Glowing Crystals, could you do this three guards a favour and exchange some with us with the rates of 12 Black Spirit Crystals each?" the second guard speaks. Listening to his word, I agreed since the total of Small Night Glowing Crystal required is only nine in total. I excuse myself and left the premises while heading first to the Blacksmithing Workshop. Why? Because my first concern is about the 16,000 Worthless stones and pebbles in my compartments. If I don''t clear them up, it would end up as a waste of space! At least I could still see if there is anything I could get from it before I use all of them as materials to converts into some batteries. I still managed to enter the Blacksmithing Workshop, but in my hand, only two Black Spirit Crystals remain. I tried to ask if they are willing to purchase the medium grade crystals I have in hand, but unfortunately, they couldn''t purchase it from me. As I questioned about the reasons, the staff sitting behind the counter starts to explain to me. Within this Tian Gong Country, only the most basic materials could be traded and exchanged in basic establishments. The moment an item grade started to get higher than Lower Rank, they will be treated as a speciality item. In my case, my Medium Crystals could only be sold in the Refining Workshop. It is the same to those in other grades as well, depending on their respective Representative Workshop. Of course, this excludes some special establishments, such as the Marketplace, or the Flea Market that was approved to buy and trade resources and treasures without restrictions. But this also means that there will be a price charged to both sides. Which means, my only choice is to either sell the Lower Grade crystals or the Brass Rod Component I have or return to the Refining Workshop. I walked into the Workshop after all the explanations and started to repair my pickaxe again. This time, I have to spend 23 Brass Rod Component to repair it into its peak condition. I went over to the Miller next and starts to activates the huge machinery with my both hands. Using all my strength to keep the machinery running, I constantly toss a stack of thousand pebbles and rocks into the gap between the base and the running stone and after six hours, I finally managed to ground half of them into powder. I rest for a while before I continued, and finish another few Dried Meat Jerky. A Blacksmith smelled the appetizing flavour comes from the remaining jerky I''ve yet to eat and came over to ask if I mind sharing it. Being a fellow blacksmith, I gave the remaining three jerkies into his hand, as he ate it in one gulp. "He is quite monstrous to be able to eat that in one mouthful." "Kid, are those stones and pebbles from Night Glowing Cave?" he asked, while looking at the grounded powder I stacked at the side of the Machinery. "Yes," I answered. He looked patiently at the few stack of powders I have by the side before he continues to ask me another question. "Kid, do you still have the Night Glowing Sands in your hand?" "Yes senior, I have yet to refine the Small Night Glowing Crystals," I answered him as he seems to be trying to guide me in this matter. "You must be quite hardworking, how long had you been within the Night Glowing Cave? Based on the amount of grounded powder here, it seems like you at least mined around seven to eight thousand stones. That''s quite a lot, to be honest. I guess you must be almost forgetting how the sunlight looks like after being inside that hole for so many days." I was puzzled by his words. As he continues talking, I started to understand why his word seems weird to me. Compared to them, my advantages are better than them because I have the Scan Skill when I''m within the Night Glowing Cave. Of course, I cannot proudly say that I managed to harvest 680 of the Night Glowing Sands right? Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 16 [Auctioned one of my Ingots, Contributions?] "I have enough for a Small Night Glowing Crystal," I replied the senior. As he heard my answer, his brightened eyes turned slightly sour, but it got back to normal in seconds. "Well, it is hard to get a good amount of the sand anyway... It already lucky you manage to get enough to refine one. Since you treat me the Dried Meat Jerky, I will treat this as returning a favour I guess, so listen well." "Many people wouldn''t know too much about it apart from blacksmith that got benefit from it. The Night Copper Dust is one of the material that could only be revealed by mixing 1000 units of the stone powder with a single Small Night Glowing Crystal during your milling process. If you did not mix them before milling, the Night Copper Dust will not appear in the milled stone powder." "That''s is because, after the milling, you will need to sieve the useless powder away, leaving only the fine glowing ore dust within the sieve. Only by this way, you could have some results when sieving to get some Night Copper Dist. If you don''t follow this method, you will end with working out for nothing." "Then, how if we are using the Medium Night Glowing Crystal instead? It would work better right?" I said, but the moment the senior heard my words, he shakes his head left and right, and answer to my questions. "Kid, you are quite fresh, so you might have no idea. Let me ask you... Can you imagine the total number of Night Glowing Sand one could find on a trip to the Night Glowing Cave?" "Additionally, one will need to start mining the rocks within and bring them out to be able to start milling the rocks into powder, along with a Small Night Glowing Crystal every time, for a chance to obtain a small amount of Night Copper Dust. This is the initial and easiest way to obtain the Night Copper Dust before you will proceed to another stage." "The next stage is when you want to refine the Night Copper Ingot into Night Copper Bar. Five Night Copper Ingots with a single Medium Night Glowing Crystal grounded into powder is required when one refine it into a single Night Copper Bar. Although the success rate is neither high or low but thinks about this matter more." "If there already lack the most basic resources to be able to obtain the Night Copper Dust, will there be a need to further looks for the Night Glowing Stone? This is also why the initial price for the Small Night Glowing Crystal cost 10 Black Spirit Crystals each. Compared to the Medium Night Glowing Crystal that only cost 50 Black Spirit Crystal each." "If there is anyone asking you to sell them your Small Night Glowing Crystals, do not agree even its priced at fifteen Black Spirit Crystals each. You will need to keep it if you have the intention to make some money through refining some Night Copper Ingots." the senior explains the reason behind the big differences in the price of the materials, and why would they be in such a difference. After getting quite a clear understanding from the senior, he left and leaving me alone to slowly digest all the information he shared. I pretend to be confused, but in fact, I am not as confused as he thought. But I have no choice to pretend for a little, as it would be that good to reveal my possession of more than six hundred of the Night Glowing Sands and two hundred Night Glowing Stones. As the time is getting late, more blacksmith started to return to their home, leaving only a few still remain within the workshop''s Working Station. Seeing the opportunity finally arrived, I withdraw 100 Night Glowing Sands to secretly refine into a small piece of jewel, about a size of a chicken egg. Thinking about the chicken egg, I wonder do they have chicken here? They have buns and bread, but I''m not sure about anything like cow and sheep. One after another, I refine all six set of Night Glowing Sands to Six beautiful Greenish glowing Crystals in the size of an egg. In secret, I hide them with the stack of a thousand rocks and pebbles from the cave and put into the Millstone as I start the machinery. The rocks and pebbles quickly got feathered and cracked evenly within the runner stone, and became powder minutes. The grounded powder quickly channels out from the running stone and collected into a huge sack. I continue with the remaining five pack and quickly came with a result of six sack as I went over to the sieving area. The moment I start sieving, some faint greenish glowing dust slowly formed on a layer of the sieve, indicating that the layer of the sieve is where all the Night Copper Dust is contained. After sieving all six full sack of powder to separate the Copper Dust from it, I finally managed to get about six hundred twenty grams of Night Copper Dust, as I collect all the remaining powder and get away. I went to the smelting area and starts to distribute Six portion of 100gm Night Copper Dust melts them to form six ingots. Finally, after all my work is completed, I relaxed for a moment, before I looked at my Status Panel. Although no skills had level up, all the skill are advancing healthily depending on my activities. Although I felt that continues to harvest for more crystals would benefit me, but for now, earning some money is equally important. Since I have no other choice, I went straight to the counter lady and asked her a few questions. "This sister, can I get the help from the Blacksmithing Workshop to auction a few items?" I asked politely as she turned around and look at me patiently before she continued. "To request for Blacksmithing Workshop assistance in auctioning an item will cost 20 Black Spirit Crystals if the item is below 500 Black Spirit Crystals when sold. The rates will double it up if your treasure could reach a higher price." I withdraw six Night Copper Ingots and placed it on the table and asked. "Can I auction all six of the Ingots?" but the moment she heard my words, she smiled and push five back to me. "Keep it, the Ingots is quite expensive. Unfortunately, you''re only a Lower Grade 10 Member. To auction six units of ingots within the auction required you to be at least Lower Grade 9 Member rank. For now, I can only accept one ingot from you to auction. Do you want to proceed?" "Yes please," I told her to go ahead and kept the remaining ingots before I get ready to leave. "Little brother, please wait," she called me again. "Yes?" I answer in a very simple way. "Since you have a Blacksmith Card in your inventory, why not try to contribute to the Workshop to get some points you can exchange for benefits?" Oh? What would be available to choose from the benefits? Hearing what she just said make me have quite an anticipation on what she will tell me next. "It depends, but if you could get 1000 points and above, those benefits would be even greater. In an example, 1000 Points allow you to rent a portable Blacksmithing Station for a six-month duration." "Portable Blacksmithing Station?" I asked. She then continued. "The Portable Blacksmithing Station is a specially refined working station with abilities similar to the compartment bag we all using. Although its size is smaller than most of that machinery within the Workshop, in truth, their capability is almost similar, or even better." "Big sister, what kind of contribution the Workshop required then?" I asked, although I roughly know that it would be those little works I am usually doing for myself. Then, she turned around to her left side and pointed at a huge board with at least thousand of papers attached to it. "Those paper there is what the workshop required. The Blacksmithing Workshop operation method is different compared to those from other workshops." "Here, we have a huge demand on raw and refined materials, no matter what kind because, in blacksmithing, everything created by the world is used to craft something. This is why we have such a huge demand for any kind of materials. Some adventurer, fighter, guards would even come to help in all these requests, in order to obtain some of the rewards as well." After receiving all the explanations, I walked over to the board to have a look on what kind of request they have. I immediately stumble across one paper with the demand pretty much fit my requirements.
Job Description: Assisting in Mining Operation (Ling Hun Ore Cave)
Job Duration: One full day / Ten carts of mining rocks.
Pay: 5 Black Spirit Coins (For others)
10 Blacksmithing Points (Blacksmith Only)
Seems like this job is quite good for me, because my skill in mining and also the quality of my Pickaxe is quite good. I took the paper out from the board and went directly to the Ling Hun Ore Cave to report myself on taking in this request. Within the cave, I managed to meet with five more miners that accepted the same request like I do. "Alright, seems like our men had finally gathered here. Listen well, I will only explain once!" Seems like my request is not going to be an easy one. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Status Panel (end Chapter 16) Name: Lu Bu Age: 20 Wealth: 2 Black Spirit Crystals Refining Workshop Points: 100 Blacksmithing Workshop Points: 0Love this novel? Read it on Royal Road to ensure the author gets credit.
Strength: 5+(20.33) Physical: 5+(17.74) Agility: 2+(1.0) Magic: Locked
??? Locked ??? Locked ??? Locked ??? Locked
Item: Fine Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe (81%) Medium Grade 10 Agile Brass Needle Launcher Wrist Bracer Lower Grade 10 Refiner Stove (0% of Tributes is presented) Entrance Tablet Stone (9 x Night Glowing Cave)
96 x 0.05gm Crystalized Stone 114 x Lower Grade 10 Red Power Crystals 55 x Medium Grade 10 Red Power Crystals 133 x Lower Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals 45 x Medium Grade 10 Green Physical Crystals
2 x 0.01gm Crystalized Stone 80 x Night Glowing Sand 210 x Night Glowing Stones 202 x Brass Rod (1%) 2 x Copper Rod (1%)
10,000 x Disposable rocks. 20gm x Night Copper Dust 5 x Night Copper Ingot (100gm)
1 x Night Copper Ingot (100gm) in Auction. Skills:
Skill Name: Special Skill - Basic Scan (144/160)
Specialty: (5 Metre Distance) Reveals the surrounding reading to User''s benefit.
Level Quirk: Level 5: Super Scan (Reveal more Treasures within 10 Meters Radius).
Notice: Allows the reading of Resources/Threat/Geology reading to benefits the user. More quirk could be obtained in higher level.
Skill Name: Basic Skills - Tenth Grade Crystal Refining Level 8 (810/1280)
Specialty: (16%) Increase in success rate for Crystal and Similar product refining.
Quirk: Level 5: +5% chances to refine a crystal one rank above without cost.
Notice: Increase the success rate of refining attempt on crystals and similar material. More quirk could be obtained in higher level.
Skill Name: Basic Skills - Tenth Grade Pinpoint Strike Level 5 (50/160)
Specialty: (0.5%) increase in critical rate.
Quirk: Level 5: One Single Strike (Allow one success Critical Strike to be activated at need 1/1)
Notice: Increase more chances to hit the target weak spot. More quirk could be obtained in higher level.
Skill Name: Basic Skills - Tenth Grade Tenacity Level 1 (1205/10,000)
Specialty: (0.1%) Increase in all actions.
Level Quirk: None.
Notice: All user to have increase in everything because of his Tenacity in Life. No quirk unless upgraded.
Skill Name: Special Skills - Ore Dust Gatherer Level 1 (101/10,000)
Specialty: (1%) Increase in gathering more Ore Dust.
Level Quirk: None.
Notice: Obtain more Ore Dust during Mining. More quirks could be obtained with higher level.
Skill Name: Special Skills - Smelting is Life Level 6 (73/320)
Specialty: (0.6%) Increase of Chances to double the production during smelting.
Level Quirk: Level 5: +1% bonus in doubling the production.
Notice: Allow more bonus during smelting. More quirks could be obtained with higher level.
Skill Name: Life-Bound Skills (91/100) Battery Charging Level 1 (0/1000)
Specialty: Allows User to possess the ability (Start Up) to be used on tool or machineries that required manpower to operates.
Charging Conversion: 2000 Units of Junk into 1 Battery (Level Up for more Advance Conversion) 1 Battery could operate a tool for a maximum 10 Minutes. (Max Batteries (0/10)
Level Quirk: None.
Notice: Skill only usable on User. Non-transferable and Open for other users.
Traits: Unknown More information: Unknown Friends: Han Li (20 years old childhood friend) Kong Rong (Senior Brother) Section Leader Zhu (Senior Leader) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 17 [Using the Batteries for the first time. Trash become Gold?] "Alright, since everyone is here, listen well as I am only going to say it once." "Your Quota to success in this request is to mine a total of ten full carts of mining rocks. And in the same time, we hope you could provide more than quota says, so we have additional pay for those who could continue to bring more! Your initial Payment is 5 Black Spirit Crystals for the two of you and ten contribution points for the four of you." "Now, for the additional reward offered. Five Black Spirit Crystals or five points will be given for every 10 full carts of mining rocks. If you could bring us a total of 60 Cart of Mining Rocks in three days, we will give you a special [Tribute Crystal] that could be used to enhance your equipment." "If you understand your task, you may begin. The three of us will be at the Mill Area here to process the mining rocks you bring as well recording your progress." the speaking staff finished his words as the other five miners quickly rush into the tunnel with a cart. Meanwhile, I am still standing on the exact spot thinking about something. Tribute Crystal? This is a new thing again. But since he said about enhancing your equipment, I guess that this crystal will be required to upgrade my Refiner Stove? I begin to plan on how I should start with the mining because no matter how good I am, it will still take me at six hours and forty minutes to complete a ten Carts quota. Sneakily, I whisper a word that only could be heard on my own. "Battery Conversion, Activate!" at that instant, a circle of light begin to appear at my ring, as it starts to turn like a clock. in the middle, ten dots could be seen arranged in two lines, five dots each. There is another bar on the bottom, like a loading bar that indicates how long I need to wait to possess one battery. "Young Man, is there anything wrong?" the one that spoke just now came over as I was still standing on the same spot. "Oh, it''s nothing, I''m just considering about the 60 full cart of mining rocks. I was thinking about how to properly reach the target, without over exhausting myself." I honestly tell the person, as he wasn''t really looking down on me or whatsoever. "I see, then you should get on the track now, Sixty Carts is not too much nor little. So you better be starting right now." he finishes his words and returns to the side of another two, and I head deeper into the tunnel that wasn''t taken. Looking at the circle shown from the ring, I notice that the loading bar actually progressing quite well. About five minutes passed from the moment I activate the ring and speaks to the person before we finished and I start to enter the tunnel. Based on how the loading bar progressing, I guess It would be around ten minutes for each Battery Conversion. I quickly reach the end of the tunnel, and as I lock the cart on the side and begin to withdraw my pickaxe to start mining. Like usual. It takes me six hours and forty minutes to complete a ten cart, as I continued with the next batch. Looking at the amount of my battery had already reached its limit, I felt like making use of it. Of course, after I checked on the experience point I gain on the Skill, it becomes (10/1,000) which means, each time a battery is converted, one experience point would be gained. I pointed at the Pickaxe I put at the side of the wall, and on that instant, I whispered: "Activate!"If you spot this narrative on Amazon, know that it has been stolen. Report the violation. "Pring!" a dot from the lower stack is missing its light, as the pickaxe started to move on its own. Like it was a machine operated tool, the pickaxe actually have the capability to mine the rock in a sequence that unknown even to myself. The pickaxe movement is very fluid, and since it was battery operated, the mining process does not stop in between, but continuously until ten minutes is over. That ten minutes actually double the results of what I will require at least twenty minutes to obtain. Since I have 9 more batteries remain with me, I used all of them in that spot, and manage to cover 5 full carts in that 100 minutes. The remaining 5 cart still takes 200 minutes from me though. But within this five-hour, I managed to cover the ten carts I required, so I spent some of the time to recover my stamina before I continued. It would be extremely weird as well if they suddenly noticed that my progress had gone up by so much, so I should be very careful. With this additional 100 minutes I managed to save, I use half of them to continue mining deeper. With nothing else to convert into the batteries, I would be required to mine some of this to fill into my compartment anyway. Each cart contains around 2500 units of the mining rocks, wherein total, around 800 is required to be milled and sieved to obtain close to one single Brass Component. Sometimes, some Copper Component too will be included within the rocks, but that is a rare case unless one is so lucky to stumble across the vein with Copper within. With 50 minutes in hand, I am able to quickly obtain one full cart amount to be kept in my compartment, as I push the cart back to the Milling Area. The moment I reached the area, I am looking at four of them already tired and taking their time to rest before they continued, while one more is following behind me as we exit the tunnel almost in the same time. (He was in a different tunnel, just the track link us together.) I had the staff tick another ten cart for me before I walk around the Mill Area in search for something. "Hey kid!" one of the staff saw me snooping around the Milling Area, and called out to me. "Yes?" I answered. "If you have free time, go and take a rest, don''t loiter at the Waste Area. That area has nothing but the remains of powder from sieving the rocks," he informs me as he worried that I will end up missing into somewhere and stop helping them to mine more rocks. "No worries, I will come back as soon as possible, I just want to see what is kept behind that area." I replied the staff, and quickly went past the tunnel, before allowing the staff to continue talking. The moment I entered the tunnel, I am shown with a huge mountain of waste deposit, full of sack that is either well tied or half exposed. Within, at least more than ten thousand sacks of powder deposit is thrown away, awaiting the nature to claim them back. Looking at this treasure, I did not hesitate and quickly went over and start to gather as much as I could. Since the bag is created to almost to fit enough a thousand units of powder within, It is pretty much easy for me to grab all of it, but after fourteen sacks, my progress stopped. Eh? What happened? I checked on the availability of the compartment and noticed that all the compartment I have actually full. This is ridiculous. Now I know why they said that this is a trash heap, nothing could be found here. With even a bag of trash will takes 1000 units, I wonder how much one will need to go in and out before they could clean this up. I activate the Battery Conversion, and it begins to convert a total of 10,000 of the trash into usable batteries. But unfortunately, the material used for conversion will only vanish as the item is successfully converted, so the material still remains in my compartment until it is completed. But since I had already found out this fact, I did not feel too bothered by it, instead, I know that I will need more compartment soon in future. But before this, I should make sure that my current task is completed! I walked out from the Trash Area, and entered the tunnel I went previously to continue mining for the rocks. This time, without the assistance of the batteries, I could only patiently mine for a total of six hours and forty minutes again, to obtain ten full carts of mining rocks. I repeat the same sequence for the whole day, and in the middle of the second day, I finally completed the sixty cart request. The staff couldn''t help but praise me for my effort. He withdraws a piece of rainbow coloured crystal and put it in my hand, along with four small coins. On the coins, one is printed with an Anvil face, while another is with a 10. three of them is a ten Anvil Coins, while another is a fiver. "This is what we use to indicates how many contribution points you have, bring it back so you can use it to exchange for some materials. Thank you for your great help, we will make sure to make the Blacksmithing Workshop rise up again as the strongest Workshop in Ling Hun City!" I could only cheer along, but before I left, I did not forget to spend some time to convert the remaining batteries, before I collect as much trash I could and leave the Ore Cave. Since there is already around few day I didn''t go back to the Refining Workshop, I quickly return and report myself to the guards. I get in without any worries, but within the entrance to the Refining Central Workshop, a huge banner written with some words quickly get my attention. "REFINER WARS!" Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 18 [Refiner Wars, Start!] "Senior brother, what is this Refiner War Banner?" I quickly catch up with a senior that heading towards the workshop and asked. He explained to me vaguely as he was rushing to have his registering for the refiner wars. Listening to his vague explanations, I couldn''t help but feel a little more confused, but I didn''t feel too bothered. I walk closer to the Workshop Entrance and manage to see almost all the Refiner of the three workshop is gathered before the simple setup table with two staff on another side, as the refiner register themselves to participate in the so-called "Refiner Wars." Not knowing too much is quite a disadvantage, so instead of fighting for a front row, I go to the back and see if there is any senior is available to talk. Then, I found someone. This person is the one used to teach me about the Crystalizing Stones and its refining method before. If I''m not wrong, his name is Lu Pan. I get close to him and start to initiate a conversation. "Erm... Senior Lu?" I speak. The moment he heard my words, he turned around and greets me. "So, it is our newest little brother, what this big bro can do for you?" he actually seems quite nice. I guess that most of the people around here are quite kind, except... That Lu Fang guy? But their surname is Lu, I wonder if they have a relation with each other. "Big brother, I have no idea about this Refiner War thing, could you tell me what everyone is doing?" I politely asked. The moment Lu Pan heard my question, he puts his hand on my shoulder and starts to speaks. "The Refiner War comes every three months once. It is used to determine the number of Tickets you are entitled every month. A total of 50 Crystal Stamp is given out each time, so in total, half of us will be able to get the stamp, while the weaker one doesn''t." "It is pretty much depending on Luck, Skills, and also your Tenacity. The test is slightly easy. Except trading, you are allowed to use any method to achieve 500 Medium Grade 10 Crystals and one Upper Grade 10 Crystal. This is the examination requirement. You will have one full month to complete this task, and if it''s a failure, do not worry, because you won''t be penalized. Instead, depending on the amount of Medium Grade 10 Crystals you have in hand, you will be rewarded handsomely." Oh, so that is what called Refiner Wars. It is a competition to see which 50 excellent refiner that could reach their target and receive a single stamp to obtain more resources for every month, and also to push their spirit higher so they will be motivated to keep on improving. This is quite a good trick, I suppose. I guess I will participate as well. Just like this, all of us finally registered for the Refiner Wars, and in regards to the requirement, everyone will be given only 1000 Lower Grade crystals to start. Taking up all the crystals in my hand, instead of going into the Workshop, I went back to my room and get a sleep. Having enough rest at the next morning, I finally decided to start fighting to get a good result for the Refiner Wars! I first went into the Refining Central Workshop for the workstation to start my refining. With a thousand Lower Red Crystals in my inventory, I have a total of 200 tries to be completed before I put an effort in mining for the crystals to fulfil the remaining requirements. With the Crystal Refining Skill is at Level 8, I have an increase of 16% in my each tries, plus 1% more given from the Refiner Stove I possess. With this 17% success rate, I confidently start with the first five crystals. Minutes later, It came out as a success. With this first success bolster my confidence, I continued. The second, third, and fourth came out successful as well until the fifth and sixth ends up as a failure. Without giving up, I continue. With two minutes spent on each try, I quickly finish a hundred twenty in four hours and take a rest before I continue, and finish the remaining eighty in two hours and forty minutes.If you stumble upon this narrative on Amazon, it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it. In total for the six hours and forty minutes, I finally finish refining the 1000 units of Lower Grade 10 Crystals, and managed to get a total of 83 Medium Crystals, added with a total of seven times activation on my Level 5 Bonus, I managed to obtained a total of 90 Medium Crystals in one shot. In total, my experience point managed to get into 1276/1280, which means, a little more and I will be able to level up my Crystal Refining Skill. I looked at the 114 Lower Red Crystals and 133 Lower Green Crystals in my compartment and decides to refine it as well, just to bolster the momentum to push my Crystal Refining Skill to the next level. 22 tries on the Red, 26 tries on the Green, I managed to make this 48 tries to have 20 success, but unfortunately, no successful activation on the level 5 skill. while in return, my Crystal Refining Skill managed to get to Level 9, with 18% success rate for my future refining. I decided to spend some time to recover my stamina before I went over to the Crystal Mine, and since the rules say that no trading is allowed, this means I will be not allowed to purchase any of the Lower or Middle Grade 10 Crystals to participate in the Refiner Wars. About six hours of rest later, I went to the Crystal Cave to begin my mining. With a record of around 120 crystals an hour, I managed to quickly get about 600 crystals in five hours. But in between, I take some time to do something useless in other people''s opinion. Instead of continuing to spend my energy to mine the crystals, I actually spend an hour of my time to collect the useless rocks disposed on the way. I stack them to the side as I go deeper into the tunnel, and as I calculate the number, It seems that around 6000 units of disposable rocks could be obtained if I have space in my compartment. Since I have enough ten batteries in my disposal, I get myself to the end of the tunnel where I stopped and start activating the batteries on the wall of rocks. "like a tractor in the move, the rock got processed along with a "Brrammm!" sounds for a total of ten minutes, before it stopped. Only thing is not that convenient is regarding the need for myself to pick up all the crystals dropped on the ground as in the crystal mining, the disposable rocks have no value at all in compared to Ore Mining. But... I''m not bothered at all! I chose to convert a thousand unit of the trash that remains in my inventory as I activate the second battery to continue. While at the ten minutes duration, I spend it efficiently by gathering all the crystals along with the rocks. After ten activations, with ten conversions, I managed to replenish my battery consumption before I calculate the total of crystals I managed to obtain in this hundred minutes. Not bad. I actually gained exactly four hundred crystals in this a hundred minutes. I calculate the time I am within the tunnel. Hmm... Almost eight hours. With a thousand crystals in my hand, I suppose I could continue for another two hundred minutes. I go for the previous sequence again. The battery mined the crystals on behalf of me, while I''m busy collecting all the available crystals scattered on the ground to be picked. Two hundred minutes later, the number of crystals in my hand rise to 1900, and my battery experience increase by a total of forty points, while my current battery supplies are back to (10/10) once again. But for the disposable trash in my inventory, It is weird because only 5,000 units of them remain. I went back to see did I missed any trash by the side, but it is weird because the stones had all vanished from where it should be. Without being too bothered by this, I went back to the city. Did I forget to mention that I managed to get about 122 Crystalized stones too? Yeah, when I was busy handling the scattered crystals on the ground, the Battery already mined into the area where the Crystalized rock is located, so it got mined along for a short while until the battery effect is over. I went straight to the Blacksmithing Workshop to check if my Ingot is sold. The moment I entered the workshop, the female reception behind the counter greets me with smiles, as she withdraws a total of 315 Black Spirit Crystals and placed it on the table. "Young friend Lu Bu, your Ingot had been sold." she said. "After we deduct the 20 Black Spirit Crystals from the total, you still have 315 Black Spirit Crystals. It is a very good price this time" she speaks with a smile as the money is pushed over to my side. Seeing the money in hand, I thanked her before I politely excuse myself. She continues to smile until I went off from her sight. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 19 [Information of the Compartment Upgrading Store!] "Is that the kid who passed the piece of Night Copper Ingot to you?" A man around 40 years old suddenly appeared behind the female reception and asked her in a very soft whisper. "Yes, Section Leader Su. He had only been a member of Blacksmithing Workshop for less than a month." the female reception report her findings to the Section Leader Su, and after he heard her reply, he turned around and prepare to leave. "Xiao Rou, help me to get to the good side of this kid, I want to keep his talent by my side if I could do it. Can you try to help me in this matter?" Section Leader Su suddenly changed his tone and continue to speaks before he takes his step and leaves. "Of course, leave it to Xiao Rou" she replied. Hearing her reply, Section Leader Su leave the counter area, leaving only another few more ladies there gossiping with each other. "Sister Su, you and your father are so stiff and rigid, can''t you two just call each other Father and Daughter in front of everyone?" one of the female reception speaks out what''s in her mind. But then, Su Rou, who is actually the only daughter of Section Leader Su turned around and reply with "Mind your own business!" in a very cheeky way, with a part of her tongue is on her bottom lips. When I say left, of course, it means I left the reception area and not the Blacksmithing Workshop. I went back to the Contribution Board to look for another quest, and try to get one that could be completed in a period of time, compared to the previous one that requires myself to quickly rush all sixty full carts within three days. After I looked around and found nothing, I had a little disappointment, as I turned around and prepare to leave. Then, the female receptionist called Su Rou called out to me from far and hinting that I should be going over to her. Hesitated for a while, I walked over in case she had something for me. The moment I stand before her, she passed a request slip to me, and tell me the details before I read it. "This mission is especially for those who are seriously good in mining and smelting. Do you think you could assist this Senior Blacksmith in obtaining 500 Brass Component (1%) for him within five days?" she speaks with a gentle tone, where even myself is smitten by her for a moment. "Em... What are the rewards?" I tried to look at the piece of paper. "If you could do it in five days, fifty contribution points. Four days, sixty. Three days, one additional [Tribute Crystal] will be given." she said. The I replied her with "Oh, I see. I will take this quest. Will there be a supervisor at the mines for this?" but she quickly replies me and says "No there won''t be anyone over there to monitor you. You will deliver the 500 Brass Component to me, and I will pass you the rewards." Just like this, I collect another contribution request and walk away. I first intend to return to the Refining Workshop, but after a while, I decide to visit the Compartment Upgrade Store for a while, because I am 315 Black Spirit Crystals richer now. It only takes me ten minutes to get there, and as I entered the dimly lit store, I am shocked with its internal appearance. Within the store, at least twenty staff could be seen within, each with their own respective workstation that is well equipped with a plenty of materials, specialized to craft the Compartment Bags. There is a total of 3 different layers within this shop lobby area, where the first four workstations are placed on the ground level, and one step higher, is the first layer. This layer is also occupied by four workstations again, before the second layer, with only two workstations.Royal Road is the home of this novel. Visit there to read the original and support the author. All ten workstation is quite busy, with ten customers is sitting by the other side of the workstation, as they speak with the crafter. Beside my left, a reception counter is seen with around three to four female receptionist, while at my right, about fifty people are cramped by the seats to wait for their turn. This gave me a question in my mind. "What the hell is actually happened in this Compartment Upgrade Store anyway?" The moment I kept questioning the sight I am seeing, almost five-person already had their request completed and left, with another five-person taking their turns. I looked at their movement and went over to the reception to get some of the information before I rashly take my turn to queue along. "Hi big sister, can this brother know the procedure within the store please?" "Oh? Are you new here?" the female reception looked at me with a smile as she continued. "The Compartment Upgrade Store is almost the same as other stores, but instead of catering for the client in a bulk, we do in one to one. Depending on your requirements, the Ground Layer is where the worker could assist you in matters within grade 10 compartments, while grade 9 on the first layer, and grade 8 on the second layer." "Before I go deeper, what are you looking for this visit?" she asked. "I am looking for new compartment bags if it''s possible, to increase my carrying load. In the same time, I need to see if it''s possible for me to get a better-ranked compartment bags too." I replied. The moment she heard my words, she chuckled for a few times before she controls herself. "Little brother, you are quite a country bumpkin, am I correct?" I smile to the female receptionist and awaits her to start explaining. "Alright, since that is what you are looking for, I will explain on that part. The compartment bag is not available to be purchased. Purchasable Compartment Bags is only obtainable through auction, and they are always expensive. To request the staff to craft a Lower Grade 10 Compartment bag for you, you will be required to hunt for a few materials." "Five Space Pearls from the Spatial Cave, Five Durable Bear Hides, Five Terra Crystals. Of course, the initial payment for this service will be five Black Spirit Crystals as well" she mentioned three different materials and its initial cost for the worker to refine it for him. "Erm, big sister, where could I get all this?" I immediately asked. "Space Pearl is from Spatial Cave is its name says. It is a restricted cave that required at least seven strength Points to survive unless you have good equipment on you. The Bear is easily found around the Ling Hun Town as they are the native beast that''s breed along the whole Ling Hun and Ling Shou Town. The Terra Crystal, however, is most difficult to obtain." "You''ll need to enter the Earth King Mines to have the chance to mine for the Terra Crystals, and it is difficult because the percentage of successful mining is quite low. You need to mine around 100 Terabits to refine a single Terra Stone, and a hundred Terra Stones to refine it a single Terra Crystal. It is very difficult, that''s why not everyone could have many Compartment Bags." "Unless..." she speaks halfway and stopped. Hesitates to continue. "Big sister, unless what?" I asked. She considers her option before she decides to tell me the truth. The adventurer Guild has some hunting mission actually, and that''s to hunt for some Traitors that contributes to other country and disturb the improvement of our Tian Gong Country." "Their rewards is to possess all the traitor''s Compartment Bag, which is quite a generous rewards. But that is only the earlier part. Because upon obtaining other people''s compartment bag, you still need to destroy his ownership although he is dead, through spending a thousand Black Spirit Crystals to remove his ownership." she finished her words. "WHAT! A Thousand Black Spirit Crystals? Why would that be so expensive?" I am shocked with the answer because I actually possess three Compartment Bags from Lu Fang. "Well, 500 of it is treated as the salary for the worker that will use his whole day effort to remove the ownership, while another 500 will be used as the Spirit Essence to remove the Ownership''s soul within." "A owned Compartment Bag will not remain forever, and their durability will reduce as you use. The moment the durability is all gone, it will be broken, and cause all your treasure to lost within the void of space. You wouldn''t want that to happen, right?" the moment she finished her word, I finally understand the reason why would the disposable trash starting to be missing from my inventory! Luckily, most of my important items are still put in my own compartment, and not those belonged to Lu Fang, or else, It would really hurt me. After I finish obtaining the information from her, I went off from the Compartment Upgrade Store and returned to the Refining Workshop. Getting another day of rest, I prepare myself to go for the mining once again, but this time, I will need to allocate time for both cave instead, because, in the same time, I have a contribution mission needed to be completed within five days. Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 20 [Attacked!] The next morning, I paid a total of 10 Black Spirit Crystals to temporary rent a storage box that I could use to keep a total of 10,000 Units of items within my room. With storage box had already been delivered to my room, I put a part of my inventory into the storage box before I exit the room with my Compartment bag with only 5000 of the disposable trash. The moment I entered the Crystal Cave, I immediately activate the battery to start my mining process. 400 crystals in 100 minutes, I repeated the same sequence for a total of three hundred minutes, ending up with 1200 crystals and 106 Crystalized Stones in my hand, before I totally convert all the remaining trash into another set of 10 batteries. Leaving the Crystal Cave, I went directly to the Ore Cave to prepare for the Brass Component Mining. Like usual, I spread my Scan Skill along the tunnel as I''m going in, and not up to my expectation, the density of the Brass Component within the tunnel''s wall of rock is not too dense. This cause the mining progress for each full cart only could help in yield about 3-4% of Brass Component. But without any choice, as this is a free cave, I proceed with the mining. It just this time, Instead of persistently mining for few full carts and return to the milling area, I do it in a more different way. With the assistance of the batteries speed and also the available resources in the Trash Area for my disposal, I run the progress in an eighty minutes mining each time I enter the tunnel. Usually, forty minutes is required for me to properly mine a full cart, but this under this method, I could mine a full cart under twenty minutes. With 80 minutes spent, I enter and exits the tunnel with four full carts each time. While for the remaining two batteries, I actually know where to spend them efficiently. If you are thinking about activating it with the millstone, then you are correct. But the result over-amazed me because, with the assistance of the battery, the millstone actually turned into a power grinder, where a thousand of mining rocks is grounded into pure powder within two minutes. A total of eight minutes is used on getting all the mining rocks completely milled before I went over to the sieving area. This is nothing much, as I sieved the material I need and reconvert the batteries to its full capacity, packed up a good amount of the trash in my inventory, and head back into the tunnel. With this arrangement, actually managed to completely mine a total of twenty full carts in six hours and forty minutes. A double yield from what It was supposed to be. But of course, the total time spent within this cave reached almost seven and a half hours, because of other works. But since I had already spent my whole day within this two cave, I''ve decided to return for a rest before tomorrow again. But the moment I about to reach the Ling Hun Town, an unforgettable sight appears before me. Something that I usually see when playing games and the online game actually appears before my sight. I''m actually quite lucky to not being involved in this, but in the same time, It would be terrible if all this is going to affect the Ling Hun Town in the future. An army of goblins, at least around 500 of them are fighting before the Town Wall with the intention to plunder all our resources and women back to their village. First of all, how could such a large army of goblins appear out of sudden? Is there a Goblin Village or Settlement nearby? But I wait not and continue on my path quickly towards the rear gate of the town, where all the people from outside could still sneak into the town under the guards'' protection. But the moment I started to get closer to that rear entrance, I noticed a few movements from another spot not too far from me. "SCAN!" I quickly spread my skill around to observe the threats, and up to my expectation, there is actually about twenty of the Goblins hiding in a secluded corner, depending on their skin colour to sneak closer to the rear entrance. "There is Goblins on your right! Goblins on your Fu*king Right!!" I shout as I pick up my speed to quickly enter the rear entrance. In my estimation, fifteen seconds! I would be able to reach the entrance at fifteen seconds! I charge like there is no tomorrow, as all the guards withdraw their weapon to face their left-hand side, where about ten of the goblins stands up and begin to charge over to the humans.If you encounter this tale on Amazon, note that it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it. "Goblins! Goblins on the rear gate! Close the door now!" a guard shouts as he gave an order to those above the walls. Very quickly, the chain wheel that controlling the pulley for the door is lowered, and the gap quickly closes without any hint of stopping for some remaining people to quickly enters. I became worried, "just six more seconds!" came into my mind. I looked at the gap between the door and also the guard that lowering the pulley, and wished to just shout "I am the one warning you motherfu*ker! At least let me enter!" but I know that won''t work at this time. All I could do is muster a little more strength, and reduce my distance as I run over to the door. Then, a "Fushh!" sound could be heard, as the guard on the pulley is injured and falls down from the wall. He died on the spot, because of the poisonous arrow and also falling from such height, but this also means the door stopped closing! Save me and quickly enters the town or helps them so another person could close the door? If the door is unclosed, the possibility of Goblin infesting the town will be expected, but if it''s closed, that means my possibility of dying, is almost confirmed. I hesitate for a moment before I pointed my bracer at the Goblin with a short bow. I jerk my finger a little, as two needles are shot towards the Goblin. Since it is a sneak attack, the goblin died on the spot. I already stopped running. Since I had already taken a move in taking away a life, why should I stop? I felt a hint of an urge to continue killing appears within my heart and I walked in caution towards the spot where two sides are fighting. "ZIP!" two needles pierce through a goblin with a mace on its hand and fall dead immediately. The number of goblins quickly reduce, from an initial twenty-five goblins into just three left. The three wished to escape as they turned around to run, but an arrow is shot, and immediately kills one, leaving two. Then, a Flying Axe travels from far and immediately kills off another, while I jerk my finger once again, and kills off the last one. Since I only have a total of four sets of needles casing with me, I only able to kill four goblins compared to the others. But when I go back to the corpses to collect my spoil of war. Something weird actually happened. The corpse is gone the moment I stand beside it, leaving only three item on the floor. I run a scan over, and pick the all the item from the four corpses, and check it in my status panel. "Hmm... Not a bad haul actually..." I looked at the item I picked and its description.
Goblin Pouch x 2 Goblin Custom Armour x 4
Category: Compartment / Grade: Ungraded Category: Armour / Grade: Ungraded
Durability: 5/5 Durability: 5/5
Stat: Allow 1,000 Units to be stored within Stat: 6 DEF / 1 AGI / 1 REC
Equipment Bonus: Only Usable by Goblins/Pedlar Equipment Bonus: Only Usable by Goblins
Goblin Bead x 2 Goblin Skin x 4
Category: Currency / Grade: Ungraded Category: Hide / Grade: Ungraded
Durability: NIL Durability: 10/10
Stat: Worth 1 Crystal in Goblin Tribe Stat: Required 100 piece to form a Goblin Hide (4/100)
Equipment Bonus: NIL Equipment Bonus: Increase (1) point Friendship with Goblin Tribe
I looked at the two Goblin Pouch in hand, as I was wondering... "Usable only by Goblins and Pedlar, that''s means I am qualified to use it!" this is directly a free compartment pouch especially made for me!" I am delighted as I pick up all the items, and out of sudden, I am surprised by the leader of the guards. "Young buddy, you help us a lot by helping us to take out four goblins. I hardly see somebody so heroic, come together with us, we will celebrate our successful defense against the Goblin Tribe once again!" the leader of the guards pulled me along as all of us went back to the town in victory, when the guards at the rear entrance side shared my heroic tales, everyone came over to me and praise me for being so daring and even assisting the guards when they are in need. Everyone shared the news and gathered on the town square as if they were waiting for something. About two hours later, a group of riders, in the number around two hundred came into the town. When they were introduced, I finally know that these 200 riders are the elites among the Ling State''s troops. Under the leadership of Team Leader Ling Tian Ming, one of the twenty-two sixth generation group within the Ling Household. "I heard that there is a very heroic young man this time, where is him?" the Team Leader Ling Tian Ming quickly asked for my whereabouts and I am quickly presented in front of him. "Master Ling, greetings." I politely greet him. "Stop with all these formalities. We are all people, in the end, do not be bothered with the ranks and positions. The Riders had exterminates all the threats along the way, and we can confidently say that this time, the Goblin Tribe failed to even grab a single woman and grains back to their Settlements. We are victorious!" Ling Tian Ming shouted, as all the people within the square cheers along. That night, a grand banquet is held to allow everyone to get relaxed, stop sobbing for their dead companions, and gathering new spirits to look forward to tomorrow, while for me, a new skill appears within my Status Panel as I sneakily take a look. Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 21 [Basic Skill - Hunter.] When I saw an additional notice about the new skill appeared within my status panel, I raise my hand slightly to read the contents, but out of sudden, a call came from the crowd, and I have to quickly go back to them immediately. Unexpectedly, the one that called out to me is the Team Leader Ling Tian Ming himself. "Little brother, what is your name?" he asked. I immediately answer him with my name, as he takes his effort to remember it. He then leads me to a small building located just right beside the town hall and as we get into the building, about a hundred of the riders and guards is taking their rest within. The moment I get in, I''ve seen a sight that wasn''t too delightful and in the same time, depressing compared to the atmosphere outside. "Little brother, what you did today is very heroic, and it actually saves most of us. But the next time, do not rashly take such action as it would cause you your life if you are a bit less careful." Ling Tian Ming expression changed within seconds. When I take a look around, three men are standing close to the wall at the far end of the room, where depressing expression is covering their face. That''s the Ling Hun Town Mayor if I''m not wrong, and that two by his side is the Town Guard''s Captain and also the Town Treasurer. What are three of them doing here? I looked at the three people and later back to Ling Tian Ming, and without any reservation of my curiosity, I asked a word "Why?". Ling Tian Ming then walked over to the table and chairs on a corner and hinted that I should take a seat beside him as if he wanted to tell me about a long story. The moment he starts, everyone within the room listens patiently, as everyone within the room had already gone through such experience to understand what was being explained. Although in between, many stories had sidetracked for a little, at the end of the day, this story is all about the Infestation of Goblin Tribe, their Settlement, and also some other monsters residing within the Ling State, one of the north Four States. To make sure I understand it, I devise it into a more simple way, according to my own understandings. It all starts when the Tian Gong Country is established. Outside of the country, a vast land ruled by many kinds of Monsters and Beast, even some under the reign of Mystical Sage exist. And so coincidently, the Tian Gong Country is located exactly beside this land known as the Woods of Hundred Tribes. Just like its name, this piece of land resides by hundred tribes of different monsters, and even some humans and other beings. But what is so unfortunate is, this land shares a border together with a total of ten of the Tian Gong Country''s state. Thus, this causes a long and exhausting war to happens, where it continues from the Tian Gong Calendar 0001 until currently, The year 2017. The moment I heard about the current year is at 2017, I was so surprised, as my death time was on 2017 as well. But I controlled my anxiety because no matter what, I had already reborn into this world. Very frequently, the Woods of Hundred Tribes will allow some smaller tribes to take their chances to loot the town under the controls of Tian Gong Country, with the intention to rob our resources and women to assist them in getting stronger. Most of the time, the Goblin Tribe is chosen as their kind breeds extremely quickly. This time, the group was a very small vanguard that was shifting from their initial target towards the Ling Hun Town, but if they are not careful, perhaps a bigger group might make their attack sooner or later. The banquet quickly ends with everyone back where they belonged before I excuse myself from the house as well. Politely, I ask for forgiveness before Ling Tian Ming suddenly speaks. "Little brother, we still have something to talk about." he stands up and walked over to my side. I am slightly stunned with his words, but still, I anticipate it, because myself to have the urge to know more news about this world I am living within. "We have hunted quite an amount of Goblins, but most of their stuff is not usable, if you don''t mind, we would like to give this all to you, perhaps you could sell them to some salvaging workshop and earn some money?" Ling Tian Ming brings out a compartment as he pours all the contents within for me to choose. The moments all the trash in their eyes appear, I immediately have my eyes shine with MONEY! I looked at Ling Tian Ming with my puppy eyes and politely asked. "Are you sure your people don''t need this stuff?" but the next moment, a few of the guards stands up and said, "Little brother, you had saved quite a plenty of lives today, why would we be bothered to give you all this item that barely worth ten Black Spirit Crystals? Only those that really daring would actually take this all back to the Goblin Settlement to resell them for money." "If that''s the case, this little brother will take it." I happily accepted the gifs and left the home as I went back to the Refining Workshop directly. Reaching my room, I immediately withdraw all the item in my inventory, as I looked at the changes. The happiness within my eyes could not be hidden anymore, as I am just got rewarded with loads of gifts for just helping a little!Stolen story; please report.
Goblin Pouch x 50 Goblin Custom Armour x 55
Category: Compartment / Grade: Ungraded Category: Armour / Grade: Ungraded
Durability: 5/5 Durability: 5/5
Stat: Allow 1,000 Units to be stored within Stat: 6 DEF / 1 AGI / 1 REC
Equipment Bonus: Only Usable by Goblins/Pedlar Equipment Bonus: Only Usable by Goblins
Goblin Bead x 100 Goblin Hide
Category: Currency / Grade: Ungraded Category: Hide or Cape / Grade: Lower Respect
Durability: NIL Durability: 20/20
Stat: Worth 1 Crystal in Goblin Tribe Stat: 1 RES / 1 DEF
Equipment Bonus: NIL Equipment Bonus: Allows friendship with Goblin Tribe
The moment I looked at the Goblin Skin that was automatically transformed into a Piece of Goblin Hide (as well a cape), I am quite surprised. I immediately put it on and look at myself. Hmm... Not bad. Then I start to take a look at the Goblin Beads, and later the Goblin Pouch. Since I have a total of 50 Goblin Pouch in my inventory, no matter how I will need to simplify them before I could use them. I guess the only way I could do is to head to the Compartment Upgrade Store to see what they could do. I then check on the Goblin Custom Armour that is stacked on the side of my bed. After I have a few inspection on some of its parts, seems like in the term of size, defensive parts, and a number of combinations, are all slightly different from how a human would arrange. Even if I managed to salvage this equipment and even further upgrading it, this equipment would be only usable by goblins. But wait! I have the Goblin Hide to increase my friendship! I even have the Goblin Bead as their currency, and the pile of Goblin Custom Armour, If I make my step correctly, I can actually head to their settlement to make some business with them! But will this decision go correctly? I think for a short while, and soon I decided that this will all depend on fate. If I bothered to think about this all for now, sooner or later, I will become bald. Then, I remembered that I have something I need to take a look. I raise my hand up and had the status panel opened in front of me, as I tried to see what skill had it just added into my Skill Page. At the same time as I scrolled, most of my skill updates are presented before me, allowing me to roughly knew which skills I need to put some effort and which one doesn''t need too much. And finally, after some scrolling, I found the new skill on the bottom of the page.
Skill Name: Basic Skills - Hunter Level 1 (0/1,000)
Specialty: (2%) Increase in accuracy when using ranged weapon. (2%) Increase in finding better look when hunting.
Quirk: None
Notice: A Basic survival skill that allows the user to have better sight and results when hunting, and also increase his capability in using any ranged weapon.
Finally! A battle skill! With this skill in my page, I can extend my battle capability when using range weapons. This means the Demonic Air Shooter and Demonic Metal Slugs will become a required tools for me to properly travel around in this world! From this moment, I felt that my confidence in surviving within this world had just increased by at least a level, and giving me so much spirit to see to what extent I could do. Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 22 [My first weapon - Pedlar Custom Brass Demonic Air Shooter, or just call it a Glock 22?] The next morning, as I wake up, I immediately went to the Blacksmithing Workshop after I kept all the other materials into the Storage Box within my room. Looking at the storage box, I have a feeling that Instead of only renting for one, why not I rent at least ten and make my room a little more like the Minecraft game that I used to play in my previous world? But as the cost soon came into my mind, it quickly vanished. "This world is seriously crazy. Due to the heavy opposing force that coming from the neighbouring lands, the Tian Gong Country actually applied such a heavy tax towards those that have the intention to monopoly the markets. Due to this reason alone, the specific workshop started to appears as they are the only one that could sub-sell the products above medium grade to the public. Meanwhile, for those in the Lower grade, they could be sold anywhere, but most importantly, the country could fully utilize the member of their country''s population to work hard in order to earn some money." "As for the land, the Tian Gong Country had a full control on all their land, and only licensed holder could have the right to possess, renovate, and upgrade it. Although the peasants had earned a big buck from selling all those primary stage materials to the country, they are still being robbed in between before they could actually enjoy their wealth. Meanwhile, for those who have the intention to succeed in a certain path, they would have to slowly build their fame across the way until they could actually found out the path they could take." "No wonder when Han Li told me about those basic of survival in this world last time, felt so out of ordinary and also make no sense. This is the real reason why in such a mere Ling Hun Town, its population still reach at least five hundred thousand people. If this is compared to my previous world, it already could be called as a city." I whisper to myself as I make my way towards the Blacksmithing Workshop. The moment I entered the Blacksmithing Workshop, I immediately greet lady Su Rou first, before I passed her another piece of Night Copper Ingot to be auctioned. I then paid the two Black Spirit Crystals as the fee to use their tools and another five Black Spirit Crystals for the Accompaniment Materials, and head into the smelting workshop. I begin today''s work by smelting all the Zinc and Tin Dust within the pouch inside my compartment and managed to obtain a total of 63 Brass Rod (1%) and also 2 Copper Rod (1%). With my number of Brass Rod in hand reaching 265 units, I move to the Furnace and Anvil side, and prepare to slowly heat the rods and prepares to mould them. Since I will be making a Handgun from scratch, I begin to heat up the brass rod one by one as I slowly form each part of the handgun. From the handle to the lower frame of the body, and then to its barrel and some small internal compartments, before I begin with the Magazine. I custom made the chamber to fits a more special kind of bullet without fail and later begins with the recoil spring. I soon begin with the lever that would bring the gun together, and the next minute, I begin to assemble the Demonic Air Shooter into one single piece. The moment I assemble the gun, I quickly noticed that this gun had a missing part. Where is the equipment rail that would be stabilizing the other parts and also the hammer that will lock the lever in place? No wonder the senior had a bad experience with this recipe and he advises me to make sure I am confident with my works before I use it rashly. I later disassembled the gun and creates the two missing parts before I assemble the whole thing into one again. Finally, the Gun is completed, as the Magazine had also completed. With five magazines in preparation, I believe that this would easily protect my life wherever I go. I took a rest for a short while before I continue with the Demonic Metal Slugs. The moment I checked on the recipe, I noticed that instead of bullets within a cartridge, the Demonic Metal Slugs are more to a whole hard cast bullet that similar to the Lead Bullets used by a musket. With such a consumption of brass component is needed, I could only create a total of four bullets for each Brass Rod. Since the capacity of the magazine is a total of twelve bullets each, I decided to use 30 of the Brass Rod to prepares a total of 120 bullets. With 60 of them are distributed into five magazines, I kept the remaining sixty bullets within my Inventory, and also in the same time, I crafted another ten sets of the Brass Wrist Bracer''s needle, and refilled the empty slot.This narrative has been unlawfully taken from Royal Road. If you see it on Amazon, please report it. Just like this, I end up using a total of two Brass Rod for the ten sets of needles, 30 for the 120 bullets, and also 30 to creates all the part to assemble the Demonic Air Shooter Handgun. The moment the weapon is complete, a choice came from the Pedlar Setup Ring.
"Demonic Air Shooter with Demonic Metal Slugs is successfully created. Satisfied with your works?" Yes No
I choose yes, of course. As the light quickly wrapped the Handgun and the bullets for a moment and vanished. Next, a box appears from within the Status Panel, to indicates that this weapon is complete.
Pedlar Customized Brass Demonic Air Shooter - Automatic Ranged Weapon
Category: Range Weapon / Grade: Medium Grade 10
Durability: 75/75
Stats: 23 ATK / 2 ACC / 2 ATK SPD / 2 BLEED
Equipment Bonus: Lower - 5% Chances to repair the durability by (1) when used. Medium - 10% Chances to not consume a bullet when attacking.
Sneaky Demonic Metal Slugs x 60 - Ammunition
Category: Crafted Ammunition / Grade: Medium Grade 10
Durability: 1/1
Stats: 27 ATK / 2 SPD
Equipment Bonus: Double the damage if used in a sneak attack.
What the hell? Sneaky slugs? Double damage if used in a sneak attack? A handgun is a small weapon that would be used to fire at a range of 100 metres, and I will need to be a sneak attack to double the damage. Who will be so good to be there nicely and shot at his back? I am slightly speechless with the results of the bullet, but so far, everything has gone well. I spent some time repairing my Pickaxe and also my wrist bracer, and in total, I spent 100 of the Brass Rod (1%) to complete all my task here, as I left and head towards the Ore Cave. With only 165 Brass Rod left in my inventory, I will need to make haste and quickly complete the mission before tomorrow midnight to obtained the [Tribute Crystal] as rewards. Since my only restriction is time, for now, I will fight against time! Through using the Goblin Pouch, I managed to keep 50 sack extra disposable trash with me, as I entered the tunnel. Since I am treated as a regular of the Cave Miners now, I am being offered to rent their Space Enhanced Cart. With the rental of 1 Black Spirit Crystals for one trip, I am allowed to rent as much as I could, depending on my capability. After I calculate my progress, I estimate that with the 10 batteries and 50 sack of disposable trash, I could mine for a total of 600 minutes. With a full cart required twenty minutes to fill, it means I would be able to mine for a total of 30 Carts in ten hours continuous mining. Since this required no energy at all, and my stamina would be only used to collects the mining rocks, I go ahead with the plan, and rent a total of 6 Space Enhanced Cart that is equivalent to 30 carts capacity. I went in, go for a straight ten hours marathon before I appeared again at the main cave. Some of the staff handling the cave actually thought something might happen to me because I went in for ten hours straight. But the moment I came out, they actually felt a slight relief because they have quite a good impression on me. Looking at the six full cart, I pushed all towards the Milling Area and started to Mill all the stone to powder before I sieve them to separates the Tin and Zinc Dust in their own container. A ten-hour mining could actually yield me around 95 Brass Rod amount, so if I could maintain this for another one full day, I will be able to make this quest an early handover. I then went into the trash cave again to collect the number of disposable trash as I could and return to the tunnel once again. For the next 22 hours, I repeatedly went along with my mining and did not take a single long sleep in between. All I took is a few short nap to rejuvenate my strength, as I continued. In total, I finally end my mining streak after my pickaxe started to fail me. A thirty-hour mining not only took a heavy toll on myself, as well on my Fine Grade Pickaxe. Although the [Tribute Crystal] is attractive, it is still obtainable in many ways, so I did not felt heartache even if I failed to obtain it. While at the end of my mining streak, I manage to produce a total of 292 Brass Rod (1%) in hand, and lucky me, I managed to get twice activation on the Level 5 Quirk, and got two Brass Rod additionally. Other than that, I managed to smelt a total of 10 Copper Rod (1%) as well, after mining for so long. I return to the city after I rest for a while, and before me, I saw two goblins repeatedly stabbing a dead corpse that they hang it on the tree. The dead corpse had already been stripped clean of any clothing and equipment, and other than that two goblins, there is another three busy distributing their spoil of war. Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 23 [Taking Up another Contribution Mission!] I looked at the five goblins that were actively having fun with the corpse after they finish distributing the spoils. I walked closer to where they located, and sneak around them. Out of sudden, my Hunter sense immediately spots a few traps that were placed along the walking path. "No wonder they would be so relaxed and happily continue to have fun with the corpse when they are actually within the territories of the Tian Gong Country." I thought. I dismantled the trap left by the goblins as I get closer, and with the Hunter Sense, I could get nearer without alerting the goblin. But in my opinion, five goblin is slightly hard to handle. To make sure that I have a chance of success, I climbed onto of a tree, placed a few brass around the ground that I will have reach toward, and make sure of an escape route. Then, with a heavy action, I throw a sack of Disposable material to where It is really close to one of the Brass Rod I purposely drop. The sound soon got noticed by one of the goblins, and very soon, led by its greed, the goblin secretly head towards where I am. It quickly reached the bottom of the tree where I''m located, and as soon it saw the piece of Brass Rod, it happily dances for a moment, before it turns towards its companion and tried to gave a shout. "Bam!" I fire a shot. And it pierces through the goblin''s head before it could shout. In that instant, It falls without a sound, and the corpse quickly vanished into the air, leaving only three item on the ground. I throw another sack of trash on the ground and tried to take the four remaining goblins attention. Finally, after the fifth sack is thrown, two goblins finally noticed the sound, and quickly walk over. They quickly saw the five-sack of trash on the ground and also two pieces of Brass Rod, as they happily dance like the first one, but this time, I miscalculated. Before I managed to take a shot, one of the goblin rushes over to the Brass Rod, while another is calling for its companion. "Did they think that there is some treasure here, so they called the others? No matter what, I cannot give them the chance to regroup. I aimed at one of them, and with a "Bam!", one of the two goblins falls down dead. The other one was surprised to see what happened, and quickly went over to that companion''s dead body, but without noticing me at the top of the tree, I fire another shot. "Bam!" the third goblin falls down to the floor. Looking at the two dead bodies soon vanished into thin air, leaving only six item on the floor, I went down to the ground and pick it up. I looked at the two remaining goblins that yet to move from where they were, and sneak behind them without making a single voice. The goblin soon speaks loudly, as it scolding the other three for not being around when they wanted to left. Then as the two goblins almost entered the bushes around them, I shift myself down from the tree, and at almost impossible to miss range, I fire two shots and take away that two pitiful life as well. Just like this, I killed five goblins in a row. I pick up all the item that is worth a little, as I quickly inspect them before I return to the town.
Goblin Pouch x 5 Goblin Custom Armour x 5
Category: Compartment / Grade: Ungraded Category: Armour / Grade: Ungraded
Durability: 5/5 Durability: 5/5
Stat: Allow 1,000 Units to be stored within Stat: 6 DEF / 1 AGI / 1 REC
Equipment Bonus: Only Usable by Goblins/Pedlar Equipment Bonus: Only Usable by Goblins
Goblin Bead x 10A case of content theft: this narrative is not rightfully on Amazon; if you spot it, report the violation. Goblin Skin x 5
Category: Currency / Grade: Ungraded Category: Hide / Grade: Ungraded
Durability: NIL Durability: 10/10
Stat: Worth 1 Crystal in Goblin Tribe Stat: Required 100 piece to form a Goblin Hide (4/100)
Equipment Bonus: NIL Equipment Bonus: Increase (1) point Friendship with Goblin Tribe
Except for this few Goblin item, I managed to land myself some remains belonged to the dead human as well. Looking at his equipment, it seems that he hardly has any capability to protect himself at all, so this bad luck of his actually could cause him his life. From his remain, I only managed to obtain a total of 60 Brass Rod (1%), a Medium Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe, a Tribute Crystal and also twenty Black Spirit Crystals. Other than this few thing, nothing could be salvaged, because the Compartment Bag had already been destroyed by the goblins to ransack his inventory. Looking at my Inventory, I had enough Brass Rod (1%) to be delivered to the Blacksmithing Workshop, so my first destination is first to head over to the building first. The moment I saw Lady Su Rou, I immediately pass her the five hundred Brass Rod to fulfil the contribution request. The moment she looked at the amount of Brass Rod, she took it into her Compartment, and withdraws a total of six ten point Anvil Coins and a Tribute Crystal and passed it over to me. "Thank you, Big sister," I told her. "You forget something?" Lady Su Rou suddenly reminds me of something. I turned around and looked at her for a moment before I remembered. "Ah! I still got a Night Copper Ingot in the auction. Is it sold?" I walked back to where she stands and replied. After she noticed that I remembered my item, she took out a total of 305 Black Spirit Crystals and passed it over for me to keep. "It was sold for 325 Black Spirit Crystals this time." Lady Su Rou tells me the price. I could only nod my head and say thank you before she continued. "I got another Contribution Request for you, do you want to listen to it?" she said. Being a person who does not feel bothered by this, I answered her by saying "Sure!" as she started to explain the details. This time, the mission is regarding participating into a group of miners to a Cave that required a token to enters. This cave belonged to the Ling Hun Town Blacksmithing Workshop, but the quota to enter this Cave is divided into two, where half of them would be sold by the Town Hall for the public, while another half of the quota will be totally controlled by the Blacksmithing Workshop.
Location: Brass Mountain Outskirt Cave Price: 15 Black Spirit Crystals Duration: Unlimited
Base: Provided free of charge Capacity: 2000 Person Monster: Yes
Requirement: Strength Above (6) Safety: 9/10 Insurance: None
Produce: Brass Component Dust Zinc Ore Dust
Mountain Borax Stone Tin Ore Dust Copper Ore Dust
This time, the request is regarding the procurement of Mountain Borax Stone, a rare and special Flux Ingredient that was used to forge a higher stage metal. The mountain Borax Stone came in a variety of size, but since the calculation of the reward is based on the weight you bring, a minimum requirement of bringing back a total of 150kg of Mountain Borax Stone is required. It seems that because this Flux Ingredient is extremely important for the Workshop to produce an urgent order, which is why for this time, the mission reward is quite good. As long one could provide at least 150kg of the Mountain Borax Stone to the workshop, they will be allowed to keep all the other materials from the cave without other additional payments. Meanwhile, for any additional Mountain Borax Stone is contributed, it will be measured with the rewards of 1 points for every 200gm. Although the rewards are quite attractive, the downside of this contribution task is that one will need to spend a long time to properly look for the Mountain Borax Stone that was hidden with the deeper Cave. Added with some activities of Mountain Apes within the cave, the contribution task is made to be even more dangerous. But the good thing is, there is a Base provided within the Cave, so a safe zone is still available. "So, what do you think?" Su Rou looked at my face as she enjoys looking at my serious but confused expression. I think for a while, and immediately tells her, I will take it!" she smiled after she heard my words. Just like this, she passed me a token and say that I am free to choose a day to go. I left after I obtained what I''m looking, as I quickly went back home and fall onto the bed without controls. Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 24 [Trying out the Brass Mountain Outskirt Cave!] The next day, I know that I will have to spend some time to get myself back on track. After the thirty-hour mining streak, not only my Fine Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe is started to face some breaking issues, even the recently obtained Medium Grade Pickaxe, is barely usable because its durability is too low. In the same time, I will still need to process the 3000 units of Lower Grade 10 Crystals and look for a way to properly salvage the Goblin Custom Armour and the also regarding the issue with the Goblin Pouch. I wake up after lying lazily on the bed for about ten minutes and get a change of cloth before I quickly went straight to the Compartment Upgrading Store. Within the store, I went straight towards the Reception lady and asked regarding the requirement on what the goblin pouch could be used for. The lady says that upgrading the pouch will only cost some Black Spirit Crystals, but it is useless because no human could utilize the Goblin pouch. After I tell her that I have other plans on upgrading this tools, she gives up on persuading me to not spend my money on useless trash. Waiting in the store, my turn came after thirty minutes of waiting. Since the goblin pouch is an ungraded item, not only the cost and requirement to upgrade this item is low, its success rate is even high enough to ensure almost perfect upgrade each time. "This brother, I have a total of 55 Goblin Pouch with me, could you tell me what choice I have to upgrade them?" I politely tell the staff the request, as he looked at me for having too much money to waste. But since I am a customer, he controlled himself and replies my word. "Customer, to upgrade this Goblin Pouch into a higher grade, a cost of 25 Black Spirit Crystal is required. Every five pouch will be able to be refined and remade into a much better pouch, but I''m not sure what difference it would be because we couldn''t use it after all." Listening to him, I withdraw a total of 275 Black Spirit Crystals and the 55 Goblin Pouch for him to help me to refine them. The worker just speechlessly took the money and started to refine the pouch from five normal one to a better one. In total, eleven better pouch soon appears before me, but I am not satisfied with this all yet. "This brother, could the ten of this still be upgraded?" I asked. He looked at me for a moment as he replied. "Yes, it could still be upgraded. Five into one better pouch and the price for each is 100 Black Spirit Crystals" he explains the cost and how is the conversion from one stage to another. Without a hint of hesitation, I immediately paid a total of 200 Black Spirit Crystals to the worker, as he again felt speechless and started to refine the two pouch for me. Receiving the pouch, I immediately went out from the store and head straight towards the Ore Cave without bothered to check the results of the two new item in my inventory. For me now, carefully utilizing my time is most important, because sooner, the Refiner Wars will start to get into a more troublesome exchange between members. I know that based on the number of Brass Rod within my hand, properly repairing one will not be sufficient. So what I could do now instead is to mine for more Brass Rod, and return to repair the equipment before I come back again to start mining properly. After I reached the Ore Cave, instead of heading into the tunnel, I went straight towards the Trash Cave to sneakily keeps the disposable trash in my stash. This is also the moment when I could have a look on my two new items.
Goblin Single Upgraded Pouch Goblin Double Upgraded Pouch x 2
Category: Compartment Grade: Lower Category: Compartment Grade: Medium
Durability: 10/10 Durability: 15/15
Stat: Allows 5,000 Units to be stored within Stat: Allows 25,000 Units to be stored within
Equipment Bonus: Stolen story; please report. Only usable by Goblins/Pedlars Equipment Bonus: Only usable by Goblins/Pedlars
Alright, it seems like the capacity of the item is still the came, it just compacted from 55 pouches into three pouches. This is quite a convenient way. I should try to hunt more goblins for now since it is easier to obtain all the pouches instead of looking for those few special item to create a compartment pouch. The moment I am done being impressed by the three new pouch of mine, I gathered a total of 55 sack and five more thousand in my own inventory like last time and entered the tunnel with a total of four empty carts this time. In my mind, I wanted to try something else, because, in my hand, I have two pickaxes! I entered the deepest part of the tunnel as I run my scan skill for five times, opening the sight of all surrounding ores around me. But still, a disappointment, because no matter how clear it showed me, the density of ores within this mines could be only described by a word, "Disappointment". But having no choice, I could only choose to start my mining, because of no matter what, this is still a free cave for anyone to enters. There is no payment required, no restriction as well no limits on the number of miners, so this tunnel is open for anyone who wished to earn a small money to live. If I am still like last time, perhaps, I will be still sleeping by the side of the alleyway. Starting my operation, I begin to activate two Pickaxe at the same time and allows both to work out for that ten minutes. The Fine Grade Pickaxe managed to fill half a cart, while the Medium Grade Pickaxe only manages to fill a quarter. The difference is quite significant, but since the grade differences are there, all I could is only to procure better pickaxe as I could, so I could increase my mining results. Although this is quite a waste as the Medium Pickaxe only could perform half of what the Fine Pickaxe could, but still, filling a quarter of the mining cart is better than nothing. And I still got experience from converting the batteries. But with my usage of 2 batteries for every ten minutes, while only 1 battery is produced in every ten minutes, I only managed to refill half of my battery after fifty minutes. Since there is some waiting time is required, I chose to return to the Milling Area with four full carts after I mined myself for a little as well. Taking my time slowly, I milled all the stone into powder, and sieve all of them before I return to the tunnel. When I calculate the number of time I spend, compared to spending totally 100 minutes to obtained five full cart through utilizing the Fine Grade Pickaxe alone, using two pickaxe only yield me four full cart, where I even needed to mine by myself a little and mill all the rocks while waiting for the batteries to be fully converted. But if I would really want to compare, this is a much better result, because the results are comparable to a 100 minutes mining! I would rather be spending more energy if I could actually reduce my mining time into half! Just like this, I repeat for another two more times, in a very relaxed way, to complete a total of 12 carts quota. From that 12 full carts, I managed to smelt out a total of 40 Brass Rod (1%) and returned to repair my pickaxe before another thing comes into priority. Since I didn''t saw Lady Su Rou today, I went straight to the Forge Area after paying two Black Spirit Crystals, and immediately starts with repairing my most important Fine Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe. With its brass component within had already falls lower than 60%, the durability of this tool started to reduce. With the fine grade tools usually possess around 40/40 durability, my tool currently had its durability on 9/40, which is already at the risk of breaking. I could be only said as lucky because it is not broken during my heavy usage a few hours ago. Depending on my expertise in repairing the tool, I started to melts the Brass Rod in two at a time, as I quickly repair all the parts that started to have a crack externally. Since repairing are easier than recovering the Brass component within the tool, exactly 31 Brass Rod later, I managed to recover the tool into a 40/40 durability, before I begin with the Medium Pickaxe. After spending another fifteen of the Brass Rod, I managed to make sure both tools are in their mint condition to be used. With the remaining eleven Brass Rod, I decided to put them into the Medium Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe, because this tool will be easier to upgrade compares to the Fine Grade tool. After I applied all eleven remaining Brass Rod to it, its Brass Component within raise from 25% into 32%, as I left it be for now. I went out from the Blacksmithing Workshop and decided to return to the cave once again before I heard a word from a fellow blacksmith. "Big brother, please, you cannot do this to me! You told me that if I got that token to get into the Brass Mountain Outskirt Cave, you will bring me along and help me to improve. Now you suddenly change your mind, how am I going to change this back to money?" the younger blacksmith falls into tears because depending on his own capability, facing the threat from the Mountain Apes while mining might cost him his life. "I don''t care, you took more than one whole week to get that token, and now our group is on another contribution request, we have no time to accompany you into the Brass Mountain Outskirt Cave! Go find somebody to sell that token, at most you will only lose a few Black Spirit Crystals." the older blacksmith speaks and kicks the younger blacksmith away as he gets out from the Blacksmithing Workshop. I looked at that person and whispers a word for myself. "Asshole." I walked over to the younger blacksmith to see if he is alright, and perhaps he mistook my kindness because he immediately forces me to purchase that entrance token from him. His persistence managed to irritate me because, at the end, I finally withdraw fifteen Black Spirit Crystals to pay for the token, as he left quickly before I changed my mind. "Now I know that it is not only [Asshole] people are around, even some persistent little [Beggar] is around. I should be more selfish and carefully approach people next time. But having this Entrance Token is not everything bad as well. Since I already have a token to enter the cave, this means that if I failed to obtain enough Mountain Borax Stone for the Workshop, I could still enter for one more time, to fulfil that quest. Plus since this contribution request only demands 150kg of Mountain Borax Stone to be delivered, the pay is naturally be all the other resources obtained will be given to the miner. Since this is how it will go along, added with there is a base provided within the cave, I will go in and try my luck! With instant, I quickly head into the teleportation Portal and presents the piece of Token as I entered the gate, the next moment, the surrounding of my eyes started to change into a vast opened area below a mountain, with at least five so six mountain peak before my eyes. "This mountain would be as huge as the Mount Fuji in Japan! I wonder what kind of world is this! And there is a total of six peaks, doesn''t that almost means that this mountain area is at least six times larger?" I whisper to myself as I walked closer to the mountain. Just twenty minutes walk without any obstacles, I finally reached the so-called Base. But surprisingly, this is not an outpost... It should be called a village at least! Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 25 [Results is shocking. Mining here is extremely beneficial.] This base is at least spread out about hundred of roughly build huts and with tents all around its perimeters. A few of them are quite well built, and from far, you could already expect it to be quite an important building. Four towers are erected, but instead of fully stone built, it was partially made with mixing wood and clay. It possesses around 10 metres height and could fit at least ten archers on the top dome. I quickly entered this so-called base and noticed that most of the workshop have at least a building here, which means your usual daily needs and activities will not be hindered. Food is available to be sold as well, hunted by the adventurers and some of them even trading into the restaurants that providing foods for people within this area for a fee. When I walked over to the restaurant to have a look, I am slightly surprised by the cost. Brass Mountain Quick Food Menu:
Vegetable Fried Rice with Wild Boar Steak 1 Black Spirit Crystal
Vegetable Platter with King White Cabbage 1 Black Spirit Crystal
Wild Boar Steak with Happy Mushroom 2 Black Spirit Crystals
Wild Boar Steak with Blood Berry Sauce 2 Black Spirit Crystals
King Bull Steak with Exploding Peppercorn Sauce 3 Black Spirit Crystals
King Bull Steak with Ripe Blood Berry 3 Black Spirit Crystals
Mixed Platter 6 Black Spirit Crystals
Ordinary Bun x 10 2 Black Spirit Crystals
Well, I guess there is actually wold boars, bulls, peppercorn, mushroom and cabbage here. Food I usually had in the cafeteria within the refining workshop is usually chicken or meat that I got no idea where it came from, so I assume them to be from the beast that hunted by us humans. I guess when you actually have more capability to live in this world, you will slowly be approached with all this stuff sooner or later. But since I have no need to enjoy all this, I just purchased a total of 20 buns for 4 Black Spirit Crystals, and begin to make my way into the huge opened tunnel within just directly at the bottom of the mountain. Before I entered the mountain, I met a person who is on duty of overlook the mountain cave and the number of people within the cave. He registered my name into his list and withdraws a total of ten stones with the appearance of a Mining Cart, strapped together on a piece of rough string. The person soon explained to me that since the cave within has no tracks for the Mining Cart to roll into, their only solution is to provide the Compartment Cart that could be only used to store Crystals or Mining Rocks within. Each piece of stone representing one full-size empty cart, so in my hand, a total of ten carts capacity is available. Since it was dimly lit with some torches along the way, I managed to enter the tunnel and starts to look for a location to start mining. Over here, nobody is restricted to do whatever they want, so it is almost following the law of nature. If anything misfortune happened, it is because of a person''s bad luck, and nobody could be blamed for it. With the assistance of the Scan Skill, I managed to slowly find my way to a location dense with ores, but with fewer people. Since this area has no trash area at all, sacks of trash are dumped all around the tunnels, as I gather all I could along the way. Finally, I reached a location where only two other miners located here. This tale has been unlawfully lifted from Royal Road; report any instances of this story if found elsewhere. "They must be quite experienced because, in comparison, the rocks around here have the highest density of ore within," I comment as I looked at their tunnel, which quite well dug from the entrance. I entered another direction and started to mine as well, but to make my action more secretive, I place a large amount of disposable trash around the entrance and put a piece of Medium Night Glowing Crystal on the floor before I start to mine. With the assistance of the batteries, my mining managed to go pretty smooth. Using the battery on the Fine Grade Pickaxe while personally holding the Medium Grade Pickaxe myself to mine, I manage to quickly obtain a total five full carts from the Fine Grade Pickaxe in a hundred minutes, while myself, I managed to fill in one full cart of mining rocks. Spending another forty minutes to fill the remaining four carts, I went out from the cave after a total of two and a half hour. The staff looked at me and say "It is alright, most people will exit the cave early because they lack preparation, do not felt bad about it, you will perform better in the next few entry." he speaks. I know he was out of kindness to tell me about that, so I only politely thanked him for his words, as I returned to the Base and went into the Milling area. "I guess it is labelled as a base because it is smaller compared to those workshop in the town," I whisper to myself as I waited for my turn to use the Millstone. There is only a total of four millstones within this base, so to cater for about a hundred to two hundred miners, this area would, of course, be packed. I expect the same applied on the Sieving Area and Smelting Area as well, where I actually hit the jackpot. Just waiting for my turn, I actually spend a total of three hours! After I got all my task completed, I am secretly delighted by the results. Although wasting a total of three hours waiting is quite hard to accept, but with the material you mined is actually a brass component Dust instead of two separate Zinc and Tin Dust, the number of Brass Component I managed to smelt totalled up to 91 Brass Rod (1%), compared with around thirty for every ten carts in the Ling Hun Ore Cave. Looking at the numbers of Brass Rod I have in hand, it hurts me to not spend it on upgrading my pickaxe, where I did and quickly went over to the Forge Area. With all 90 Brass Rod had been used, I managed to make my Fine Pickaxe to remain on where it used to be and upgraded the Medium Pickaxe into an Upper Grade one. Happily, I went out to the store nearby and seen a few different kind of Compartment Carts for rent. I asked for the reason why the cart is not available for purchase, but when the staff says that to purchase a normal 1 x Cart Size Compartment Cart, it would cost around 200 Black Spirit Crystals. A 5-time Size Compartment Cart would cost roughly 1000 Black Spirit Crystals, and there aren''t too many buyers for such compartment that could only fit in mining rocks. When I tell the staff that I am looking for one, she mentioned that their store could help me to get a 5-time size compartment cart if I''m willing to pay a total of 1100 for the price. I considered for a moment before I reject the offer, stating that I will temporary rent them for now. Each time the token holder enter this place, they will be given a total of 10 compartment cart to be used in mining, but if they needed more, further renting option would be available, depending on your wealth and requirements. A Single Compartment Cart would cost 1 Black Spirit Crystals, unlimited usage, while five times Compartment Cart would cost 5 Black Spirit Crystals, also unlimited usage. After some consideration, I decided to take a total of four-five times compartment cart, for a total cost of 20 Black Spirit Crystals. With a capacity of 30 Carts now, I could estimate that I will roughly take about seven hours to fill all of them. Just like this, I entered the Outskirt Cave once again. Of course, this time, Its no longer only for mining purposes, but as well with the intention to obtain some of the Mountain Borax Stone. I entered the cave and head into the deepest, as I activate the Level 5 Super Scan Quirk! "ZUSHH!" a layer of light seems into the wall of rocks, and very soon, I could see a shining brilliantly spot about fifty metres from my location. Through activating the battery on the Fine Grade Pickaxe while myself is using the Upper-Grade Pickaxe. The rocks within this fifty metres are quickly got mined away, revealing a small part of different kind of stones stored within. Carefully, I land a hit using the Quirk from my Tenth Grade Pinpoint strike, and a critical strike quickly separates a piece of the marble-like feature stones. After I take a look on this piece of stone, I roughly guess its weight. Damn, this piece of about a fist only weights around 500 grams. That means I need to mine more than a three hundred similar pieces to fulfil the 150kg quota. Luckily, this vein before me seems to have at least 20 to 30 Kg, if I could get another few within this five days, most probably I will have enough to fulfil my Contribution Quest. Just like this, I give no rest and continue to work. The moment I went out from the Cave, I get a short few hours rest, before I continue. Since my Super Scan could only be used once a day, there is no other choice but to wait for 24 hours each time after usage, before it could be reused again. During that period of time, I managed to increase my stash of Brass Component by a huge amount. During the first day, I actually spend a total of fifteen hours to get a total of sixty full carts, where after smelting, it came out as a result of 610 pieces of Brass Rod (1%). I continue this for a total of six more days, where I finally managed to gather enough Mountain Borax Stone to bring back to the Blacksmithing Workshop. I mine twice a day, so except spending a total of fifteen hours on mining, the remaining nine hours is used to process the materials, and rest. The moment I return to the Ling Hun Town Portal Gate, I have a total of 4300 Brass Rod (1%) in my inventory, along with around two hundred Copper Rods (1%). I immediately went to the Blacksmithing Workshop to deliver the goods. The moment Lady Su Rou saw the materials before her, she could only mutter a word. "You worked hard. Thanks." I know that from today onwards, I will need to stop assisting the Blacksmithing Workshop for a while as I am still involved in the Refiner Wars. I hurried back to my room and kept all my belongings back to the Storage Box before I went for a good sleep. In my mind, All I have is how to fully utilize the Brass Component I have, and also where should I go to get more crystals. Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 26 [New Recipe.] The next morning, I wake up and head straight to the Refining Central Workshop. With a total of 1550 Lower Grade 10 Crystals of both colour at my hand, I went in as I started to refine all of them. With 620 tries in hand, I repeatedly refined them without stop, not even taking a single break in between. When the other workers saw how concentrated I am, there were motivated as well, because some of them are not performing too well. Perhaps in their mind, a word "How can I lose to this junior!" came out when they struggle. But this refining effort cost me more than what I expect. I collapsed and fell asleep on the workstation when on my 300 tries. After I wake up from sleeping for about four hours, I continued, until I finish all 620 tries. In total, all this took me a total of twenty hours and forty minutes to finish all of them. But this time, my target to reach the quota is almost there, leaving only a small amount needed to be obtained. With the time still have two weeks remaining, I am confident that I could complete this task. But I wonder what is the prize if you are the best-performed worker? Among my 620 tries, 340 of them actually successfully refined into middle Grade, which gave me quite a shock. Of course, this is included the lucky few times level 5 Quirk. With my initial 90 in stock, I am currently 70 crystals off from the target. Although mining free in the Ling Hun Crystal Cave would yield me quite a good amount an hour, no matter what, It couldn''t be compared to those payable caves after my experience from entering the Brass Mountain Outskirt Cave. I start to feel that living in this world are almost similar to where I am from, unfair, and unjust treatment towards us who work hard just to survive for one more day. But without bothering all this too much, I happily return to my room, rest for a while more, keep all the belongings back to the Storage Box as I went over to the Blacksmithing Workshop for a look, of course, along with one of the Night Copper Ingot to be auctioned. But before that, I use the three Tribute Crystals I have and put it with my Refiner Stove. The moment the two made their contact, the Tribute Crystal immediately turned into a strand of light and seeps into the Refiner Stove, as the stove shine brightly for three times. The first tribute crystal gave four flashes, the second gave two flashes, and the third gave three flashes. When I checked on the Refiner Stove, I noticed that its Tribute Level had gained by 9%. I guess the moment it reached 100%, either Rank up or an increase of stats would be expected, but for now, I have no Tribute Crystals to spend on it anymore. In my mind, as I walked over to the Blacksmithing Workshop, I was considering about getting a new recipe to craft something that I could sell since I had such a large amount of Brass Rod in my inventory. Few kind of item keep appearing in my mind, but nothing seems to be quite useful in this world. There seems to be no electricity, or magic in my current opinion, as well there aren''t any airships appeared before me. But things might be wrong when I managed to see somebody does something unexpected. I entered the Blacksmithing Workshop once again and checked on their recipe book on the purchasing counter. Looking at the selection of recipes, I am soon getting confused and disappointed. Axes, Swords, Hoe, Grappling Hook, Staves, Spears, Armour, Throwing Weapon, Projectiles, all kind of tools are soon delivered to my eyes, but none of them is something easy and quick to be produced and could get many people to have a need for it. Trying hard not to give up, I keep looking at that hundred pages thick recipe book until I almost reached the last page. I swipe with much disappointment, all towards the last page as I saw the final recipe on their list. Choosing this recipe to learn, I bring it over to the counter to meet Lady Su Rou and passed her the fee to obtain the recipe as well placing one more Ingot to be put in the auction. After paying a total of 30 Black Spirit Crystals as the fee to learn the recipe, I obtained it after waiting for five minutes, as I paid another two Black Spirit Crystals and begin to went over to the Forging Area.
Recipe 1000 (30 Black Spirit Crystals)
Metal Plating Canister (1)
Rarity: Basic Disposable / Grade: None
Pricing for complete product: Vary depending on the type of canister produced.
Equipment Stat: Varies
This is quite a good thing. With this in hand, I could slowly gather a different kind of composition chemical-based materials, to increase my own capability. But in this world, this is quite weird. The Lynx material for Blacksmithing, Borax, actually comes in a form of Hardened stone instead of evaporated saline lakes or borate deposits. Which means, with this canister in hand, I could slowly sell chemicals for many usages sold in such form. For now, I know that the Brass Mountain Outskirt Cave contains a good amount of Borax Deposit, which would be used in smelting a good quality Metalwork. If I could actually produce a good amount of those kinds of chemical (In my mind, most probably the Small Night Glowing Crystals would be a kind of Chemical Material that allows the Night Copper to glow on contact.) If I could control such production, I will be easily found a way to increase my wealth!This tale has been unlawfully lifted without the author''s consent. Report any appearances on Amazon. But I know that for now, I have no materials that would be suitable for me to put within these canisters, so for starters, I will start to create a few different ones listed in the recipe. I first prepare a total of five Brass Rod to smelt them into one single piece of bigger Brass Plate, Before I patiently flatten them into a thin piece of metal plate. I then begin to fold them into a circle, mould the bottom and the top, and layering them correctly before I decided to call it a complete product. In my rough estimation, this five brass Rod Canister could carry a weight about 5kg within, so I continued to craft another nine of them before I proceed with the other kind of canister. At the end of the day, I finished with four type of canister, ten of each. The option soon appears as I stay idle for about ten minutes without an intention of continuing to forge any items.
"Four kinds of Metal Plating Canister is successfully created. Satisfied with your works?" Yes No
I chose yes once again, and soon, four different kind of status appears within my status panel.
Lightweight Material Canister x 10 Durable Volatile Canister x 10
Category: Compartment Grade: Ungraded Category: Compartment Grade: Ungraded
Durability: 5/5 Durability: 10/10
Stat: Allows 1,000 Units of Hardened Component to be stored within. Stat: Allows 1,000 Units of Volatile Components to be stored within
Equipment Bonus: Reduce Weight by 10% Equipment Bonus: Increase resistance towards volatile product by 10%
Quick-Fill Liquid Canister x 10 Strong Air Canister x 10
Category: Compartment Grade: Ungraded Category: Compartment Grade: Ungraded
Durability: 5/5 Durability: 5/5
Stat: Allows 1,000 Units of Liquid Component to be stored within. Stat: Allows 1,000 Units of Air Component to be stored within
Equipment Bonus: Reduce filling time by 10% Equipment Bonus: Increase resistance toward explosion product by 10%
Great! Each product has their own speciality, and with this four kind of Canister, I will be able to see what I could do with them. Since Ling Qi Town might have some use on the Air canister, It would keep first for now, along with the Volatile Canister that will be used to put the corrosive component within. The Material Canister will be used along with the Liquid Canister, when I make a trip towards the Night Glowing Cave or the Red Blood Cave in the future. With this decision in mine, I leave the Blacksmithing Workshop with a smile on my face. But before I managed to step out from the main entrance, a few men stopped me from continuing to walk. "Stop right there, young friend." a male with a deep voice, age around 50 years old, with an appearance of a warrior you could see in Video Games, walked towards where I am. "This mister, how can this young one helps you?" I politely speak while addressing him in a proper way. With my current strength at almost the most bottom among everyone, I have no right to get haughty with others especially this person with so many subordinates. "I am the buyer of the Night Copper Ingot of yours. Do you still have any in hand?" the man speaks, as he passed another sack of crystals to a subordinate behind him and let that subordinate to bring that sack of crystals to me. "I purchased the one you just gave to Lady Su as well. Do not worries, this will not affect your position within the Blacksmithing Workshop, all I am looking is for some more of the Night Copper ingots," he speaks again. Meanwhile, I accepted the sack of crystals and sees a total of 350 Black Spirit Crystals within. "I still have three ingots within my storage, but I will need to go back to the Refining Workshop to get access to it," I replied, and as he heard my replies, he gave out a hint of happiness and unhappiness at the same time. "Are you looking for more of the Night Copper Ingots?" I continued. The moment he heard my words, he walked closer to me, ignoring the reaction his subordinates gave him. "This young friend. You have good eyes. I am indeed in need of a plenty of Night Copper Ingots. No, I suppose that I am in need of all kind of Night Copper materials." All kind of Night Copper materials! I am a little shocked at his words. A Night Copper Ingot contains about 1% of night copper components within, which is about 100gm. A single piece of 10% Night Copper is hardly found in the market, and to obtain a 20% Night Copper Bar is even more difficult. Not forget to mention that to smell a piece of 20% Night Copper Bar, a piece of grounded Medium Night Glowing Crystals is required to be its Catalyst to remove the impurities. From what I''ve learned, a very skillful blacksmith could easily refine a 1% Night Copper Ingot from the dust, refine a 10% Night Copper Piece from using around 15 to 20 Night Copper Ingots, a 20% Night Copper Bar from about four to five 10% Night Copper Piece, and the final results came in two choices, either a 50% Night Copper Plate, which required a single Large Night Glowing Crystal and three piece of 20% Night Copper Bar to refine, or a 100% Pure Night Copper, which required a single Night Glowing Pearl and six 20% Night Copper Bar to refine. If you are asking about why there is such a losing rate is includes within each stage of upgrading, I guess with my limited knowledge, I could only describe it as, the equals of 1+1 doesn''t always come out as two. And this is something purely depending on your component''s purity within each single material. Alright, I should be enough of this re-explanation to myself, but damn! This man needs so many Night Copper, what he wanted to do? "I can try to mine for more, but I might need some time," I replied to that person. "Are you confident that you could try to supply me with this materials?" He asked once again. "Yes, I''m sure. But I am too weak for now, so my capability in obtaining it in a short period of time might be not enough to fulfil your requirements." I humbly tell him my current situation, but as he heard my words, he immediately came out with a solution. "I would like to see how much you could do if I could increase my rewards. How about we have a deal in this way. With every 10 Night Copper Ingots you provided me, not only it will be with a rate of 350 Black Spirit Crystals an ingot, I will reward you with 500 crystals of the Five Common Kinds as well." He speaks out the reward if I tried my best to obtain the material for him. I agreed without required to consider, as this reward is much more than what I could expect. His follower follows me back to the Refining Workshop, and up to my surprise, the follower only required to show a piece of identity plate in their pocket, and they are allowed to enter the Refining Workshop with me without any obstacles. I soon passed them the three remaining Night Copper Ingots and received 1,050 Black Spirit Crystals in return. They soon leave after all their task is completed, and left without any words. I guess, my next task is to quickly get into the Night Glowing Cave after I''m done with the Refiner Wars. I should pay a visit to the town hall and get a token to a Crystal Cave by next day. Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 27 [Slime Essence Crystals] The moment I wake up, I immediately went over to the Town Hall and checked on the availability of entrance token for different caves. Most of them are about the same compared to each other, but the Red Blood Cave is the one I managed to get, after receiving disappointment at the same Green Stone Cave and Yellow River Cave. And today, I actually almost stumble across a new cave, but unfortunately, I am a little too late, so the notice had been taken off before I can properly read it. With a total of five Entrance token purchased, I immediately went over to the teleportation Gate and use one of them. My surrounding quickly changed into a bloody cave with some hard Rocky Slime. "Oh shit, I forget that this cave is filled with monsters!" I talk to myself as I quickly withdraw my Demonic Air Shooter and begins to shoot at those slimes. "BAM!" "BAM!" "BAM!" I fire three consecutive shot towards the three Rocky Slimes before me and see their health reduced by only half. "Damn! This is no sneak attack, so its damage is just normal without any bonuses!" I shouted as I fire three consecutive shot again and finally kill the three Rocky Slimes. But before I managed to get close to the dropped item, two more slimes appear from both left and right, attracted by the item on the floor. "No, you don''t get the chance to eat my item!" I aimed at the Rocky Slime and fire two shots immediately, killing the final two off. The moment that item falls to the ground, I charge over to the spot and quickly pick up all of them, before the Rocky Slimes got attracted towards this spot again. Luckily, the Rocky Slime is not too aggressive, so even if I accidentally walk pass in front of it, it might won''t attack me on the spot. "SCAN!" I run my scan immediately, and immediately, a few location immediately appeared before me as I quickly travel over to the location. Seems like this place is quite rich with the Lower Red Crystals and the Blood Crystal Sand. I get close to a location where it seems best for me to start. With the Battery activation, I could focus more on handling all the Rocky Slime that tries to come over and eat those crystals that fall on the ground for picking. "Damn, the number of slimes actually not too little. If I am forced into this condition, very soon I will finish using all my Demonic Metal Slugs!" just within two hours, the number of Slugs quickly reduced from 55 to 25, and soon only 15 left at three hours. With only three hours of mining had been done, I felt that another hour more, I will be forced to leave this cave. Exactly four hours of mining, I immediately rush over to the exit as I only have five more Slugs in my inventory. The weird thing is, the magazine that was used to store a twelve bullet within, actually went missing the moment all the bullets within is fired. I guess to craft the bullet, I need to prepare a magazine as well. I wonder If I can customize it into a fifteen, or even thirty bullets mag? But for now, my main focus, is to escape from this cave first. BECAUSE THERE IS AT LEAST TWENTY ROCKY SLIMES IS CHASING AFTER ME!!!!! I wonder what made the Rocky Slimes is chasing me, but without considering other options, I escaped. With the Teleportation Spot is directly in front of me while the slimes are about four minutes from me, I stopped about fifteen steps before the spot. "Why is the water here red in colour? There aren''t any water puddle at all at where I came from." I suspect the puddle of water might carry some secret, and I run a scan on this spot. "DAMN! There is actually a bigger spot of water below where I stand. But this time, I got to give up on it because I only have five more slugs left. Without fail, I used one of the Liquid Canister to collects the available small puddle of water within and managed to fill it with a total of 15 units before I entered the Portal Spot. "WHISH!" I got transferred back to the Portal Gate Exit and returned to Ling Hun Town once again.This tale has been unlawfully lifted from Royal Road. If you spot it on Amazon, please report it. I choose to take a seat on an empty spot before I bring up my Pedlar Setup Ring to check on my inventory as well on my status. After calculating the benefits, I actually managed to get a total of 125 points in my Hunter Skills, while a little increment on my other skills such as tenacity, Battery Charging, and Scan. In total, I managed to kill a total of 25 Rocky Slime and managed to obtain a total of 50 units of items. When I opened the inventory, two kinds of Items stat came out.
Slime Digestive Substance x 25 Slime Essence Crystal x 25
Category: Corrosive Material / Grade: Lower Grade 10 Category: Soul / Grade: Lower Grade 10
Durability: NIL Durability: NIL
Stat: Could be used in Concoction Stat: Could be refined into one Slime core when (0/1000) is gathered.
Equipment Disadvantage: If this Substance is not stored in a specialized Container within 24 hours, it will evaporates. Equipment Bonus: One Slime (Level 1) will be summoned and controlled until destroyed.
LOL? Summon one slime? Is that means I am going to have a pet on my own? A Monster that listens to all my orders and level as I grow? If this is how it goes, I am going to have my own army of slimes. Not only they will be able to produce materials for me when I need them, but in the same time, I can try to breed them, and increase their numbers depending on my needs. Damn. I''m sick. I just felt that I am so mighty now, as long I am given the time to grow. Should I actually quits from the Refining Workshop and look for a place to strengthen myself? No, I shouldn''t. My foundation is not strong enough to be independent. I will still need the protection and the help I could get from the Workshop. But the Slime Digestive Substance. It is used in Concoction, I wonder what is available within that workshop. But I''m not going to check it for now, as I am going back to the Refining Workshop for a moment. Perhaps it was difficult for the others, but for me, who have the assistance of the Battery Activation Skill, I could actually put all my attention in getting rid of the Rocky Slimes when the battery mines the crystals out for me. Because of this reason, my production managed to increase into a double, where in an hour, I managed to mine a total of 240 Lower Red Crystals, along with about 30 Blood Crystal Sand. In four hours, I managed to obtain a total of 960 Lower Grade 10 Red Power Crystals, and 120 Blood Crystal Sand. As I returned to the Refining Workshop, I immediately went into the Refining Central Workshop first to refine all the Crystals I have in hand, before I went back to the room for a rest. The 960 red crystals came out with a result of 192 tries, and among them, I managed to get a total of 101 success, and 91 failure. My percentage of success had raised into quite decent now, with around half of them easily successfully refined. While for the Blood Crystal Sand, the 120 units yield me a total of 12 Blood Crystal, and instead of refining them into a Medium grade, I decided to keep them for now, in case I would be required them when I''m mining within the cave. After this two different cave experience, I started to consider about going only to the payable caves instead of the free one, because in exchange for my effort, the return came over to me in a more lucrative way. But since I had promised to the man that I will be helping him in obtaining more Night Copper, I guess I will need to settle my works before I could focus on obtaining as much Night Copper as I could. With my hand still have some of the Medium Grade Crystals, I tried my hand in refining the Upper Grade 10 Crystals. I tried the same way once again, and within the first ten attempts, I failed all of them. I tried for the next nine attempts, and also failed at all of them. With only 11 tries remaining from the green physical crystals, I tried refining them once again, and finally, at my last attempt, I finally succeed in refining one single Upper Grade 10 Green Physical Crystal! The next day, I take out a total of 170 Medium Green Crystals, 330 Medium Red Crystals and an Upper Green Crystal to be passed on the counter, to indicates that I had achieved their target to obtains a single Stamp in my Identification Plate. Next, I walked over to the Blacksmithing Workshop, and get ready to prepare as much Demonic Metal Slugs as I could. One Brass Rod for each magazine, and two bullets crafted from each Brass Rod, I quickly produce the items in a blink of eyes. With so many Brass Rod in hand, I did not have a feeling of hurt as I continue to forge them into the bullets I need. A further preparation is needed, If I have the intention to properly mine the crystals as well this time, my main objective is to hunt enough Rocky Slime to obtain enough Slime Essence Crystal! Just for this motive alone, I end up using 600 Brass Rod to craft 1200 bullets, as well a hundred of Brass Rod to craft a 100 piece of the magazine to fill all the bullets.
Deadly Demonic Metal Slugs x 1200 (Ammunition)
Category: Crafted Ammunition Grade: Medium Grade 10
Durability: 1/1
Stats: 35 ATK / 3 SPD
Equipment Bonus: Instant Damage when used in a direct fight.
With this preparation, I went into the Red Blood Cave once again, this time, well prepared! Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 28 [Goblins. Next attack.] With the entrance token, I rush into the Teleportation Gate and immediately got transferred into the Red Blood Cave. With the new stack of Demonic Metal Slugs, I am more than ready to fight with the Slimes on an even ground, where I did. The new "Deadly" type Slugs have an instant damage the moment they are shot, so without worrying my accuracy, each time my aim is pointed at one of the slimes, the trigger is pulled twice and they are dead in a few seconds. With the Battery Mode on the pickaxe, I managed to continue mining for quite a long period of time. Almost after five to six hours, I started to get used to the way the Rocky Slimes made their appearance. Through a proper handling, I could easily handle the Slimes along the way as I dig in deeper into the cave. The scan skill did not stop in between as well, where I keep on having them activated to make sure I mine at the most beneficial side, instead of wasting the battery effort. Although Crystal Mining could results in a good amount of Disposable Rocks that I could use to convert into my batteries, but this doesn''t mean that the waste is sufficient to support my heavy usage along the way. Very soon, the disposable trash failed to withstand the heavy requirement of the battery conversion, and end up finished before I felt like stopping. "Damn it. Since the crystals over here is denser compared to the free cave, the disposable stones are not as much as it would be compared to the cave as well. I am actually out of juice for the battery conversion after seven hundred minutes!" I speak to myself as I controlled the situation where I am attacked again by a few slimes that coming over my left side. Since my capacity of trash, I''m able to bring along is only 55,000 units, it is quickly depleted after a total of 550 minutes. While between the 150 more minutes, the trash is actually failed to keep up, and I am forced to stop now. I hesitate for a moment, but without a choice, I''ve decided to call it off after seeing that I am no longer capable to fight and mine at the same time. This time, perhaps it was due to my aggressiveness, I actually hunt around 8 slimes in every ten minutes. Within this 700 minutes, I had already used up to 1,120 Demonic Metal Slugs to hunt a total of 560 Rocky Slimes. The stash in my inventory grows accordingly, while in a total, I managed to obtain another 2,800 Lower Red Power Crystals, along with 350 Blood Crystal Sands. I am also lucky to manage to meet two small little puddles of Blood Water along my way, so in additional, I managed to increase the number of Blood in my inventory by another 100 Units. Just like this, I exit the Cave and went back to the Refining Workshop, without any other things needed to be considered. I had considered about refining all the Lower Crystals into a medium grade before I use all of them for my body. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Not too far away from passing the Ling Shen and Ling Cheng City Border that they had been guarding for as long as the city is still resided by hundred thousands of troops, is a settlement where its name is only well known to the residents within. The residents of this settlement are pretty different compared to the Ling Shen and Ling Cheng City because they are from Goblin Tribe. This settlement is not too large, but due to the body size of the goblins are about half a human in comparison, the settlement could fit in double the amount of resident compared to a normal town. Although this settlement is handled and administrated by those from the Monster Tribe, this doesn''t mean that they are not well organized. Within the settlement, not only they are pretty cooperative and hardworking, they have quite a few different buildings that are specialized to be used for certain matters.Unauthorized duplication: this tale has been taken without consent. Report sightings. But the most often used building is only three of them, located closest to the square of their settlement. The armoury, where all young and battle-ready goblins will enter and be issued with a weapon and equipment of their choice and start to participate in those some attack in taking human lands, since the goblins have a quick growth rate, almost fifty to a hundred young goblins came into this building daily, for weapons. The Blacksmith Workshop, where there are at least more than a thousand blacksmith worker working within this building. When it is clearly observed, some of them within are humans, and multiple injuries could be seen from their body. For an initial point of view, they are most probably forced to service and help in this matters, or death would be their only options. Lastly, is a building that seems like a huge cowshed. This building is also the biggest compared to the other buildings within the settlement. Within, at least thousand to two thousand female of any kind of species is being confined and used to breed new kind of goblins. Birth is expected daily, and within this building, any kind of moral value is devoid from being spoken within. As it was almost the filthiest thing within this world. Around hundred to two hundred goblins could be expected to be born each single day, added with the "Hardworking" goblins that "procreate" without stop daily, their production is almost expected to maintain such momentum until something happened. Added with the maturity period of a Goblin zygote only required three months to grow before entering a labour, this Goblin infestation, will soon overwhelm the Ling State if they were not controlled earlier. And on this same moment when Lu Bu is within the Red Blood Cave, another ten groups of vanguards, with the numbers of around 500 each group, is preparing to attack into the Ling State. Leading each group, is a Goblin Marauder, a rank that was given the moment the goblin managed to survive past one year. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The moment I wake up, I immediately went over to the Refining Central Workshop and begins to refine all the Red Power Crystals is could. A 2800 Lower Crystals is a huge number, with two minutes used on each attempt, it actually took me almost twenty hours to completely refine all of them, while allocating a short rest between a hundred attempts. At the end of the day, in the 560 tries I had, 60% or 336 of them successfully refined, and not only that, the Level 5 Quirk actually managed to activate for a total of twenty times between this refining and gave me quickly a boost in the final results.
Skill Name: Basic Skills - Tenth Grade Crystal Refining Level 10 (620/5,120)
Specialty: (20%) Increase in success rate for Crystal and Similar product refining.
Quirk: Level 5: +5% chances to refine a crystal one rank above without cost. Level 10: One (100%) success tries when refining a product every day. (Up to Upper-Grade 10)
Notice: Increase the success rate of refining attempt on crystals and similar material. More quirk could be obtained in higher level.
What is most unbelievable is that the Crystal Refining Skill actually managed to get a new quirk that is quite amazing the moment it reaches Level 10, and surprisingly, It could be used until up to Upper Grade 10 materials. With this, I tried using it once at five Medium Crystals in my hand, and not even a second required to refine this five crystals, it immediately upgraded into an Upper-Grade Red Power Crystal! I kept the item within my pocket as I went back to my room and begin to absorb all the medium Red Power Crystals I have in my inventory. Absorbing all the crystals I have, my strength increases by a (33.7) points, pushing me halfway to obtain a total of six points of strength. I know that I will have only three more chances to enter the Red Blood Cave before I went over to the Night Glowing Cave, and after getting a short rest, I immediately went over to the blacksmithing workshop to craft some of the Demonic Metal Slugs again. This time, I used another seven hundred of the Brass Rod once again to craft a total of 1200 Demonic Metal Slugs encased in a hundred magazines. Unexpectedly, it came out as a "Deadly" kind once again. I then spend around 50 of the Brass Rod to repair the Demonic Air Shooter, so it could be used for long. I am thinking about crafting a second Demonic Air Shooter as well and make myself double wield when in battle. But before I could make my way to the Teleportation Portal, a bell ringing could be heard around all location, indicating that the city is under attack once again. "Goblin! Goblins Vanguard is attacking the Ling Hun Town again! All people without the capability to fight, quickly get into the town hall shelter or your respective Workshop. Alert! Alert! Goblin is attacking!" those news spreaders quickly run around the whole town and had everyone informed of what is happening. "Brother, how many goblins are there?" I quickly asked one of the news spreaders as he passed by my side. "Are you trying to fight them? This is not a good idea, this time, at least two group is here, so their estimated number is reaching nine hundred easily." he quickly replied my questions, and run faster to inform everyone. "Nine hundred goblins... That means at least few hundred Compartment bags could be obtained from them? Should I participates in this fight?" Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 29 [A real battle is different from what I had tried. War is not child play.] With the Wrist Bracer and the Demonic Air Shooter is in hand, I prepared myself as I followed the guards and other volunteers to went out to the main gate, as I take a look on how well the guards of the city fight when the goblin is attacking. But the disappointment soon came to me as all I could see is a scattered pile of sand with people randomly positioned themselves while awaiting the goblins to come over and attack them. The planks and barriers that were erected are poorly made, and perhaps with only three to four goblins is required, and the defensive planks would all fall. Not only this, the guards are not too well equipped either, in compared to the Elite Riders that was once led by the Team Leader Ling Tian Ming. I am slightly disappointed, but since I am nowhere in position to comment about the others, I only took my advantageous weapon as I hid behind a plan that has three quite big holes on it. This would be a very good shield for me to use as my weapon is a ranged one. With the instantly damaging Deadly Type Demonic Metal Slugs, I can quickly land an attack on the goblins before they actually get closer to me. The group waited for a while, but since there is no movement yet, everyone is in a very relaxed attitude. I felt slightly weird because no matter what, there had already been about an hour after the initial news is spread out. Even as a rough guess, the goblins should be already around the city by now. Suspicious on something similar to the Rear entrance last time, I quickly did a scan around me. Up to my surprise, there is actually already six goblins nearby us, because my Scan skill reaches only 7 metres from my initial distance. I stand up and quickly aimed at where the dot is located, and as my action surprised the other guards, they too, quickly got tense and check their surroundings. Aid with the scan skill, I could easily spot where is my opponent is located. As I aimed at the goblin that failed to hide its head from my sight, I fire a shot, and instantly, it falls dead as I could see three item is transformed from the corpse. The other goblin noticed that they had already been spotted, so a loud howl immediate made, as the other goblins from behind the bushes and trees quickly ran out and begin their attack. The guards are shocked, but quickly gain their concentration back, when they heard a few gunfire sound from my side. I fired five more shots, as the remaining closest goblin is all drop dead. I had some urge to walk out from where I am standing on guard, but suddenly, a man from my side pulls me down in hurry. "What are you doing?" I asked because he just forcefully pulled me from standing on the spot. The next moment, "Poof! Poof!" two striking sound could be heard, as I seen an arrow is attached at the haystack behind me. Another one strikes the plank, and an arrowhead could be seen from the inside, as it already pierces through a little past the plank. "Thank you," I tell the man, as I slowly stand up and fire another few more shots. But the moment I stand up, I begin to felt a slight fear, because the number of goblins that was charging towards my side, is around two hundred. With only a single gun in hand, I got no choice but to quickly fire another few more shots, before I retreated from the battle. "Damn, this is not that convenient either! With the number of Goblin is so much, how am I going back to the initial location just to collect a few Goblin Compartments? I am slightly regretful as I quickly retreated from the initial place I stand and attack because at least twenty of goblins is coming over towards my location. I pulled the previous guy that just move me away from the line of an arrow and had him followed me as we retreated.If you spot this narrative on Amazon, know that it has been stolen. Report the violation. With the advantageous of my Scan Skill along our retreating path, I managed to escape from being caught in between of the smaller groups of goblins, and only take the risk to fight if the group of goblins does not reach more than five to six. Just like this, the two of us managed to kill three groups of five goblins. We stopped at last when the two of us are already exhausted from escaping. He then quickly introduces himself to me. "Brother, I am Yong Han, thank you to help me escape." I looked at him and simply introduce myself. "I''m Lu Bu, nice to meet you. Do not worry about what happened just now." Since there is no more pursuer within my Scan Skill, I decided to take a rest without any worries, but for Yong Han, he was still very cautious because he is lack of the Scan Skill, so he would still be worried about any ambush from the goblins. I then calm him down and had him peacefully rest because there will be no attacker for now. I then take a look at the item I just picked. Not too bad, I said to myself before we went back to where we came from. The moment we reached the end of the woods, the sight before we are actually quite surprising. The guards and the goblins are evenly matched! At least six hundred of the goblins is still around, while the guards are trying their hardest to defend against their attack. I looked at a spot with the fewer numbers of the goblins, and sneak over there to make a few attack. Meanwhile, Yong Han too, walked over to a different direction as he nocked his bow and prepare to shot. "BAM! BAM! BAM!" I fired three shots over to the group of goblins, and since none of them noticed my attack, I continued with another two shots. "Damn! The Sneaky type bullet actually won''t create an awareness towards the other nearby goblins when they are killed." I then walked over to collects the items that were dropped on the floor, before I aimed at another goblin and take a shot. At the same time, my shot instantly hurt the goblins, a hammer actually flew over to me and managed to hit my shoulder before I could react. "Dish!" the hammer knock me down on the ground, with my shoulder feeling like the bones had cracked. I struggle to wake up with another hand supporting my body, and I looked at the spot where the hammer flew from. The moment my eyes looked at that direction, I noticed a quite well-armoured Goblin is looking at me ferociously, with a guard''s corpse at one of his hand. He slowly walked over to where I am, and luckily, Yong Han saw my current condition and fired three arrows over to the Goblin as he comes and supports me. "Brother Lu Bu, do you have Blood Crystals? Quickly put it on your head, it will ease your pain and recover your health so you could continue to fight!" he quickly tells me what to do, as he supported me to escape. I hesitate a little, but to preserve my life, I have no choice but to let go the remaining item on the ground as the two of us escape once again. The Armoured Goblin howls for a while, and from my Scan Skill, I noticed that a bigger dot with around fifteen smaller dots is rushing over to our location, as we are escaping from them. "Brother Yong Han, do you know what is that Armoured Goblin?" I asked Yong Han because, in my heart, I am quite angry because I got into a sneak attack in return because of my lack of caution. "Brother Lu Bu, you are pretty lucky to not dead under that hammer strike. Do not even think about fighting those Goblin Warrior. Those are the goblins that managed to survive over a half year in their lives. They are very difficult to fight against, and they possess a very dangerous ability that could strengthen themselves the more they could bleed their opponents." Yong Han explained. But the moment I heard his words, I couldn''t believe what I just heard. "Did you say, the Goblin Commander could increase their strength as long they could bleed their enemies?" I asked and upon hearing my words, Yong Han immediately answered me with a "Yes". "All goblin is born with an inner ability that will allow them to evolve as long they could survive. So the longer the goblin managed to survive, the stronger they are. An evolved Goblin Warrior possess the ability Blood Ritual, and a Goblin Marauder possess the ability Bloodbath Ritual." "If this is how thing will go, then we are in deep shit," I warned Yong Han as we escaped. "Why?" he asked. Looking at his face, I pointed at two o''clock direction in front of us, and says, "There are another Goblin Warrior and twenty goblins at that side." the moment Yong Han heard what I''ve said, he immediately trembles in fear and our movement stopped. Same like him, I am a little regret to being too reckless, because if no miracles happened at me, I am sure dead this time, being forced to face two Goblin Warrior at the same time, from front and back. Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 30 [Battery on Battery] Hesitates to give up, I aim my gun in the direction where the closest goblin will quickly appear, and as it appears, I immediately shot them until they are dead before the next appears. Like a gunman that was so excellent in sharpshooting, I fired the shot nonstop and taking away all the smaller goblins life as they appear. Then, the two Goblin Warrior soon appears from the side. Looking at so many goblins is lying dead on the ground, the two Goblin Warriors quickly get furious and immediately wield their weapon and charge over to where I am. I pulled Yong Hang along with me as we take a few rolls down towards the edge where the ground begins to lower. For temporary, we are able to escape, but under the pursuit of two stronger goblins, we have no choice but to try our best to escape, or until some reinforcement had arrived from the Ling Hun Town. One of the Goblin Warrior is equipped with Flying Axe, while another is wielding a hammer, so along the way we are running, we make a curvy corner after a few minutes to remove the threat of the Goblin Warrior managed to get our line of path. "We are going to die, we are going to die!!" Yong Han mental status started to become weaker as we are getting chased by the two Goblin Warrior, and as I am starting to have a baggage by my side, I have no choice but to force myself to push him forward as we keep running together. Not too long as we run, Yong Han already drops down on the ground, with his mental state become totally mess. In my opinion, he will be pointless to save now, as he started to goes through a mental distress damage because of all this stress. If I wanted to survive, I only have two choices. Fight, or leave Yong Han and go. I could choose the second option anytime, but in my heart, this will cause an inner regret within myself in the future. Since I am not going through the path from the start, why would I stay away from that now? No matter what, I couldn''t make the decision that initially would leave somebody dead while me myself remains alive. "I JUST CANNOT MAKE THIS DECISION! IF YOU WANT, COME AND TAKE MY LIFE! BUT I AM NOT GOING TO DIE WITHOUT A FIGHT!" I screamed and withdraws my weapon as I pointed at the direction where the two Goblin Warriors is giving me a chase. The moment one of them appears, I immediately emptied the 12 bullets within the magazine to take down the Goblin Warrior. But like it was protected with all the armour it wore, the bullet failed to even give it a deadly damage. The Goblin Warrior just swipe away all the damaged part of its armour away and reveals a few part of its inner flesh covered by that armour. Next moment, the remaining Goblin Warrior appears from the trees, and come into the battle as well. I changed another Magazine and prepares to fire my shot. The second Goblin Warrior take a big action and throws the Flying Axe towards where I stand, but the moment I reload my weapon, I immediately aimed at the flying axe and emptied the magazine once again. The twelve bullet immediately counter the flying axe and leaving that axe halfway from where it was supposed to reach. I quickly reload the weapon again, and without delay, I fired without any hesitation as the bullet immediately force the Goblin Warrior to goes on defensive. But no matter what, all my shots could only cause them to retreat slightly, and not being injured at all. But under this kind of near-death struggles, isn''t this worth a slight praise? I did not bother about saving my bullets at all, as I continue to fire until the Demonic Air Shooter within my hand begins to felt slightly hotter than normal.This content has been unlawfully taken from Royal Road; report any instances of this story if found elsewhere. I know that the weapon is not going to continue holding itself anymore. When this Demonic Air Shooter is jammed, I am going to lose a weapon in my inventory. That moment, I will pull this Yong Han and escape. Not even a minute after I planned my next action, the Demonic Air Shooter immediately got jammed, with a metal slug is stuck between the hammer and the magazine. This also means that my Demonic Air Shooter is no longer usable unless it had been repaired or upgraded. "Is this worth the exchange?" I think in my mind, as I pulled Yong Han and escape from the location. The two Goblin Warrior is slightly dazed by my repeatedly shooting attempt, but on their health, only about a third is reduced, so this still does not affect their fighting power by too much. But in exchange of my attempts, the armour on their body is more or less destroyed by me, where even with the slightest impact, will render their armour useless in protecting them. I pulled Yong Han and escape as fast as we could, and at last, we finally exit from the woods as we are about to saw the Rear Entrance of the Ling Hun Town. Looking at the sight in front of me, I saw a few guards are fighting against a few goblins, but with the Goblin Warrior chasing behind me, All I could do is try my best to warn them. "Goblin Warrior! Goblin Warrior!" I shouted as loud as I could before the weapon on above the Town Wall is turned over to my direction. With the siege weapon on the wall is aiming at the direction I am coming from, I felt a slight feeling of peace because I am protected with a siege weapon that aims at the targets that soon to appear behind me. But then, two arrows are fired from below the wall, as the controller of the Ballista is drop dead. "FU*K!" I looked at my distress situation once again. This moment, the two Goblin Warrior quickly appears from the woods and chasing me quickly from behind because there are no longer any trees and shrubs disrupting their sight and movements. I stare at the Ballista above the wall and screamed for the second time again. "GOBLIN WARRIOR! There is two of them over here! Help!" I shouted as hard as I could, but no matter how hard I tried, I can see nobody man the Ballista to handle the 2 Goblin Warrior chasing from behind me. I felt angry with my decision for a little because I actually remembered the advice given by Ling Tian Ming before I leave the house. "Only a slight mistakes would cost you your life if you rashly go into the fight against the Monsters." Ling Tian Ming''s word appears within my mind. But I am yet to felt giving in to the fate. I turned around and looked at the two Goblin Warrior, and pointed my hand towards the two as I jerk my finger for a few times. Just with this simple movement, I fired four sets of the hidden needle towards the Goblin Warrior, and luckily, two of the needles managed to get into one of the Goblin Warrior''s eyes. The Goblin Warrior soon howls loudly to release the pain on his eyes, as the another one turned around and throws his hammer towards where I stand. The hammer missed, but this doesn''t mean that I have any other method to continue fighting either. I have only six more sets of needles in my inventory, and as the Hammer Goblin Warrior turned and tried to walk towards me, I fire another five sets of needles, and two managed to hurt the joint on its main arm, and disabling it for a moment. But the Flying Axe Goblin Warrior soon stands up and charge towards where myself and Yong Han is standing, and being pushed to no other choice, I decided to use my body to defend against this attack. I lifted my arm up to protect my head, as the punches from the Flying Axe Goblin Warrior came towards me, I am being punched like a sandbag before he lifted me up and toss me over to the side closer to the Town Wall. "ROAR!!!!" the Goblin Warrior screamed loudly as it was going to kill me in front of all people. I hated myself for putting my own life in this situation. Looking at the Ballista mounted on the wall, and nobody is there to fire the weapon, I felt like the life is actually making fun of me. I am looking for death when I am on earth. And now, the death actually looks for me even I wished to run away from it. How Ironic! Since no matter what I did, death is the only way it seems, I pointed my hand towards the Ballista and says... "ACTIVATE!" A selection soon appears before my eyes. Short Authors Note Hi, everyone, Yungsern87 here. The intention to make this post here is to discuss this novel [Pedlar of Another World] because there seems to be quite plenty of issues from my readers. Of course, when I mean readers, It includes those that marked my piece of work "Extremely worthless" to "Extremely good". To be honest, sometimes, I do have a moment of "What DF are you guys trying to say?" but after calming myself down each time before I write, I could still continue to bring out my mood to write. I believe that many people do have a comment regarding the way I write this story, and also the path of how the main character [LU BU] goes along the way in each episode. To be frank, I do agree that my way of expressing what I wanted is still not up to par, so there will be a plenty of issue for my readers when the went through my story. I will do more, Improve more in future, and while I am on my way writing this novel, I did not stop scrolling through other people''s novel, translated novels, and piece of works to continue improving myself and my story, so I hope the support from everyone remain strong with me, and I will increase my Cultivation until Sovereign Realm and write you guys more interesting books! ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- My Motivation and Walkthrough of this story: A combination of Reincarnation to another world experience + Knowledge brought from the previous world to another new world + RE: MONSTER similarity storyline + Harvest Moon kind of grinding + Minecraft World Ability and lastly + with a touch of hypocrites. I believe many people do ask about a few things, such as: "Why don''t MC absorb all the crystals to strengthen himself instead? Five Crystals is equivalent of one Black Spirit Crystal, he could easily earn more than that when his own strength is increased." Answer: A single Crystal worth (0.01) points to the relevant stats, and to increase one single point in the stat, a total of (100) is required. 10,000 crystals are required. Although at the current storyline, the MC could easily mine 10k crystals within a few days, please remember, at the early of the story, MC is still somebody Blur with how this world works, how good will it be if he use the crystals for himself instead, and also, the world revolves with crystals in hand. "Why don''t MC sell all the crystals instead, but join the Refining Workshop, forced to spent loads of crystals just in exchange for a place to stay and still need to bear those ridiculous costs to fulfil the quota?" Answer: as it was already explained in later chapters, A single room with normal furniture cost around 500 to 600 Black Spirit Crystals to rent, and within this whole Tian Gong Country, nobody is allowed to have a private property. The whole land belonged to the country, and only the officials could have the right to increase or decrease the number of household, rooms and buildings. And also, In the beginning of the story until MC has yet to obtained a better Pickaxe and also the Pedlar setup ring, his maximum production, added with his living condition, could you expect him to be able to mine crystals worth few hundred Black Spirit Crystals easily? "Night Glowing Crystals and its ridiculous rate." Answer: when the Night Glowing Crystals and Night Copper is introduced, I actually have the mind of making things hard for the MC and also the world. With the ridiculous effort placed into creating this part of the story, I purposely changed a few typical method in obtaining the ore.This story has been taken without authorization. Report any sightings. 1 - Ore is obtainable in all the rocks mined from the cave, but only those that come out with a good amount of Night Glowing Sand and other products could have the chances to obtain some of the Night Copper Dust. 2 - The pricing of the Small / Medium / Large Night Glowing Crystals had a big difference because the Night Glowing Sand is easier to obtain compared to the other two, which is why the price of this Small Crystal is mark up slightly more to the higher price. (If you got a piece of Medium Crystal in hand, would you sell it? You will most probably keep it because there might be a luck you could actually refine a better Night Copper Piece or Bar in future.) 3 - because of the difficulties of obtaining the Night Glowing products is extremely difficult, added with the disappearance of the light within the cave, this increase the difficulties to obtain anything from the cave. (do you think everyone has the ability of SCAN SKILL wherever they go?) 4 - Night Copper does possess a special characteristic, which will be explained later, but for now, let us wish that MC will be able to quickly obtained his first Perfect Brass Grade equipment first. "What''s the difference between each point in the status?" Answer: for now, the basic few stats are only differentiated into a few kind for the Tian Gong Country, but more will be added soon, depending on the storyline. Type of Crystals: Red Power Crystals: Strength Green Physical Crystals: Physical Yellow Speed Crystal: Agility Blue Magical Crystals: Magic Violet Resistance Crystals: Resist Element Quality of Tools: Lower Grade Tools - 1-20% Components within Medium Grade Tools - 21-40% Components within Upper-Grade Tools - 41-60% Components within Fine Grade Tools - 61-80% Components within Perfect Grade Tools - 81-100% Components within Quality: Lower Crystal: 0.01 Increase/each (Mined) Medium Crystal: 0.10 Increase/each (Mined/Refined from 5 Lower crystals) Upper Crystal: 1.0 Increase/each (Mined/Refined from 5 Medium crystals) Fine Crystal: 10.0 Increase/each (Mined/Refined from 5 Upper crystals) Perfect Crystal: 1 Points/each (Refined from 5 Fine crystals) Crystal only usable until the points reach next Grade. A Grade 10 equipment will have less than 100 of its overall status point, no matter what kind of status it does possess. While for a grade 9, its overall status varies between 101 - 1000 points overall. It continues to add up into it reached Grade 1, but that one will not be available within this Tian Gong Country, as it is only a small piece of land within this amazingly huge continent. "Does Black Spirit Crystal have its usage? How do they come into this world?" Answer: Yes. Other than currency, the Black Spirit Crystals do possess a special characteristic that only a few special beings could utilize them.
Location: Black Sand Cave Price: 5 Black Spirit Crystals Duration: Five hours
Base: Not Available Capacity: 100 Person Monster: None
Produce: Black Spirit Crystal Sand Black Spirit Crystal Pieces
Black Spirit Crystal Core Black Spirit Crystal Thread
If you noticed that the Black Sand Cave appearance in the previous chapter, this is actually a money mining cave. But it doesn''t mean that it is easy to mine money within this Cave. One will actually think the rates of 5 Black Spirit Crystals for an entry token is cheap, but if preparation is not too complete before entry, one will easily come out with nothing in hand. Spoiler Alert! Just a little. Black Spirit Crystal Sand only obtainable if the sand is sieved with a special kind of sieve, and that is only obtainable through Blacksmithing Workshop special request. Black Spirit Crystal Piece only obtainable from mining around the wall of rocks, and the yield rate is too low to be compared to normal coloured crystals. Black Spirit Crystal Core is only formed once in a while, and deep mining is required. Unless one will stay for at least two to three month in mining, it would be difficult to find a single Crystal Core. Black Spirit Crystal Thread only available from the pond, and water that was found within the cave. It is an essential item to tied the sand, pieces or core together to form a better quality Crystal. This also means that even if you able to mine a good amount of sand, pieces and core, you will still face difficulties in obtaining their combining material. And to store the thread, a special Canister is required. And that one, Is currently within MC''s list of purchased recipes. "Goblins. What will there be?" Answer: future interaction will be made possible. Do not forget MC current status is a Pedlar, a very special one on top of that. What a Pedlar good in? Business. What business? All kind of business. What do you mean all kind of business? The kind that meets Monsters, deal with monsters. Meet human, deal with the human. Meet god? Do business with the god, of course! "Will there be interaction with other pedlars soon?" Answer: Yes, and that one not going to be too delighting. Last question... "Is there going to be anything 18+ rated stuff here?" Answer: you must be joking. It will come of course, but remember, MC is a poor lad at the moment. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 31 [Crafting New Weapon.]
"Activation of Item above own level is impossible. A Restriction is in place. Would you like to expand ten batteries to obtain one minute of the activation time?" Yes No
I immediately choose yes, without even bothered to consider it. The next moment, the Ballista got into my control as my eyesight has a crosshair appeared in between. I stared at the Flying Axe Goblin Warrior, and instantly, like the Ballista is being controlled by my mind, the "Spearhead" within the Ballista is shot like an automatic rifle. One will, of course, know that a ballista could only fit in a single "Spearhead" at a time, and reloading is required after each single shot. But under the battery activation, the reloading requirement, and the existence of "Spearhead" seems to be no longer a requirement, because, in the single five-second duration, a total of fifteen "Spearhead" had deeply pierced through the Goblin Warrior''s body, robbing away its life almost immediately. I looked at the remaining Goblin Warrior close to Yong Han, and with a thought, the Ballista fired again in consecution, immediately taking away the life of that Goblin Warrior as well. With the people and guards is totally shocked with what happened, the battle immediately stopped. What could be seen next, is only the group of goblins quickly escape from the battlefield, as they are afraid to be rained with those deadly "Spearhead" and fall dead like the two Goblin Warrior. Due to the injuries and exhaustion, I fainted. The moment when I wake up, I could see quite a lot of bandages is wrapped around me. When I tried to move my hand, I actually couldn''t do it. I struggle to move my head up to see what happened, until a carer appears from the door, and quickly tends to my needs. "Young Hero, you are quite heroic. Now everyone outside is waiting for your to appear before them." the carer speaks as she changes the bandage around me. Then, a young man comes into the room I am taking a rest, and the moment I saw him, I immediately know this person''s identity. "Team Leader Ling Tian Ming." I greet him. He turned and take a look at my condition before he withdraws a piece of Medium Blood Crystal and places it on my forehead. The moment the essence is absorbed into my body, I immediately felt better, and my broken hand felt healed as well because I could move it now, compare to previously where only the finger could be felt. He then begins to speak with me. "Younger brother Lu Bu, once again, you are a big help in protecting the Ling Hun Town from falling into the Goblin Tribe''s hand. This time, it is all thanks to you that the town still remains in one piece." He continues to talk with me regarding some of the issues happened after I fainted, as well regarding the goblins attack. It seems that quite a number of people had been killed and kidnapped back to the goblin settlement, in order to increase their own strength. The Ling State had planned to make an attack towards the Goblin Tribe, but unfortunately, the North King had placed an order to all northern state to assist the Western State because they are under siege from a very dangerous Monster Tribe recently. I asked what is the monster tribe, and Ling Tian Ming only answered me in a very simple sentence. "Moonwolf Tribe." Over the next few days, after I had healed from all the injuries, I actually well greeted by all the resident within the town for my bravery of handling the Goblins attack together with the other guards. Although the guards are quite helpful, of course, because I single handed killed two Goblin Warriors, this is a very respectable action in their opinion, thus I received quite a good fame from this. But what is weird about this is, nobody actually questioned me about the sudden changes on the Ballista. I actually noticed that nobody even have a weird question regarding the Battery activation, as if they didn''t see anything happened at all. Later on that day, I am escorted to a big hall within the Town Hall to have a meal together with the big shots within the town in exchange for an appreciation for helping them in defending the town. Of course, some other people came along as well, because the hero wasn''t myself alone, but it is only I am more well known because I take down two Goblin Warrior by myself.This narrative has been unlawfully taken from Royal Road. If you see it on Amazon, please report it. After the dinner and everything, the Town Mayor actually approached me and gave me a compartment, with a piece of paper. He told me that I could actually bring the compartment to the Compartment Upgrade Store to shift the ownership for free and take it as the reward the town gave to me. In exchange, some of the items were stored within the compartment as well, because I am unconscious the moment they found me. I returned to the Refining Workshop, and take a rest again before I take a look at the item I had been given. The next morning, as usual, I wake up and do all my stuff before I actually take a look on the item within the compartment bag. Added some item I had in my own compartment, this time, the profit I obtained from the fight is not too shabby because, within my inventory, at least a thousand items is within. Especially two pretty special things.
Goblin Pouch x 250 Goblin Custom Armour x 300
Category: Compartment / Grade: Ungraded Category: Armour / Grade: Ungraded
Durability: 5/5 Durability: 5/5
Stat: Allow 1,000 Units to be stored within Stat: 6 DEF / 1 AGI / 1 REC
Equipment Bonus: Only Usable by Goblins/Pedlar Equipment Bonus: Only Usable by Goblins
Goblin Bead x 210 Goblin Skin x 215
Category: Currency / Grade: Ungraded Category: Hide / Grade: Ungraded
Durability: NIL Durability: 10/10
Stat: Worth 1 Crystal in Goblin Tribe Stat: Required 100 piece to form a Goblin Hide (4/100)
Equipment Bonus: NIL Equipment Bonus: Increase (1) point Friendship with Goblin Tribe
Goblin Essence Crystals x 150 10th Grade Monster Blood Crystal x 90
Category: Soul / Grade: Lower Grade 10 Category: Soul / Grade: Perfect Grade 10
Durability: NIL Durability: NIL
Stat: Could be refined into one Goblin core when (0/1000) is gathered. Stat: Could be refined into one Pure Monster Crystal when (0/1000) is gathered.
Equipment Bonus: One Goblin (Level 1) will be summoned and controlled until destroyed. Equipment Bonus: One Evolution could be expected when used on Monster in 10th Grade
What was most surprising for me is that the Goblin Essence Crystals and the 10th Grade Monster Blood Crystal. Especially the Monster Blood Crystal, unexpectedly, it is actually a Perfect Grade 10 type of item, something that even myself couldn''t have possess in my equipment and any other tools. Knowing that this new item will be treated as treasure within everyone eyes, I kept them safely in my Storage Box, before I proceed to the Blacksmithing Workshop to repair my weapon, as well to craft another new weapon once again. As usual, I went in after I paid for the entrance fee. With about 2700 Brass Rod still remains in my inventory, I first begin with crafting another set of 100 magazines of 1200 Demonic Metal Slugs to be kept in my inventory, before I start with crafting a new Demonic Air Shooter for myself. But this time, I made a few different adjustment within the blueprints, especially in modifying some of its internal function and also parts. Equipped with the knowledge I used to have when I am still living within the earth, I immediately added my fantasized imagination into this second product, as I am struggling to recreate all the parts one by one. Starting from the frame, I begin with melting a total of fifteen, sixteen, then eighteen of the Brass Rod (1%) refine some of the 10% Brass Plated Piece. Through utilizing a more completed Brass Plated Piece, I begin to form a stronger and sturdier frame, added with a little of my own touch. From a slightly longer barrel to a more even point that could enhance the weapon, I shift from one part to another, while adding some small little touch in each different part to make sure that this Demonic Air Shooter that I was aiming for, is a more completed version compared to my previous one. Starting from the Frame to the Barrel, Hammer, the Muzzle, Slide, Ejection Port are all customized and smoothen one after another to ensure that from the interior to exterior, this weapon is well coated and glazed with perfection and satisfaction. The trigger had been readjusted, and in the term of Magazine, it was upgraded to a finer version that could allow twenty of the Demonic Metal Slug to be filled within. I then further enhance a few parts, such as the Recoil Spring, and added an extractor pin that could help me to remove stuck slugs in time or urgency. The Demonic Air Shooter soon completed after about four hours of effort is placed on creating it.
"Demonic Air Shooter is successfully created. Satisfied with your works?" Yes No
The moment I chose yes, this time, the light that was wrapping the weapon actually came in a bright silver colour instead of normally yellow flashing lights. The moment the weapon appears before me, its external appearance is changed, where the whole yellow golden Brass Colour is actually polished into a beautiful Silvery White. The whole gun became Silver white colour as the status of the weapon quickly appears in my status panel.
Pedlar Custom Silver Brass Hunting Pistol - Automatic Ranged Weapon
Category: Range Weapon / Grade: Upper Grade 10
Durability: 100/100
Stats: 36 ATK / 3 ACC / 3 ATK SPD / 1 STUN
Equipment Bonus: Lower - 7% Chances to knockback the target. Medium - 7% Chances to pierce the target and attack opponent behind target. Upper - 1 Minute / Bullet (Convert into special Silver Brass Type)
Looking at my upper-grade new weapon, I am quite delighted to successful crafted such a weapon. Happily, I repaired the first Pedlar Customized Demonic Air Shooter within my inventory, and after a happiness comes, the nightmare came as well, because the previous weapon, is destroyed before I could even properly repair it. Just like this, I end up with only one gun, once again. Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 32 [Got rich out of sudden.] Since there a special ability of bullet conversion, I looked at my inventory and decided that I will convert some of them for now and see what is the speciality about this Silver Brass Type Bullet. Of course, since I had already modified my magazine into a newer type, I end up melt all the Magazine I previously have, to remould them into a newer version. With a total of 1680 bullets still in my hand, I converted it into a total of 84 new magazines. I then begin to use the remaining Brass rod to repair my tools, and at the end of the day, I managed to possess two Fine Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe, alongside with a fully repaired Brass Wrist Bracer with a new 20 sets of Needles. With all of this completed, I actually went to the counter to check on a few more recipe and managed to purchase three new blueprints for myself to use if needed.
Recipe 997 (30 Black Spirit Crystals) Recipe 998 (30 Black Spirit Crystals) Recipe 999 (30 Black Spirit Crystals)
Blacksmithing Flame Powder Blacksmithing Molten Casing Blacksmithing Ice Powder
Rarity: Basic Explosive Propellant / Grade 10 Rarity: Basic Casing / Grade 10 Rarity: Basic Explosive Propellant / Grade 10
Pricing for complete product: Vary depending on Item created. Pricing for complete product: Vary depending on requirement. Pricing for Complete product: Vary, depending on usage.
Equipment Stat: Unknown Equipment Stat: Unknown Equipment Stat: Unknown
Looking at this three new kind of blueprints recipe, I expect that in future, I could slowly craft a better Demonic Metal Slug that could be equipped with the either of the Basic Explosive Propellant. I know myself the most, that my current bullet in hand is merely a basic Lead Bullet used in ancient time back in my own world. But if I could slowly refine it into a modern Cartridge type of bullet, how efficient would that be? Since the Silver Brass Hunting Pistol of mine already fully equipped with most of the parts available in a basic modern handgun, only a little more effort is needed, before I could refine them into a beautifully crafted cartridge ammunition. But for now, It is time to return for a rest, because the next day, I will need to make a trip to the Compartment Upgrading Store for some business. The next day, since I am already been here for the first time, I have nothing else to ask except proceed to upgrade all my available Goblin Pouch, before I go ahead with changing the ownership of the compartment given to me by the Town Mayor, free of charge. Like this, I currently hold a total of four Lower Grade 10 Compartment Bag in hand, with another 1250 Black Spirit Crystals is paid to upgrade the 250 Goblin Pouch in my inventory into 50 Goblin Single Upgraded Pouch. In total at the moment, I could easily carry a total of 317,000 Units of an item in my inventory, without worrying about what I could store.The author''s tale has been misappropriated; report any instances of this story on Amazon. With all preparation is ready, I went in directly into the Night Glowing Cave without any delay, and with the Scan Skill in my hand, two fine grade pickaxe in my inventory, I begin to activate the battery on the two pickaxe as I followed deeper into the cave. The mining speed had gone into a very unbelievable speed, where after a 50 minutes activation spent on the pickaxe, I use another 50 minutes of time to allows the battery to rejuvenates before I continued with this arrangement. After going through this arrangement for a total of a total of ten hours, I finally take a rest, while calculating the number of materials I am able to get in my hand. Lucky for me because I possess the Scan Skill, so the mining and hunting for material actually become easier for me to quickly obtain most of the spot with most concentration of the Night Glowing materials. The first six activations yield me a total of 240 Night Glowing Sands and 60 Night Glowing Stones. If compared to my first time here, It almost took me about 18 hours to obtained roughly 170 grains of sand and around 40 stones in total. I know that my ability had grown, but I still do not dare to overestimate its capability, because be safe is better than being greedy. I continued after I got a short rest in between for a total of four hours. And just like this, my production is almost twenty hours a day. After mining within this cave for about one full week, I finally decided to get out, because the disposable trash within my inventory is almost all used up and turned into mining stones that will be grounded and mixed with the Night Glowing Crystal to obtain some of the Night Copper Dust. In total, I managed to obtain a total of 3400 of the Night Glowing Sands, and also 900 of the Night Glowing Stones. This seven day is quite lucky for me because, within this seven day, I am actually lucky enough to encounter two spots with the Night Glowing Beads, so I managed to harvest a total of 12 Night Glowing Beads into my inventory. With all of this item in my stash, I returned to Ling Hun Town and went straight to the Blacksmithing Workshop. Without even bothered about other people''s impression, I went over directly to the milling area the moment I had my Small Night Glowing Crystal refined. With a total of 34 Small Night Glowing Crystals, I put in a total of 34,000 of the mined rock within the Millstone and quickly obtained a total of 34 sack of powder. Moving immediately to the sieving area, I had the 34 sack of powder all sieved away to reveals all the Night Copper Dust hidden within, before I begin to smelt all of them. After I take a weight count on the amount of Night Copper Dust I had in hand, I am quite shocked at first, because no matter how many time I weight them, it came out at a total of 3.9Kilograms. Supposedly, it should vary between 3.4kg to a maximum 3.5kg, but this time, It was so much increased compared to normal. I questioned myself slightly, but after I checked on my Ore Dust Gatherer skill that is still at level 1, I have no other option to believe that my luck is slightly better this time. With a total of 39 Night Copper Ingot is produced, I keep the remaining 40gm in my inventory to be stored along with the 20gm I still have in the Storage Box before I exit the Blacksmithing Workshop. But unexpectedly, three of the mysterious man''s subordinate had already waiting for me outside of the entrance for the ingots. "Young Master, our Lord is impatient and is hurrying to get the Night Copper Ingots." one of the subordinates immediately speaks to me, afraid that I am being intimidated by their group''s intention. "Oh, that is not a problem," I replied them as I withdraw a total of 39 Night Copper Ingots and passed it over to the one that seems like their leader. "Young Master, this is a very good amount. Under the promise of our Lord, this is the rewards as promised." the leader immediately withdraws a total of 13,650 Black Spirit Crystals and put on my hand, and along with that, he actually gave me another pouch with 10,000 lower grade crystals. "This is?" I asked, but the leader immediately says "In total, you had provided us with forty-three Night Copper Ingots, this ten thousand lower grade crystals, two thousand of each kind, is the gift our Lord had promised you. He wishes you could have a great improvement in your future, and continue to provide our Lord with the Night Copper Ingots." the leader finished his words, and without waiting for my reply, he and his other subordinates left immediately. Meanwhile, for me, I am shocked with two pouches on both hands. One with 13,650 Black Spirit Crystals, while another with ten thousand crystals. I''m like afraid of being targeted by thieves, so instead of walking, I run like no tomorrow, and quickly entered my room. Within the room, I quickly absorb all the crystals before I have any other mindset on them, and immediately, I went back to sleep before anything else came into my mind. Since there are like 10 grand of crystals in my pocket? I should be able to have fun in my life, correct? Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 33 With so many money in my pocket, how could I not enjoy my life a little? Since spending some of it on something useful are not a waste, I decided to went over to the town hall, and see what is available in the town hall. Immediately, when I actually reached the town hall, I heard a call for people who are interested to visit the Ling Cheng City. "Return trip to Ling Cheng City! Two more ticket is available. The trip will take three days to reach, and we will be staying in the city for one day before returning. Special price this time, only 50 Black Spirit Crystal is required!" a coachman shouted as he leads the people behind him to follow him to the Monster they are going to ride. I immediately approached the coachman and paid him a total of 50 Black Spirit Crystals before long, and after waiting for another hour, the number of people finally reached 20, as we proceed along with the coachman to our ride. Unexpectedly, it is actually a flying Wyvern Monster. "Holy shit! Imagine if I could actually tame one of this beast that will take me travelling around this world." I whispered to myself, as I get up to the attachment chariot on the back of the monster. "Alright, everyone, I know this might be not your first time within the Transportation Wyvern, but I hope you all could keep quiet and do not mess with the Air Guards if we do pass through any of them. Lately because of the increase of attacks from the Goblin Tribe, everyone is in a distress situation, I hope we won''t be causing any trouble with them when we are on our journey." the coachman advises and inform everyone regarding what happened before we depart. The moment the wyvern flaps its wing, the body begins to ascend to the air, as it started to fly up high to the skies. Almost about ten meters above the ground level, the wyvern travelled at a speed about 100 to 150 miles an hour, so our view is barely clear along our way. It actually felt like being in a high-speed train along the way, and sometimes we do pass through a few single flying wyverns and also Eagle Monster, but none of them actually gave us trouble along our way, so we get along in our journey unhindered. Three days later, we arrived at the outskirt of the Ling Cheng City. The city is well spread along the sight, widely spanned from left to right, and not even the end could be seen when we are looking downwards from the air. The Transportation Wyvern take its turn to slowly descends to the ground, and after all of us registered ourselves with the guards, all of us are allowed to enter the city, but only for a single day. It still cost 10 Black Spirit Crystals to purchase a single entry ticket into the city. Instead of scrolling around, I immediately went into the Auction Square, where some special items are always auctioned here to the highest bidder. I entered after I took an auction board, and after understanding all the rules, I begin to sit along with the others and prepare to see what Item is brought out to the stage. Since this is a normal small Auction Square, the item in the auction here does not reach any especially high-quality grade, but sometimes, some treasure could be found here if one is patient enough to wait. "The next item to bring up to the stage is a very special item known as Crystal Copper Ore! This item is a rarity material that could only be obtained from the Ling Qi Town''s Crystal Qi Cave. The price starts from One hundred Black Spirit Crystals for this 200gm amount, there is no set amount for each bid, you may start bidding now!" the auctioneer knock the hammer on the plate to indicates the starting, and immediately, the 200gm of Crystal Copper Ore managed to increased it price from the furious bidding, and finally ends at a price of two hundred and ninety Black Spirit Crystals. The next item is another speciality of the Ling Qi Town''s Crystal Qi Cave again, known as the Soul Copper Ore. This treasure is sold for a price of 210 Black Spirit Crystals before another treasure is brought up. A few items had passed through without any significant prices until a speciality of Ling Shou Town came up.Unlawfully taken from Royal Road, this story should be reported if seen on Amazon. "This is a young cub of Serpent Tailed Leopard. Although the path to rear this pet into perfectly adult is not as simple as one would think, but if you managed to care it until it reaches adulthood, you will instantly obtain a strong protector and Travelling Beast at the same time. The Serpent Tailed Leopard is a grade 10 Upper-Grade Monster, and its price starts from 800 Black Spirit Crystals!" The bidding for this young Serpent Tailed Leopard is so furious that it has gone up from 800 Black Spirit Crystals and reach 3000 in an instant. Without even a sign of stopping, the bidder continues as it finally reached 3700, and stopped after another man bid for 3800. the price finally ends at 3800 Black Spirit Crystals, as the Serpent Tailed Leopard Cub finally followed a man that seems like a strength-based adventurer, and left. I remain seated at this place for another two more hours before I started to get slightly tired of the normal Lower and Medium Grade materials coming out. Some of them are not even my taste, especially on the armour and tool sold in this auction. I had a sudden itch as I spread my Scan Skill within the auction square, but weirdly, without any reason, It felt like my Scan Skill had been suppressed by some unknown force. "Damn! What could be around that making my Scan Skill actually failed to activates?" I actually looked around and sense nothing around me, so I hesitate for a moment before I activate my level 5 Scan Quirk. This time, the Level 5 Quirk managed to get activated, as the vision behind the stage quickly appears before me. There, I couldn''t see what is the treasure that will be going to bring out by the Auction Organizer, but I can sense that there is one extremely special item that has a very precious value within my Quirk''s eyes. I kept looking at the location the treasure being pushed closer to the exits, as I started to get impatient. "Alright, finally this item came up to the stage. Maybe most of you all are here for this particular treasure, but let me be very honest first. Although this material is rare, the people that are qualified to use it is rarer. This material has then the tendency to absorb their user''s spirit until they collapse. But one thing for sure, this material is extremely special even for the Ling State resources because they are only obtainable from the body of Soul Hunter Golem!" "Everybody, I present to you, the Rusted Soul Brass Metal!" the auctioneer unveil the piece of cloth covering the Metal, as the item on top of the little box appeared in front of everyone. Within the box, a piece of dark and light wooden coloured piece of metal Ingot could be seen, weight estimated about two hundred grams. It released a small amount of eerie feeling within, and as the wind blows, flakes could be seen flaking out from the metal Ingot as it got blown away. "The initial price for this treasure starts from 1000 Black Spirit Crystals, each bid increases the price by 100 Black Spirit Crystals! You may start to bid now!" the auctioneer immediately announces the price of this treasure and allows the bidding to starts. Immediately, the price of the item rises to 2000 Black Spirit Crystals, and quickly increase to 6000. although it still going slow, it is still furiously bid by some high bidder as the price then reach 7500 Black Spirit Crystals. "7900 Black Spirit Crystals!" one very feminine male gentle raise the auction board as he speaks the price. "Oh, Young Master Ling Tian Qi, good eyesight!" the auctioneer praise the young master for biding such a high price on this certain metal. Seeing this situation, I decided to participate in this auction as well, since my Level 5 Quirk says that this item worth the bidding. "8000 Black Spirit Crystals." I raise the auction board and speaks. The moment Ling Tian Qi saw my bid, he immediately smiled for a moment, before he too, raise his board to outbid my price. We continued for a moment until he actually stopped as the price reach 9200 Black Spirit Crystals. Soon, the auctioneer finally decided to announce the piece of metal is won by me, and then, a staff came towards me to complete the transaction. The moment the staff passed the piece of Rusted Soul Brass Ingot to me, I felt slightly weird as they actually use a clipper to hand that piece of the ingot to me. Without feeling anything out of ordinary, I actually use my bare hand to hold the piece of metal. The staff went away after the transaction is done, and as I slowly take a look at the piece of metal, the other bidders within the spot keep their attention on me. Suddenly, a feeling of weakness starts to come over to my body, as I felt that my body is weakening. My hand starts to tremble like I have been starved for more than a week. My sight started to become blurry, and the blood from my heart begin to stop pumping more blood into my brain. I get nauseous and feeling like fainting on the spot until another hand actually knocked the piece of Rusted Soul Brass metal from my grip. My blurry eye was looking at this person as he took the piece of ingot with a cloth and put it into his compartment before I fainted. "Damn. Is this how I am going to lost my piece of metal that was bid for a 9200 Black Spirit Crystals?" Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 34 [My first pet monster.] A few hours later, I woke up. When I take a look at my surrounding, it seems like I''m within a tent or something similar. There is some horse galloping sound could be heard from the outside, so I quickly wake up and exits the tent. On the outside, I could see a view of a small military camp with weapons like spears, halberds, swords, and staves are placed all over my surrounding. It is almost a shelves of weapons by the side of each tent, and the tent seems like bigger than a normal one. When I think back, the only time I saw such big tent is when I am within Mongolia and went into their movable residence. That was well equipped with stove, bed, furniture and many more household items. I walked towards where most of the people are gathered and managed to see how the troops actually trained themselves. Group of ten is fighting in a Battle Royale, where only the strongest could be called as a winner. You may use any trick or advantages that are most suited to yourself, and at the end, only the final one still stands could be said as the overall winner in the fight. I joined the other spectators as I kept my eyes busy with their fights, until a person put his hand on my shoulder, and took away my attention. "Brother Ling Tian Ming!" I immediately noticed this person beside me, as I turned around and looked at him. Beside him, it seems like the person called as Ling Tian Qi is also standing behind him. "You are quite reckless this time. Luckily I met Tian Qi just a moment after you grabbed on that piece of Rusted Soul Brass Ingot. Do you know how dangerous is this metal that it would need you to have a Copper Thread Cloth to hold it?" Ling Tian Ming immediately gave me a lecture as he saw how reckless I am without knowing the material I just purchased. "Here, this is the piece of Ingot. I already wrap it with the cloth, so make sure you be careful next time when you try to smelt that. Just remember that even if you managed to make it into a tool, you still need at least 10 Physical Point to wear it." Ling Tian Ming passed that piece of Ingot back to my hand and warns me before I recklessly use it again in the future before getting myself ready for it. He later leads me along with Ling Tian Qi, who is his younger brother around the camp and talks to me. I noticed that I have actually fainted for more than 20 hours, so I guess I already missed my flight back to the Ling Hun Town. But since Ling Tian Ming''s riders are often in patrols between the woods and mountain path from Ling Cheng City to the Ling Hun Town, he offered the privilege to be escorted by his men until I reached Ling Hun Town. Although he wanted to extend an offer to allows me to stay in Ling Cheng City, but the cost of living in the city is tripled compare to living in Ling Hun Town, so after he gauge my capability at the moment, he agreed that I should stay in Ling Hun Town for a while more, at least until my capability is higher. I asked about the condition of the Ling Cheng City, and it seems like only at least Refiner at Grade 8 capability could join the refiner workshop, thus with my skills as a medium grade Refiner, I am far too less capable to join into their Refiner''s rank. Since this is how It is, I am not too bothered as this is only the second month, after I am being reincarnated into this world. Two days later, I followed the others as we ride on a horse and begin our journey back to Ling Hun Town. Although the Ling State only have four towns and two cities, by in between the few settlements, a few smaller settlements actually spread along the journey. These smaller settlements are spread almost one day distance between each other, and in this journey from Ling Cheng City back to Ling Hun Town, a total of seven stopping point is available in between. Our first-day destination stopped at the Hong Tong Outpost (Red Copper Outpost). This is one of the location spread out from the Ling Cheng City, and the destination for most of the Blacksmith from the city because of the rich Copper, Iron and Tin Deposits could be obtained within. Our second day and third-day journeys go along well, as we spend a night at the Copper Crystal Outpost, and later the Mushroom Village, a small settlement that often visited by concocter and herbalist because of the materials for making potions and ointments could be harvest from the Blood Mushroom Forest. On our fourth and fifth day, we are more careful as we travel, because we are passing a very dangerous location known as the Direwolf Peak, a spot where only a moderate size camp is available for a temporary stay, and the ends of both sides. Although the camp is just a small one by the side of the mountain, quite a number of pedlars and merchants could be seen, because there will be always a demand for business in such location. On our sixth day, we finally stopped at the Brass Mountain Outpost, a spot that I used to went over for a short while. Finally, on the seventh day, we finally reached the Ling Hun Town, as the rider troops finally withdraw their horse and leave the town after they done the resupplying and also some delivery messages. They keep saying the word we are lucky, as, on this one week journey, we didn''t meet with a single monster. It was good if it is often this peaceful, but when it came to benefits, sometimes too peaceful will mean less profitable for people who depending on the monsters to earn some money for living. For me, I am not bothered, because what I''m thinking next, is about what can I do if I actually get bored with the normal living routine. I went straight to the town hall to check their request board, and soon, I noticed a quite special piece of a request. Looking for a person to deliver some materials to the Brass Mountain 4th Peak''s Goblin Settlement. I tear the piece of `notice and bring it over to the counter. "This sister, can I take this request?" I placed the notice on the counter and asked for the paperwork. "This request is about delivering a parcel of materials to the Goblin Settlement at 4th Brass Mountain Peak. Your reward is a 100 Black Spirit Crystals, but there will be no insurance to cover for your safety in this request, are you sure you want to take it? Your journey will contain the threat from the 1st Mountain Peak''s Mountain Ape, the 2nd Mountain Peak''s Mountain Flame Boar, the 3rd Mountain Peak''s Mountain Hound and some of the aggressive 4th Mountain Peak''s Grey Goblins." the lady receptionist immediately informs me about the danger of this mission. "You will need to make sure that the materials are delivered within one month. Although your journey from town to the Brass Mountain 1st Peak only need 1 day, from there onwards, you will require at least half to a day to reach the next consecutive mountain peak, if your journey is safe and sound along the way. Are you confirm?" she continued and asked for my approval. "Yes." I immediately agreed, and she took out five big chests with many materials is stored within, locked with a pretty specialized Brass Padlock.This content has been unlawfully taken from Royal Road; report any instances of this story if found elsewhere. This is the special Brass Material Chest, a special 5000 Unit Storage box that used to deliver materials for the buyers. You will deliver this five chest to the Goblin Settlement, look for their chieftain called as Kukululu." the female receptionist passed me the five chest with a token, and bade me farewell and good luck. I returned to the Refiner Workshop afterwards, took a rest and left to the Teleportation Gate for the next day. I went into the Red Blood Cave once again, and took my time to mine for crystals for the next five days., a total of 100 hours is used in crystal mining. At the end of the day, I exit the cave after I felt it is enough after mining nonstop. With 500 Brass Rod still remains in the inventory, I went over to the Blacksmith Workshop to repair my tools and used a total of 100 rods to repair them to their mint condition, before I took a rest and prepare for the refining works tomorrow. Since the third month already come, I will have to deliver a 90 Medium Grade crystals as my this month quota one again. With 25,000 Lower Grade 10 Red Power Crystals in hand, I quickly refine all of them in the remaining five days. A total of 5,000 tries is available within the refining session, where at the end of the day, 3050 of them are successful, with another twenty-seven times of success in activating the Level 5 Quirk. Within this five day, I did not forget to further extend my greed, because I actually used my level 10 Quirk to creates 5 Upper-Grade 10 Red Power Crystals for myself. At the end of the day, before I went for my rest, I pocketed a total of 2962 Medium Red Power Crystals and 5 Upper Red Power Crystals, after I handover 90 Medium Crystals to the counter as my monthly quota. Of course, in between the five hours, I spend some time to refine all the Blood Crystal Sand in hand as well. In total, I actually have refined a total of 246 Blood Crystals in hand. As I am already within my room, I took some time to check on the item I have gathered from the Red Blood Cave. I have actually gathered 800 additional on the Slime Essence Crystals and Slime Digestive Substance, So I took out 1000 of the Slime Essence Crystals out and look at them as they gathered together to form a single Slime Core. When I checked on the core using Scan Skill, a choice of selection came out.
"One Slime Core is available. Activate the Slime Core?" Yes No
I chose yes. And immediately, the slime core floats on the air like it was alive, as the air around the Slime core immediately formed into a bubble made of air. The remaining Slime Digestive Substance within my inventory flows out from my pouch as it slowly gets sucked into the bubble and slowly, a huge Mantau shape slime appeared before me. "Your Level 1 Slime is born, from now onwards, you will have the commanding right to control and cultivate this slime. As long the core of the monster is not destroyed, you will be able to maintain it''s level and all of its speciality."
Name: None Level 1 (0/100) Tribe: Basic Slime
HP: 10 MP: 0 Stamina: 20
Strength 2 Physical: 2 Agility: 2
Magic: 0 Resistance: 0 ??? Locked
??? Locked ??? Locked ??? Locked
Traits: Slime is the easiest to grows, depending on all kind of materials to affect its growth path and growth rate. Will produce Slime Essence Crystal each time it levels up.
Skills: Digest Level 1 - allows the slime to digest all soft attribute material to produce 1 Point each.
After I checked on the status, I am considering something. If I actually feed this guy with Red power Crystals, will it become Red Power Slime that has amazing attack power? Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 35 [Green Goblin. Brown Goblin. Grey Goblin. What else colour you have?] Morning came, and after I had readied all the ration and other items that would be useful for my trip, I prepare to went out from the town and begin my journey to the Brass Mountain. Since this time my trip is without any token, if I have the intention to enter the Brass Mountain Outskirt Cave, I will be required to rent my own Compartment Cart. This is also where if I possess my own compartment cart, I will be able to use it without any remorse. My trip begins. In between of my first-day journey, I took my time to carefully explore the outer woods and roads, escaping if I spotted a large number of enemies with the assistance of the Scan Skill. At my second day, I finally managed to reach the Brass Mountain Outpost, after I am stopped in between of my journey and fought with three teams of five goblins. The moment I reached the Brass Mountain Outskirt, I immediately rent some compartment carts and enters the cave, as I will have some use on the Brass component in the future. Although I have a slightly bigger capacity of weight I could carry on me now, but when you considered the requirement of disposable trash I required to keep on me to be used as the fuel for the conversion, it is still not too much actually. This is why I spend a total of 50 Black Spirit Crystals to rent a total of 10 five-times compartment cart to use when I''m within the cave. With my current battery conversion of 15 batteries in hand, I could efficiently use my battery without any issue at least for the first two hundred minutes. Five days later, I end my mining spree, after I managed to obtain another 3500 Brass Rods (1%) and about 260 Copper Rods (1%). With my number of bullets already been refilled to about 1000 slugs, I prepare to continue my journey once again, to the second mountain peak. Unexpectedly, my journey crossing the second mountain peak and third mountain peak actually met with no monsters at all, making me wonder if this a good thing or a bad one. I quickly reach the 4th mountain peak, and on my way getting closer to the goblin settlement, I am actually under attack by a small group of ten goblins. Of course, looking at the messy formation of the goblins, I easily dispose all of them, but what was surprising to me, is that even after these goblins is dead, nothing is dropped after their corpses vanished into thin air. Plus one more question remains within my mind. "Why is this group of goblin is grey in colour? Do the goblins have differentiated in their kind as well?" I travel deeper, and along the way, I met with two more of the Grey Goblins group, and easily fought with them until I reached the Goblin Settlement. Within the settlement, since I have a Goblin Hide on my back, the goblins begin to treat me friendlier, as they lead me to their chieftain. When I see the chieftain, I run a scan on him and quickly obtain some information regarding the chieftain. Goblin Chieftain - Kukululu Level - 20 Tribe - Grey Goblin Chieftain Status - Threatened "Chieftain Kukululu, this is the materials I am ordered to deliver to the Goblin Settlement, please receive it." I passed the five chest to the Chieftain as I speak, and the moment the five chests is placed on the ground, the chieftain immediately opened the chest with a special key in his hand and reveals all the food and dried goods within the chest. When all the other grey goblins saw the foods within, they pull their guts and rushed over to take their portion of food, greedily consumed it.If you spot this narrative on Amazon, know that it has been stolen. Report the violation. Looking at this sight before me, I am a little shocked with their actions. Were all these goblins starved for a week or two? They are actually waiting for all these rations within the chest, while I''m taking my leisure time to slowly travel to their settlement. "Human friend, thank you for delivering all the foods to us. We appreciate your kindness and master Su''s care." the chieftain speaks. When I heard about Master Su, a question pops in my mind. Did this Master Su have a relation with Big Sis Su Rou? "Chieftain Kukululu, do you have any problem? Please tell me, I could try to help the goblins if it''s possible." I offered my bits of help to the chieftain, wondering why his status written as threatened when I run a scan on him. "Human friend, we are actually threatened by another goblin tribe that just build their settlement on the third mountain peak. They are quite strong and savage as well. They belonged to the Brown Goblin Tribe, a very ferocious tribe that was kicked out by the noble Green Goblins because of their brutish nature." "I have no idea why would they choose to build a settlement at the third mountain peak, and since they appear, more and more grey goblins are being forcefully captured and treated as slaves in building their settlement. The Brown Goblin possess a very special Inner Ability called as Hunger Ritual. The more they satisfy their hunger, the stronger they will get. So these Brown Goblin will eat anything, as long it is flesh belonged to anything born into this world." the chieftain explained. The moment I heard this explanation, I begin to understand a few minor details. Green Goblins, the noble among the Goblin Tribe. The green goblin possesses special inner ability of Blood Ritual that allows them to grow regardless of experience. The longer they survive, the higher their evolution will be. Next is the Brown Goblins. This is an exiled breed due to their Hunger Ritual Nature. They are a cannibal in nature, and because of this, they will even eat their own breed because of this. The Grey Goblin is timider in nature and the only one within the Goblin Tribe that was friendly to all other tribes such as human, Orges, Elves, Dwarves, and Giants. The grey goblin is also well known for their double Inner ability of Wise Nature Ritual, an enhanced ability that allows them to evolve with age, and have an extremely fertile birth rate. If a green goblin could be born from being in pregnancy for three months, then the birth of the Grey Goblin would be more like a Sow (female Pig) giving birth to a litter of 8 to 12 piglets. This is also the reason why, the grey goblin does not require to attack the human or any other tribe to kidnap their female to give birth, but just bought a few female slaves will be enough to make their tribe full of newborn. But currently, not only the advantage of the Grey Goblin is used by the Brown Goblin for their own benefits, but they are actually treated like a slave, with a no return path because whey they no longer have a value, they will be feed to the other Brown Goblin as the food source. "Don''t worry, I will try to help you to rescue the kidnapped goblins from the brown goblins settlement," I assure the chieftain that I will help them to solve this matter, but the chieftain actually has a different request when he tells me their situation. "Human friend, you are mistaken. We don''t need you to rescue our people, we need you to strengthen our people." Chieftain Kukululu says. "How?" I asked because this is my first time trying to help a goblin. "We need money. Not the usual human money but goblin money. It came in a form of beads." I withdraw the 340 Goblin Beads out from my inventory as the chieftain speaks. The moment he saw the Goblin Beads in my hand, he was shocked. "This is a plenty of Goblin Beads! Please keep it! If the Brown Goblin sees it, they will attack our settlement in full force!" I quickly stored the beads away and patiently listens to the chieftain. "There will be a Goblin Merchant travels to our settlement tomorrow, I hope he will have a lot of good item for sale this time." the chieftain speaks. I wanted to ask him more about the merchant, but when the chieftain saw my expression, he continues. "The goblin Merchant is almost like our supplier of everything. Sometimes they came with slaves from many tribes, or sometimes they will have plenty of food source, materials for goblins and other things that we could buy to strengthen ourselves." "They came each week, always with many kinds of item for sale. We used to buy 100 Goblin Custom Armour and weapons from them for the price of 10 Goblin Beads, but lately, because of the disturbance, we are getting lack of many resources." the chieftain says. "How did you all get the Goblin Beads?" I asked. "Hahaha, the Goblin Beads came from the females of the tribe!" the chieftain laughed as he answers my question. "The female of the tribe is most important for our tribe because they could produce Goblin Beads from their body. This is used as currency for the goblin tribe." the chieftain continued. "Erm... How do the Goblin Bead is actually produced?" I asked deeper. "Oh, you want to know?" the chieftain smiled. "We collect them the moment the came out from their wombs!" the chieftain speaks. I was drinking a mouthful of water at the moment, and spit all of the water out as I heard the chieftain''s words. Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 36 [Battling the Brown Goblin & Goblin Merchant.] What the hell? Do they collect this from the female goblins womb? How do they actually create this stuff in their womb at the first place? My dirty imagination of my previous life appears in my mind as I wandered back to those naughty time I have with my own hand when clicking on the personal desktop with my own room. The chieftain then starts to explain further on how they actually have their female member to produce the beads. "Human Friend, we feed them with a good amount of food so they could use the nutrient within to produce the Goblin Beads. The beads contain a good source of energy, and could be used by goblins in many ways." the chieftain explains the way their female goblins created the Goblin Beads from their body, as my mind return from those inappropriate thoughts. "We could use it to recover our limbs when it is decapitated, heal our injuries, trade as currency, used in creating special weapon or equipment, and much more. It is almost like we are using the bead for everything of our goblin lives." I nod my head after I heard them, and next, since I sees that they required some assistance in the form of weaponry and tools, I withdraws the stack of Goblin Custom Armour for the chieftain before he tells me that if the equipment could be enhanced, it would do better for their higher ranked goblins. I then looked around those goblins that surrounds me. "Hmm... Just a rough inspection, I can see at least Fifty Goblin Warrior (Grey) is within this settlement. I wonder how do I fare against so many of them." I am actually shocked for a moment, after the memories regarding the difficulties in fighting two Goblin Warrior (Green) a few weeks ago. "Human friend, if you could customize the armour in your hand according to our warrior''s body shape, it would help them a lot in protecting themselves when in a fight. If you are skilled, roughly only 9 to 12 Piece of normal Goblin Custom Armour is required to craft a new Goblin Warrior Armour." the chieftain explained the way how I could help them, and since I''m already here, why not I tried my best in helping them. After all, the Grey Goblin are more peace-loving compared to the Green and Brown kind. I am lead to their own Goblin small Armoury to use their tools and equipment. Although most of them are manually operated, in term of usefulness, it is still acceptable. With a total of 375 Goblin Custom Armour in hand, I could most probably craft between 30 to 40 Goblin Warrior Armour, depending on my skill and luck. Remembering the blueprint of the previous goblin warrior''s armour and its shape, I start with my first piece of works, as I mould them piece by piece to be hammered, formed, attached to each other, and fitted into one huge piece of armour. Since I have some additional parts of the armour still remains, I tried my best to increase more of its protection parts and came out with some neck protector at circling from the left to right, covering the whole revealed part at the back. The moment the first Goblin Warrior wear the piece of armour, he immediately flashed with a light, as the piece of armour came out with a notification. "Goblin Warrior Armour crafting is completed. Due to the armour crafted does not belong to your tribe class, the armour will be set at Medium Grade 10 Quality, are you satisfied? Yes No I chose yes, and immediately, the piece of Armour stop flashing. When I looked at the goblin warrior, he immediately gave me a smile and gave me a kowtow. I am shocked by his sudden action and pulled him up. But no matter how much strength I put, he is unmovable like a mountain. I wondered why the goblin became so different. I immediately run a scan on this Goblin Warrior, and his incomplete details came out similar to the chieftain. Goblin Warrior - Ai Level - 9 Tribe - Grey Goblin Young Warrior Status - Mountain Powered Seeing his status, I noticed that his special trait is because of the Mountain Powered. Perhaps it was the speciality after he wore the armour I just made. Without delaying the others, I maintain the momentum to craft an armour for a goblin warrior each twenty minutes. So in the next thirteen hours, I complete a total of 37 more armour for 37 more Goblin Warriors and looking forward to crafting more when I have more materials in my hand. Unexpectedly, each complete armour I crafted actually give me 50 points of experience, so this 38 piece of armour already gave me a total of 1900 points of experience. In the same time, I checked some of their statuses after I had them wear the Goblin Warrior Armour, and notice a total of three more different kinds of status. Nature Blessing. Leadership. Instant Performance. When I notice the difference in that status, I tried to test each of their capability and noticed that their overall strength actually adjusted depending on their status. The mountain powered status grants them resistance to knockback, while the Nature Blessing status allows one to have a stronger attack. The leadership one starts to have more power to control the younger grey goblins, while the instant performance is most special. The moment the instant performance tried to use their own special attack, they actually appeared at their target as they strike. This special status started to become even fearful because it grants them immediate attack towards their target. But knowing that the grey goblin will not bare their fangs on me, I throw away those fear, as I see how are their looks toward me. Now, they actually treat me like their master, because of how much of help I gave to the warriors. This improvement not only grants them immediate strength to protect themselves, it even increase their capability to protect their settlement when attacked.This narrative has been unlawfully taken from Royal Road. If you see it on Amazon, please report it. "BANG BANG BANG!" "BANG BANG BANG!" "BANG BANG BANG!" "BANG BANG BANG!" The settlement door is attacked from the outside, as the knocking become even more furious. Many kinds of sounds could be heard from the outside, as the door is continuing being knock and forced open. Soon, a huge slamming sound could be heard, and it continues for a moment until the door finally falls. When the door falls to the ground, a few Mountain Flame Boar from the second mountain peak could be seen enslaved by the brown goblins as they tried to attack the settlement. "KURIKK!!!" the goblin Warrior with the status of Mountain Powered immediately block the advancement of about ten brown goblins, as the others prepared to fight. Even myself immediately wield my Pistol and prepare to engage in the fight. With the capability in fighting at a range, my pistol works great as I fired at the incoming goblins that tried to defeat me first. But what was shocking as we fought, is that the brown goblins that were shot dead do not actually vanish into the thin air. Perhaps it was due to the Hunger Ritual Ability from the brown goblins. Then, unable to control their hunger, the smaller brown goblins actually attacked the corpses and eat all the flesh as they move from one after another. I continue to shoot at them, but it was weird, as the easily dead brown goblin previously, actually could remain alive when they were eating. I fired three more shots, and the brown goblin still remains standing alive as it keeps swallowing the piece of flesh. Later, as the piece of flesh is swallowed into its belly, the brown goblin stopped moving. Staggering for a moment, its body started to swell up as it becomes like a balloon. Soon, a white smoke is released as its body exploded. A few seconds later, a howl could be heard from the white smoke, as a taller Goblin Warrior (Brown) appears and started to attack the grey goblins. "What the hell? It is an instant grade evolution?" I looked at the Goblin Warrior (Brown) as it charged over to two of the goblin warrior of our side. I fire a few shots on its leg, but it was not affected at all. "Fu*king Goblins, you are so strong against my bullet right?" I got angry because those situations when I was fighting with the two Goblin Warrior (Green) appears once again to me. I then remove the magazine with normal Demonic Metal Slugs away and changed to a magazine that is filled with some Silver Brass Metal Slugs that was converted by the gun special ability. "I will see what is so special about this Silver Brass Slugs!" I aimed at the charging Goblin Warrior (Brown) and fired at its moving body. "BAM!" the first shot flew straight towards the Goblin warrior, and as it was shot by the bullet, a full force impact immediately pushed that Goblin Warrior on the ground, and dazed by the striking force. In exchange for that force, my hand trembles, because the recoil from firing this bullet is too strong. The goblin warrior remains dazed on the ground as the two Goblin Warrior from my side walked close to it, and since there is no retaliation at all, the two goblins swing their axe and take away the life of the goblin warrior on the ground. All brown goblins are dead. Meanwhile, at the grey goblin side, only about ten goblin is dead, with two goblin warrior is injured. Looking at the situation I''m quite impressed with how the goblin lives. Finally, without the effect from the Hunger Ritual anymore, the corpses begin to vanish. Leaving only less than five item on the ground. I picked it up as I walk back to the side of the other goblins. "Thank you, human friend, thank you." the chieftain holds my hand and keep saying thanks to me. Later that day, a slightly taller goblin appears within the settlement, with quite a lot of other slaves tie behind his caravan that was full of items for sale. "Hahaha, Grey Goblin tribesmen, I am here today again, do you have anything you were looking for?" the Goblin Merchant introduce himself as all the grey goblin quickly run over to the caravan and tried to take a peek at what is available within. Then, the chieftain and I too followed and walked over to the Goblin Merchant. "Kukululu, Breed well." the goblin merchant greets the chieftain. "Tululu, Breed well." the chieftain replied. It seems like their [Breed Well] almost means like how are you doing in human terms. Although I did not speak, the Goblin Merchant name Tululu still gave me a polite bow, like how a businessman greets their customers. I took a look at the merchandise he has for sale and noticed that the chieftain had ordered some of the merchandise from Tululu. I take notice of them, as Tululu withdraws 200 sets of Armour and Weapons and passed at the chieftain. Next, he withdraws five chests similar to what I had just delivered yesterday and passed at the chieftain as well. Then, I see Tululu walked over to the group of slaves, and pull a quite plump woman and hand it over to the chieftain. Then the merchant walked over to me and says, "This human friend, the total of the purchase amounted at 145 Goblin Beads." I looked at the goblin merchant and withdraws a total of 145 Goblin Bead to him. He received it with a smile and pointed at the caravan in case I have anything I would like. I looked at the item placed within the caravan and noticed something special. "What is that item?" I pointed at a kind of ball that looks like a rubber ball. The goblin merchant then answers my question as he took that ball down from the shelf. "Human friend, this is the Water Clay Ball. The goblin settlement at another state have a good source of this, but it is useless for the rough and lack of manners goblin. We only treat this as the material to feeds a golem." what? A golem? I am surprised as I heard his reply. When I was surprised, the Slime within my side that was idle for so long actually leap on the hand and swallows the Water Clay Ball. The moment it was swallowed, I notice the two-point increase in the Slime Level, as I see how happy is the slime when it ate the Water Clay Ball. "How many of this Water Clay Ball you have?" I asked. He this calculates his stock and withdraws another 69 units out from his storage box. "This is all I have at the moment," he says. Then I asked for the price. "I will take 10 Goblin Beads for all of this," he answered. I pay him and prepare to leave until he asked. "Did you refine all the warrior armours by yourself?" I answered him, and he continued. "The Goblin Warrior Armour you crafted is quite well made, but if you could craft something in a higher quality, you will be able to try and exchange it for something special in the Goblin Settlement," he explained to me, as he took out an armour out for me to have a look. When I look at the armour, I run a Super Scan on it, and that piece of armour immediately shine brightly. "Damn, this piece of Armour is a treasure." I looked at the piece of armour and felt awed by it. "The goblin of 10th grade have a total of 5 stage of evolution. From Basic Goblin, they will grow into Goblin Warrior after a short while, and then Goblin Marauder if they could survive through the second stage. From Marauder grade, they will be able to evolve into a Goblin Master, and lastly, the perfect Goblin Lord. Once a tenth-grade goblin lord managed to obtain enough qualification to ascend, they will be able to be reborn into a new grade 9 basic goblin, but in return of the rebirth, they will receive an extreme burst of energy." "This is the Custom Lord Armour. You will need almost 100 pieces of Goblin Warrior Armour to craft a Goblin Marauder Armour, and about 1000 piece of Marauder Armour to craft a Master Armour, and about 10,000 pieces of Marauder Armour to craft a single Perfect Lord Armour. This piece of Custom Lord Armour is even stronger, as it could allow the Goblin Lord to possess the status of Overwhelming." the Goblin Merchant explained, and I looked at him and says. "I still have 185 Goblin Beads. What will I get for trading all this away?" I looked at the Goblin Merchant and speaks as I understand why he speaks so much to this human. "Ahahaha! Good Breed, Good Breed! With 185 Goblin Beads, I can exchange 2000 Custom Goblin Armour for you, in additional since you are a good customer, please accept this additional Goblin Core as a gift. If you put into the goblin of any kind, you will be able to obtain their allegiance towards you, and they will transform into a kind of random goblin the moment they followed you." "Oh yes, one additional thing. If you could get a total of 100 Goblin Hide, you will be able to refine it into a Goblin Pelt, it does provide a good stat boost to all that could wear it, remember!" the goblin merchant finishes his word and left. I looked at the chieftain and consider a little on my situation before I speak. "I will leave as well, hopefully, we could meet again." and left the settlement. Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 37 [Last Cave attempt before I decided to stop everything and move ahead.] Before I left the settlement, of course, I used the Goblin Core on one of the newborn Goblin Infant. The moment the core entered its body, the goblin turned into a dull colour before it turned into a colour that was blessed to me. When I looked at the infant, it had already turned into a Green Goblin. Looking at the Noble Goblin under my controls, I couldn''t help but chuckle at a few times as I look at the goblin''s stat.
Name: None Level 1 (0/100) Tribe: Green Goblin
HP: 20 MP: 5 Stamina: 30
Strength 5 Physical: 2 Agility: 2
Magic: 0 Resistance: 0 ??? Locked
??? Locked ??? Locked ??? Locked
Traits: Green Goblin possess the Blood Ritual that will allow them to efficiently bleed their enemy to strengthen themselves. They are more disciplined, listens to order and would not act without any directions. Good instead.
Skills: Wild Ritual (Passive) - any blood that was managed to be consumed by the Goblin will allow it to produce 1 Point each 50ml. Too Fertile (Passive) - Goblin could product spawns without limit if they were given chances to impregnate a Female Kind (Skill does not work at infertile targets)
As I looked at the skill, it second Passive skill is a little too disturbing, at least it is for me. But after I consider the current situation of how I could see this world, I could guess why the goblin is born with this kind of ability. But one thing in return, the female goblin that was born within their tribe, is cursed with Infertility, which made the goblins have no choice, but to kidnap more targets to continue their breeding. Royal Road is the home of this novel. Visit there to read the original and support the author. I walked away from the 4th Mountain Peak and head back to the First Peak without delaying, and spend another few days over here for some mining. The moment I had myself well stocked with the plenty of Brass Rods and some copper Rods, I return to the Ling Hun Town, seeing myself have nothing else needed to do here. But the moment I left the Brass Mountain, a sight appears before me, which could make me feel happy and worry at the same time. It seems like there is a small number of goblins could be seen along my path. I run my scan a few times as I get closer to them, and after a thorough scanning, I noticed that there is at least six group of ten goblins, and also three dots that was blinking even faster standing in the middle of their widespread formation. I looked at my side and consider the odds. A Slime with four-point strength. A Goblin with five-point strength, and myself with an almost six-point strength. I have a weapon, so I could easily kill the goblins, but my slave pet doesn''t. If they are not careful, I will immediately lose two of my pet without warning, and this will really hurt for my side. I considered for a short moment as I remembered a trick used to be performed by some groups of player in my world. I looked at my slime and tried to call it, but I forget I''ve yet to name it. Hmm... Let us call you Pori. But the moment I named it, a notice came out from my status panel. I opened it to have a look.
"Your qualification is too low to name a slave. A minimum point of doubling the pets stats point is required. Action Failed
Alright, I guess I am still too weak. But attacking the enemies is still needed to be done anyway, as I order the slime to go and attract their attention. The slime went right into their ranks and gave one of the green goblins a headbutt. The green goblin turned around and look at the slime, as the slime escape, but instead, it was given a kick by the goblin and slammed on the tree. Slime HP reduced by 2 points. "Go again!" I sent my order. The slime went into the group again, and this time, directly slammed itself into the goblin''s chest. The goblin gets angry again, and kick the slime back to the same spot once again. "HP reduce by 3 points." Alright, this is done or die trying. I had the slime charge directly towards the item on the group this time, and with one big swallow, the slime ate all the item as it escaped. This time, the goblins are thoroughly enraged by this action and gave the goblin a chase. I sent my goblin pet out this time, and as my goblin lifted up a wooden rope that was tied at a hidden spot, it contracted and forced four among the ten goblins that giving a chase, fall down and kissed the ground. I move out next and gave four headshots directly into their head. After killing the four goblins, I aimed upwards, towards those that yet to turn around and attack me. I fired three more shots and kills three of them, leaving only three to felt a slight fear, but as they see only three of us are their opponents, a new surge of bravery came out from their mind. They charge straight to where myself and my goblin is standing, and with my pistol, I fired four shots, but only managed to kill two of them. One is still chasing me, with my goblin is confused with what it should do. I aimed at the goblin and let it get close to me before I bent down to evade its slashing attack. Blunt Knife with a blunt armour, do you think you could really injure me? I fire two more shots and take away its life. The corpse then fell to the ground, but it is not vanishing yet. I looked at the two slave pets of mine, as one struggle to drink the blood, while another is busy eating all the flesh. Seeing their gluttonous active, I decided to wait for a while, until they both finished. The ten goblins yield a total of 50 points for my hunter skill, while it yields a total of forty points to both the slime and the goblin. Of course, they were obedient enough to pick all the item for me before they come back to my side. Seeing that this is quite a good experience for the three of us, I''ve decided to continue hunting for the remaining groups. We proceed slowly but carefully as we attack each of the groups. In just mere two hours, we had successfully subdued and killed six more of the groups before the three leader figure pull all other goblins to attack towards somewhere. It seems that the leader did not notice the killing of seven of its group as well. As I see all of the goblins is moving away, I move towards another direction, directly opposite of where the remaining goblins had charged. This is the only way that will ensure that the three of us are exactly safe from any pursuit. After retreating to an opposite direction for at least around half an hour, we went for a stop, and I checked for our surrounding before we went towards the direction where the Ling Hun Town is located. A half day later, we safely went into the town, but of course, under the disguise of the cape for the Goblin and I put the Slime on my head, treating it as a hat as I walked back to the Refining Workshop. But before I manage to sneak my goblin and slime into the room, Section Leader Zhu had already caught up with my sneaking attitude and stopped me halfway. "Lu Bu boy, stop there," he called, and having no other choice, I stopped and face him with a calm but easily seen through expression. "What is that two doing here, following you to that small room?" he asked. I am totally exposed with nothing to says as I looked at Section Leader Zhu and answered his questions. "This two guy is my new slave pet. I have just completed a quest and get some of the essence crystal from the Red Blood Cave." I answered him but he gave me a knock straight away. "I ask, why are you taking that two with you to your room?" Section Leader Zhu gave me another knock straight away. "Is that wrong?" I asked. He looked at me and answered my question. "Alright, new kid, listen with attention. The Refining Workshop have quarters for those who have Slave Pet at their side. You can place them over there for just a single Black Spirit Crystal each for every night. You understand why I ask you such question now?" Section Leader Zhu explained, and as I listen to his explanation, I could only say "Ohhh..." in reply to his lengthy words. Just like this, I placed the two into the Slave Pet Quarters and return to my room for a good rest. The next day, I bring the two of them again to follow me to another location. The Night Glowing Cave. But before that, I have to go over to the Blacksmithing Workshop again for some additional repairing and upgrading works before I entered the cave. In the same time, I am trying to give the Goblin a pickaxe as well, so he could help me along with the mining works. Unfortunately, Slime here have no possible skill at the moment, so I could only allow it to be idle within the mines while looking at the two of us. I went into the Blacksmithing Workshop without delay and started to repair the too as I started to craft another Pickaxe between the process. Using only the Brass Metal Piece (10%) to craft a proper Pickaxe, I actually managed to create my own customized pickaxe. It is actually quite surprising because If I know this would happen, I will craft my own pickaxe at the first place.
Ancient Heritage Shovel-Pickaxe
Category: Tools Grade: Fine Grade 10
Durability: 50/50
Stat: Allow the Shovel-Pickaxe to perform in two kinds of environment.
Equipment Bonus: Only Usable by Creator 10% Better results if used on Mining and Plantation Harvesting.
Damn! It is not only usable in Mining, this could be also used in harvesting herbs and plants. With a dual usage, this too already could help me in performing extremely well in Concoction Workshop or as an adventurer. And this tool is actually at its fine grade after I spend about six hundred of Brass Rod to refine it into a total of 50 Brass Metal Piece (10%). With some other preparation is completed, I went directly into the Night Glowing Cave, with the intention to properly harvest plenty of materials before I exit this cave. I will push my capability into a higher limit when I exit this place and start to work my ass as a pedlar! Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 38 [Prepared.] This time, the moment I entered the Night Glowing Cave, my progress is no longer the same as previous. Instead of continuously mining for the mining rocks, I actually proceed with a more meaningful progress. Through utilizing my can skill as much as I could, I can forcefully raise my Scan Skill so it would become even more useful when I participate more in fights and begin my travel to other locations. With the increment of Mining results, my future smelting progress would be running even smoother, if the mining rocks that I bring back to process actually came from those I mine directly using the new Shovel-Pickaxe. I had my goblin to handle the procedures to collect all the sand from the ground, keeping all of them in the Single Upgraded Pouch that used to belong to the goblins. As for my little slime, I allow it to freely roam around, eating whatever it wanted as long it can refine it and goes along with my mining. Through using the scan skill, my aim to harvest more material such as the Night Glowing Sand, Night Glowing Stone, and Night Glowing Bead will increase to a higher chance, while I will be only keeping the mining rocks that totally came from my Shovel-Pickaxe while converting all the rest into normal batteries. We begin, as I managed to found a quite open spot with a huge deposit of Sand on the ground, and two tunnels that run deep into a left and a right. I activate the Fine Pickaxe to slowly mine towards the left and tries to make this two tunnel combined into a single larger tunnels. Meanwhile, for myself, I spend most of my time to quickly mine as much Mining Rock I could, while harvesting all the materials I''ve come across. Although this progress is slightly slower than what it was used to be, through this way, I could maintain a healthy amount of the material increased, while still have enough disposable trash to be used in conversion, while still have enough space to fit the slow but increasing numbers of Night Glowing materials. But after mining for a short while, I noticed something weird. There is actually a thing with a round body, jumping around my back as it brightens my area for a moment, and went missing in the next second. Because my sight is totally adapted to the Grid View shown by the Scan Skill, I actually never pays attention to the actual dimly lit light that was running around where I am located. With an order, I shouted. "Green Goblin! Little Slime, come back here!" The two slave pets quickly went back to where I am standing, as I finally noticed what had just got my attention a while ago. The slime actually glowing in green at the moment, as if it already become a portable night glowing light. "Slime, what is wrong with you?" I pointed at the slime, but it just shivers around there, worrying that I will give it a whack. Knowing that I had scared the little slime, I slowly move my hand over and gave it a few patting. "Come, I''m not angry, what just happened to you? You are glowing in green colour, I need to know what you just were done." I slowly speak my word, and the slime moved over to the Night Glowing Sand on the ground, and eat a few of them. The moment the Night Glowing Sand entered its body, the slime begins to glow brighter. "Then what did you do after that?" I continued. The slime then walked over to the mining rocks and swallowed a few of them. Maybe it was due to the material formed from the rock is different from the usual rocks, the slime could dissolve those mining rock within its body. But as there is some random material within is not soluble unless they get in contact with an even stronger substance, it ends up getting disposed from its body after it gathered in a small pellet. "Wait! That shit the slime gave out actually glows within its body! That''s the Night Copper Dust!" I grabbed the small piece of pellet that was glowing in the dark, and have a look. Since in this world, no matter what kind of material and how it was produced, everything still usable in a way, so it is normal that even disposed of stuff from a being body is collected and used. I grabbed the slime up to my face and gave this little gem a kiss. "You have a duty now, understood?" I speak to the slime, and as it looked at my face, it nodded few times as agreement. "Alright, from now onwards, I want you to eat the Night Glowing Sand and start to eat those Mining Rocks. Those pellets you will release out, I will need you to release it over into this little container here, alright?" I pointed at what it has to do, and the slime nodded slightly. Looking at how obedient is that little slime, the Goblin now have a new duty. It will gather the other sands into the compartment while providing the Night Glowing Sand to the Slime as it produces the Night Copper. Me, on another side, is busy with my mining works. With my 200,000 Units of space is totally used, I went over to the slime and see how it was doing. The amount of Night Copper within the container is still considerable. This slime is actually doing good, and at the same time, its level actually continues to grow as it keeps digest those material and turning them into points. When I check on its status, I am actually shocked with its improvement. It seems like the slime is almost going to reach level 10 anytime now. I take a rest for now and let my goblin and slime to have their own personal time, but the goblin seems to be addicted to harvesting the materials, as it begins to mine at its own accord. What is more unbelievable is that the Goblin actually have the capability to easily hunt for those sand and stones. We stayed in this cave for exactly a full week, before we exit after I felt that the material I have already harvest reached a considerable amount. Considerable amount... When I am thinking about this numbers, my mind actually returned to when I''m within my previous world. I remembered the period of time when I''m grinding those two and three-dimensional games that required to craft, mine, and creates new recipes. When my mind thinking about all those games, I started to think about what I am doing now. "Didn''t I actually become one of those characters I used to control now? What an irony. I am actually reborn into such world." I have such thinking in my mind, but I did not bother to continue to think about it. "No matter what world I am within, all I need is to make sure that I lived as much as I want, Correct?"You could be reading stolen content. Head to Royal Road for the genuine story. I checked on my slave pets status, inventory, and the spot where I spend a whole week. With everything is taken and kept, I exit the tunnel, went to the teleportation spot, and return to the Teleportation Gate. First, in my mind, I have to go to the Blacksmithing Workshop first and have all the materials in hand processed before I planned for the next target. With the mining rocks are all milled and sieved, I begin to smelt all of them to directly forms some Night Copper Metal Piece. This time, this one full week actually yields me quite a good amount of Night Copper. Although I could have the chances to refine the Night Copper Bar directly, I know that if I perform myself too greatly, it would become a weakness for me as well, due to my lack of strength. I spend some time to looks at the recipe still available within the book on the counter, and soon, I''ve decided to purchase another two recipes.
Recipe 141 (30 Black Spirit Crystals) Recipe 4 (30 Black Spirit Crystals)
Temporary Deployment Shield Metal Plated Greaves
Rarity: Basic Equipment / Grade 10 Rarity: Basic Equipment / Grade 10
Pricing for complete product: 10 Black Spirit Crystals each set Pricing for complete product: 5 - 10 Black Spirit Crystals a pair.
Equipment Stat: Set according to Quality Equipment Stat: Varies
With the two new recipes, I did not exits the Blacksmithing Workshop Immediately, but went back to start refining the equipment once again. I know that I will spend less time within here anymore, so I just put more effort to prepare all my items before I start my other planning. I craft one more Pickaxe from the 600 Brass Rod (1%) and spend another 200 to repair all of my equipment. Unexpectedly, I actually get the same status as my previous Shovel-Pickaxe, so I do not have any complaints. Next, I spent another 1200 of the Brass Rod to creates a total of 100 Brass Metal Piece, before I begin to craft a set of the Light Armour Set. It came out perfectly fine, with a status that is very suitable for my assistance.
Brass Miner Set - Body Armour (1/3 Top Piece)
Category: Armour / Grade: Upper Grade 10
Durability: 150/150
Stats: 18 DEF / 5 AGI / 3 REC
Set Bonus: If all three piece is equipped, Increase the user results in Mining by 10%
Brass Insignia Set - Waist Armour (1/3 Waist Piece)
Category: Armour / Grade: Upper Grade 10
Durability: 150/150
Stats: 15 DEF / 5 AGI / 2 CHA
Set Bonus: If all three piece is equipped, Increase the user results in Mining by 10%
Brass Miner Set - Body Armour (1/3 Lower Piece)
Category: Armour / Grade: Upper Grade 10
Durability: 150/150
Stats: 13 DEF / 5 AGI / 2 CHA
Set Bonus: If all three piece is equipped, Increase the user results in Mining by 10%
In the same time, I craft another piece of Wrist Bracer to be put on another hand. For this wrist bracer, I spend a huge effort on it, spending a total of 100 Brass Metal Piece on it to make sure it reaches the quality of Fine Grade.
Strong Brass Stake Launcher Wrist Bracer (Wrist Guard)
Category: Armour Grade: Fine Grade 10
Durability: 200/200
Stats: 30 DEF / 3 VISION / 5 AGI
Equipment Bonus: Each Stake will cause 50 HP damage on the target.
With my body equipment is fully prepared, I went out from the Blacksmithing Workshop and stopped by the person sent by the lord once again. Looking at him, I withdraw a total of 66 Night Copper Ingots. After some calculation, the leader passed a total of 23,100 Black Spirit Crystals to me, along with another 17,500 Crystals of five mixed colours. They proceed to leave the workshop, but my words stopped them. "Brothers, please inform your lord that I will need to focus more on my own, and I could not deliver him any more Night Copper Ingots for now." They nodded in agreement to deliver my messages and left. It is time for me to seriously push my capability now. I suppose its time for me to tell the Refining Workshop that I will go out to gain more experience? Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 39 [Entering the Largest Goblin Settlement within Ling State.] The next morning, I went over to look for Section Leader Zhu to inform him about my intention. I frankly tell him my target, about how I will spend some time to travel around the Ling State, and looking forward to obtaining more experience. In the same time, I allow him to take a look at my equipment I had prepared for myself as I travel. He looked at my tools and equipment, but only have a comment on the practicality on my Pistol. I have to convince him that this too is excellent and very suitable for my usage, and have to show him its destructive power before he is totally convinced. But what he offered to me instead, is a different kind of offer I actually expected. He gave me a contract to sign, where it is well stated that no matter what, the Refining Workshop will allow me to travel around the state and to be relief from handling any quota for a period of half year. But after I returned, I will be required to deliver 100 Medium Grade 10 Crystals each month, depending on how long my leave tenure will be. When I read on such contract, I actually felt that I''ve returned to my previous world for a moment. With all my items is taken with me, I returned the Storage Box and exchanged my 200 points for two Portable Workstation that was offered in the Point Exchange Counter. The first Portable Workstation Part I chose is the Blacksmith Unit, while for the second, I chose the Refiner Unit. With all this thing is done, I left the Refining Workshop after I bid farewell to Section Leader Zhu and Senior Brother Kong Rong. I went directly to the Compartment Upgrading Store next and had the goblin pouch within my inventory totally upgraded to a better grade before I went out for a journey. I spend a total of 425 Crystals to refine the basic Goblin Pouch into 17 Goblin Single Upgrade Pouch, and another 1300 Crystals to upgrade the 65 of them into a total of 13 Goblin Double Upgraded Pouch. Of course, I spend 3000 Black Crystals to destroy the ownership link of the three Lower Compartment Bag belonged to Lu Fang, and make it mine. While paying another 7000 Black Crystals to upgrade all of them into a Medium Grade 10 Compartment Pouch, with a capacity of 6000 Units each. Just like this, I went out from the Long Hun Town, and head directly up towards the north. I know that the border of the Ling Stage will come within a week supposedly, but if in between there is some part of the state is possible to be explored, why not I spend some time exploring them? I would much more be preferring such kind of life instead of being tied working for the Refining Workshop. On my fourth day journey, I finally met with another two merchants with their caravan. Since our destination is up north as well, I decided to not asking where we are heading at the moment, but leave it to our surprise. Soon, after one day of travelling together, we actually reached our destination, a settlement that was built on the edge of the border of Ling State. Since the two merchant already knows their destination, they were already used to this kind of views. But for me, this is totally first time experience of walking straight into the Gobumi Settlement, the largest Goblin Settlement within the Ling State of Tian Gong Country. This settlement already existed within this Ling State for around 60 years, and although they are a settlement fully resides by goblins and a few other tribes, some humans too could be seen around here. This Gobumi Settlement does not have any exceptional peace treaty with the Ling State Army, so sometimes, some small attack and skirmish do happen outside of the Gobumi Settlement. One of the main reason is that this settlement is also one of the escape destination for those attacking Goblins that came directly from the Forest of Hundred Tribes. This Settlement population numbered around 7 Million Goblin from different tribes, with around 1 Million Direhound Tribes. The population of the human within this settlement ranged about 50,000, and added with other tribes such as elves, dwarves and gnomes, it totalled up into a number of around 200,000. The City lord of this Gobumi Settlement is as expected, a Goblin, but she was a rare breed. She possesses a single horn protruding from her forehead, with some godly powered tattoo that spread all across her left body. She is especially exceptional when it comes to war and strategy to defeat her enemies, and in the same time, she receives a deep respect from all the goblins within her settlement. It seems that she had been leading the Gobumi Settlement since it was established, until now. Her name is Gobumi, the Lord and owner of this Gobumi Settlement. Nobody knows her strength, but everyone knows one thing about her. Its the respect she obtained, from all the population within her settlement. I queue with the others outside of the settlement and awaits my turn to obtained my piece of entrance token. The requirement to enter this settlement is simple. You must possess a single Goblin Hide in your possession, and you will have to wear it wherever you went within the settlement. If you have belonged to a beast tribe, you will be required to put on a collar instead, where it is unimaginable that some beast, such as some independent Lions or Mountain Apes, actually knows how to obey this rules when they entered the city. "What does wild beast have with this settlement anyway? And most important question of all, how the hell those beasts actually knows how to come to this place and queue for an entrance collar!!!" I stop disturbing my brain with the question and got my piece of entrance token. It seems that they put the Green Goblin as the guards and also working for personnel because they are easier to control and more obedient when doing their duties. The moment I entered the settlement, I and greeted with the first building as I pass through the settlement walls. "What the hell?" It is actually a seven-storey high Prostitution building, with a long signboard with prices stated on top. "Humanoid Tribe - 100 Black Spirit Crystals a session / Goblin Tribe - 200 Black Spirit Crystals a session / Others - Prices starts from 300 Black Spirit Crystals onwards." I thought that Goblins is the main tribe here, why are their rates are higher than normal? When I turned around and look at my green Goblin. It is actually very interesting to get into the building. I gave it a knock and had it follows me as I walk past this huge building. After I remembered about the Goblins and their special Skills "Too Fertile", I begin to understands why their rates are higher. I walk past quite a few different workshops, and it seems like within here, employees are not restricted, and also you are not controlled to conduct your business. This is also the reason why there is a large number of merchants coming over to this town to do their business.This tale has been unlawfully lifted from Royal Road; report any instances of this story if found elsewhere. "Eh, it seems like there is some metal product available to be purchased within this Material Store.
Grade 10 Grade 9 Grade 8 Grade 7
Rough Tin Ore x 10 1 Goblin Bead Rough Copper Ore x 10 10 Goblin Beads Rough Iron Ore x 10 100 Goblin Beads Rough Steel Ore x 10 1,000 Goblin Beads
Small Crystal x 10 1 Goblin Bead Medium Crystal x 10 10 Goblin Beads Large Crystal x 10 100 Goblin Beads Fine Crystal x 10 1,000 Goblin Beads
Young Salve Herb x 10 1 Goblin Bead Adult Salve Herb x 10 10 Goblin Beads Grown Salve Herb x 10 100 Goblin Beads Fine Salve Herb x 10 1,000 Goblin Beads
Goblin Equipment x 10 1 Goblin Bead Goblin Equipment x 10 10 Goblin Beads Goblin Equipment x 10 100 Goblin Beads Goblin Equipment x 10 1,000 Goblin Beads
Hmm, It seems like the item is differentiated by their grades, and all they provide is only the most basic ingredients. I looked at the item and tried to talk with the Store Owner. "Owner, is this item all basic grade only?" I pointed at those items within the shelves. The Goblin Owner turned around and replied my words. "Human friend all this thing for sales is only basic. Higher grade item will need to exchange or purchased at the market. You will not see here!" Hmm, it seems like the trading shop here is all catered to basic needs. I have a total of 40 Goblin Beads, but I will need to know what I required to be able to properly earn some money here. If that''s the case, I will purchase a total of 300 Small Crystals for now. I paid a total of 30 Goblin Beads to the Shop Owner, as it withdraws a sack up to the table. "Hey wait, it is mixed with all kind of crystals!" I tried to stop the owner, but as he simple grabs a total of 300 small crystals for me and kept the sack back to below his table. I actually felt speechless. The item they sold, please tell me it is not mixed and matches. I''m looking at that 300 mixed crystals in front of me, and I kept all of them as I walked out from the store. A place to stay for first. Let us see... Alright, there is a residential rental office. I went over to the building and asked for the fee to stay each night. And seeing there is a business in the office, the Goblin quickly replied my question. "Ark!" he shouted at first, and then begin to talk. "Human, one room for one night is one goblin bead." I looked at the goblin and pass him a total of three goblin beads and says, "Three Night". He accepted the beads and passed me three different long stripe keys. "Ark! One key for one room for one night. Three night is three key, ARK!" he finished his words and turned around to continue having fun with a piece of metal. Why would that goblin is so obsessed with that metal? I wondered, by did no ask any question. I went deeper into the settlement and finally noticed a big square where many people are sitting here to do their private matters, such as refining some crystals, smelting some equipment or preparing some concoction. "I guess I will do some works here too." I sat down at a spot and take the 300 crystals out from my compartment bag, and begins to refine them. It is almost the similar to the human lower grade 10 crystals, but the only differences are that these crystals are only can be used by the monster tribe. Every 5 Small Crystal will be refined into a Small Warrior Crystal, then Small Marauder Crystal, Small Master Crystal, and lastly, a Small Lord Crystals. With the 300 Small Crystals in hand, I quickly refine all of them until I have no more tries left. The supposedly 60 chances become only 58 because ten of them are randomly mixed and does not group up into a minimum of 5 crystals in number. Next, I just walked over to the location where all the merchants gathered and opened my store. The moment I have the intention to open the store, the Pedlar Setup Ring begins to give out a reaction. That instant, a notification immediately appears within my eyes.
Peddling Intention is acknowledged. You will be able to choose your merchandise to sell before the Pedlar Setup System begin its operation. Please Choose your Merchandise now.
"Alright, here goes nothing." I thought. Within my Compartment Pouch, I select the 58 Small Warrior Crystal of varies colours to be sold, and to try my luck, I put in a total of 10 Blood Crystals and 10 of the Custom Goblin Armour into the system as well. The moment I decided that the item within the system is enough, it is changed into a flash as it felt like I am started to have a small but beautiful stall with a nice glass table top with the crystals within. Behind me, a total of 10 Mannequin stands, with the size of a goblin is placed with the Custom Goblin Armour on it. The goblins that were walking around the settlement quickly pay some attention to my table top, as they have a look on the crystals I''m selling. "Kruak! Small Warrior Crystals, three Goblin Beads, Yes!" the Goblin that looks like it has quite a good potential to grow up paid me a total of 6 Goblin Beads and took a Red and Yellow Crystals away. Just like this, I received six Goblin Beads in hand. The stall continues to open for another five hours, and finally, all the Small Warrior Crystals had been sold. In total, I''ve earned 174 Goblin Beads on hand, plus another 6 Goblin Beads from selling a piece of Blood Crystal. "It seems like only things that well needed by goblins are the best seller here. Since the goblin actually have their own kind of lifestyle, does this means that those goblin that visits here are more or less, richer goblins or nobles?" I did not bother to continue thinking about that question. All I know is that I will need to refine more crystals and make some good armour If I wished to earn more money. Its just this time, Instead of human''s Black Spirit Crystals, I''m earning Goblin''s Goblin Bead. I head to the Goblin Blacksmith and prepares to craft some of the better Goblin Armour to sell. But with this all within my mind, I actually failed to notice that the Status Panel just whispered a short notice.
You had begins with the journey of a Pedlar. Continues with your progress and you will receive more benefits as your sales figure increased. Current Achievement: 0 Black Spirit Crystals / 180 Goblin Beads. Reach 5,000 Currency Points to Unlock your first benefit!
Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 40 [Understanding Goblin. Crafting a mighty Armour.] The moment I entered the Goblin Blacksmith, I am presented with the view of professional goblin smith that was so passionate about producing a huge number of weapons, armours and other tools and equipment for the goblins. I took a stop in between as I stare at one of them, and I actually noticed that the Goblin''s specialized skill in blacksmithing is so skilful that It gave me a goosebump. I looked at the goblin. Its skill is totally marvellous. This is exactly the skills of somebody who had been making this pieces of armour for at least ten years. I continue to stare at the goblin''s hand, its each strike of the hammer towards the piece of metal, every sound the metal plate made as it was tempered, mould and the sparks that came out. This goblin is maximum about four years. If I''m not mistaken, a Green Goblin with enough blood when they grow could allow them to become at least warriors or anything, but this guy, possess only a slightly bigger body, but still pale to be compared with a Goblin Warrior. I put on my scan on this guy and tries to see its status. "Scan level is too low, only common information could be retrieved."
Name: None Level 46 (182/4,600) Tribe: Green Goblin (Blacksmith Type)
HP: 650 MP: 125 Stamina: 400
Strength 48 Physical: 48 Agility: 12
Magic: 0 Resistance: 0 Blacksmithing: 23
??? Locked ??? Locked ??? Locked
Traits: Blacksmith type is a rare breed that was obsessed with metal and hammering the moment they born. They possess the ability of "Spark Ritual" that allows them to grow the more they obsessed in crafting. The Blacksmith type is a kind of goblin breed that could stay alive without problem for more than 200 years.Stolen from Royal Road, this story should be reported if encountered on Amazon.
Skills: Spark Ritual (Passive) - Each piece of ore used by this goblin will generate 2 points. Spark Boost (Level 40) - Allows the crafting to results in better quality. Natural Talent (Passive) - The longer the goblin is involved in crafting, the faster it could increase its level.
It seems like the Goblin Blacksmith type is actually a rare breed. This is why he is so skilful in his equipment crafting. I then decided to walk into the forging area that was given out to the adventurers or other people. The moment I went into this area, I am shocked at another sight. "Why the hell there is a Werewolf Tribe''s people here? And the most important of all, didn''t the Werewolf is sensitive with metal especially silver?" At that moment, the werewolf actually noticed my existence beside him, as he turned around and stare at me. "Greetings, human friend." the werewolf speaks. "Good day to you," I answered. We didn''t continue to speaks after that, as the werewolf continues with its works. I focus on my own works as well. With a total of ten sets of Custom, Goblin Armour is disassembled into random pieces, I throw all of them into the smelter to allows them to be ready for hammering. By using the folding technique, I purposely fold the piece of metal that was formed earlier, into a thicker piece of a bar before I continue to hammer it into normal size again. It continues for a short while, but this piece of metal is very satisfying, because the more I fold the piece of metal, the harder it is for me to be able to form it back into the earlier shape a while before. As I noticed that this is the most I could handle, I decided to stop here and starts to mould a piece of shoulder guard. From here, I continue and begin with another portion of the metal pieces. This procedure went over again and again for about half a day until the time is almost midnight. I stopped here, knowing that It would be impossible for me to finish this work today. In the same time, my own greediness to form a similar kind of armour cause me to only form the pieces of the armour separately, only leaving the assembling at the last moment. Of course, after a good sleep back in the Goblin Residence I rent, I continue with my normal daily activities. I repeated the same thing once again and managed to refine another 97 sets from the 500 crystals I purchased by paying 50 Goblin Beads. The Goblin Owner that looking at me, tells me to be "Lucky" this time. Unexpectedly, the business is quite good today, as I quickly finished selling the 97 Small Warrior Crystal in just a few hours. But I know I have something that needed to be finished, so I quickly went into the Goblin Blacksmith again. Just like this, I continue such kind of life for two more days as I finally completed my sets of ten armours. I head back to the merchant gathering area and begins to start my business. I select the ten-piece of Goblin Warrior Armour and begin my business. Many small normal goblins and some goblin warrior actually walked past my stall, but none of them actually made a stop at mine. Worrying that the business is not going to go well, I went out and begins to promote my ten pieces of armour. "Come and have a look! Custom Goblin Warrior Armour with special traits! This comes with ten units set, all of it with special abilities that could help you to win the fights!" I started to promote the armour and keep pulling those pass away Warrior to take a look. Soon, I managed to attract a group of ten Goblin Warriors. Following behind them is a Goblin Marauder with many scars around his face and both arms. "Human Friend, you said this ten armour compliments with each other?" the Goblin Marauder asked. "Yes! Yes! This ten equipment assist each other to grow stronger! It is a very special customized Warrior Armour that will allow the Goblin Warrior to perform in many ways!" I continue to promote the equipment in hope that it will be purchased. After the Goblin Marauder hesitates for a while, it finally withdraws some Goblin Beads to purchase it. Here you go, as it was stated, each warrior armour cost 80 Goblin Beads, ten of them is 800 Goblin Beads." In my mind, I was thinking, not bad for a marauder to whipped out 800 Goblin Beads so easily to purchase this all for his subordinate.
Goblin Warrior Carapace Armour x 3 (Part of Warrior Set) Goblin Warrior Spearhead Armour x 3 (Part of Warrior Set) Goblin Warrior Mirage Armour x 4 (Part of Warrior Set)
Category: Armour / Grade: Medium 10 Category: Armour / Grade: Medium 10 Category: Armour / Grade: Medium 10
Durability: 20/20 Durability: 20/20 Durability: 20/20
Stat: 19 DEF / 5 REC / 5 ASSIST Stat: 14 DEF / 5 REC / 5 ATK 14 DEF / 5 AGI / 2 REC
Equipment Bonus: Effect 1 - If all Warrior Set is assembled, increase bonus of all armour by 10% Effect 2 - If all Carapace Armour is assembled, increase bonus of Carapace armour by 10% Equipment Bonus: Effect 1 - If all Warrior Set is assembled, increase bonus of all armour by 10% Effect 2 - If all Spearhead Armour is assembled, increase bonus of Spearhead armour by 10% Equipment Bonus: Effect 1 - If all Warrior Set is assembled, increase bonus of all armour by 10% Effect 2 - If all Mirage Armour is assembled, increase bonus of Mirage armour by 10%
I accepted the 800 beads in hand, and actually, have a thought for a moment. How come they always have a set prices whenever the item is sold? I tried and check what happened actually with the sales system, and finally, I noticed that I couldn''t set any price at all. All of it is set by the system itself. Convenient, but disappointing. I turned around and look at my two slave pets that have been following me for this three days without anything to do. "You guys, wait patiently for few more days, then we are going to do something, alright?" I looked at my two slave pets and speaks. The slime jumping nonstop, as if it could have more thing to eat. Meanwhile, for the goblin, it seems to fall in love with the Fine Grade 10 Brass Pickaxe and wouldn''t let go of it no matter what. Looking at my goblin, I wonder what future it would hold. But at the same time, I guess I need to increase my own capability as well because I am far too weak at the moment. I prepare to walk away after I had my stall disassembled, but I heard a weak whisper from somewhere not too far from my spot. "Human Crystals for sale, Human Crystals for sale, you can exchange it with same quality crystals if you want!" I looked around to find the owner of the whispers.
You had begins with the journey of a Pedlar. Continues with your progress and you will receive more benefits as your sales figure increased. Current Achievement: 0 Black Spirit Crystals / 2,726 Goblin Beads. Reach 5,000 Currency Points to Unlock your first benefit!
Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 41 [Taking A Trip.] I walked over to look for the owner of the voice, only to see an old Green Goblin with moustache and beard on it upper lips and chin. This old Goblin barely has the strength to shout loudly, but the merchandise he had in his small little store, seems to have treasure more interesting than the others. I walked over to him and take a look at his wares, only to noticed that except randomly mixed Lower Grade 10 coloured crystals, there is nothing else worth mentioning. "Old Goblin, how do you sell these crystals?" I asked. The goblin looked at me with curious eyes, and it replied my words. "Ten crystals for one goblin bead. If you are changing this with a Small Warrior Crystals, I will give you twenty crystals instead." when I heard his reply, I immediately have the consideration. 3 medium crystal refining chances if I exchange with a Small Warrior Crystal. But if I don''t have any of it, I will only have the exchange rate of 10 Crystals each Goblin Beads. Although the difference isn''t too much between the two, when you calculate it through the Medium Warrior Crystals, it is actually not a very good deal. A Small Warrior Crystal could yield me a total of 30 mixed crystals when I exchanged it with the store. But since the crystals he was going to exchange for me belonged to the human kinds, I guess it is still a less than fair price. "I see. Will you be here tomorrow? I will come with 200 Small Warrior Crystals. Please prepare it for me." I speak to the Old Goblin in case he came to the square without enough crystals tomorrow. "Hehe, human are so underestimating our goblins. If you think you could exchange all of this crystals away, then come and try. This old goblin still has more inside my small hut." the Old Goblin withdraws another few sack of crystals that even heavier than himself out in the open. In a simple view, if one sack of the crystals is at least five thousand units within, then over here, there is at least 30 to 50 thousand crystals is simply placed on this square for exchanges. "Hahaha, alright, I will come back tomorrow. Thank you for teaching this young one a good lesson to not underestimate the goblins." I politely nodded and excuse myself. Within my mind, I am actually thinking about the possibility of an old goblin possessing such a wealth. "He must be not a simple old goblin." I think in my mind, but instead of heading straight back to the residence, I went over to check if the store is still opened. My luck is quite good. The store is still opened. I walked in and purchase a hundred Goblin Beads worth of Crystals this time. With a thousand crystals in hand, I am going to exchange a good amount of Human type crystals from him. Like this, I went back to my room straight away and begins to refine some of the small crystals. Perhaps it was due to the higher level of my Material Refining Skill, or maybe the success chances for the Small Crystal is higher, my 200 attempts actually happened to be a total succeed. "I guess I will wait until tomorrow to exchange more of the crystals for my refining." I gave myself a small thought and went to sleep. The next morning, I went over to the merchant square directly and look for the old goblin. As I passed a total of 200 Small Warrior Crystals to him, he gave me a smile. Accompanied with the smile is a small pouch with a total of 4,000 mixed lower grade crystals within. He did not continue to talk to me, but other than myself, there is a few more different merchant that is actually trading with him for those Lower Grade 10 crystals. Since I have nothing else to do except choosing to either refine some crystals or went into the Goblin Blacksmith to make something. I wonder what I available to get from the blacksmith''s blueprint book? Without wasting my time, I went straight to the store first, and this time, instead of only buying a small amount of the Small Crystals, I actually purchase a total of 10,000 crystals for the cost of 1,000 Goblin Beads. The Store Owner is happy with the big sales, and in exchange, he gave me another 1,000 of the crystals as a gift. Holding the 11,000 Small mixed crystals with me, I went into the Blacksmith and went straight to their blueprints corner. It seems like those blueprints here cost nothing to be learned, but of course, most of the blueprint is just some simple and worthless blueprints. But still, learning a new blueprint is still learning, so I did not felt too bothered with it. In my mind, reading an additional book is better than read nothing at all. I chose the blueprint of a Single Headed Battle Axe which has a total of three different Axe Head. The first is a Long Handle Version Single Head axe, the next is similar to a shorter Woodcutting Axe, and lastly, is a type of Dane Axe with a slight edge and outward curve axe head. This three kind of axe head is the basic design within the blueprints, with either Wooden Handle or Metal Handle that was wrapped with a rough leather skin for grips. I learnt the blueprint within an hour, after remembering all the most important part and the essence of the blueprint, and went straight to the forging area to begin my first attempt.Love this novel? Read it on Royal Road to ensure the author gets credit. I melt a total of ten full pieces of Goblin Armour into one single piece of raw metal, as I begin with hammering the piece of metal to remove all its impurities. A fun hour is spent just to hammer the piece of metal until there are no longer any flakes is coming out from the metal. Aid with the temperature from the forge, I soften the piece of metal each time I hammer the edges to form a flat axe head with a hint of a curve on the top, creating it to possess a tip at its 10 o''clock direction with an axe head covering from 1 o''clock to 5 o''clock direction. The head of the axe is slightly wider compared to the blueprints, and in additionally, the pick is made to be a full one and a half inch long. With the Axe Head is complete and sharpen, I begin next with the metal handle. This part is slightly easier, but to make sure that the handle could support the weight and recoil from using the axe, I spent two custom armour pieces to be melted and hammered until it is strong and sturdy enough to be formed into a handle with a thickness of one inch and next wrapped with leather around its knob and handle before it is attached with the Axe Head to form a complete axe.
"Crafting of a Goblin Made Single Battle Axe is complete. Are you satisfy with your works?" Yes No
Choosing yes, the Single Battle Axe is completed, as the light flashed from the axe and vanished. The next moment, Its status is not too great, but I would say It is acceptable because it was just crafted from converting twelve pieces of Custom armour. I looked at its disappointing status for a while and returns to the residence for a good rest. Of course, that is after I spend almost half of the remaining day to refine 3,000 of the Small crystals into 600 Small Warrior Crystals. It felt slightly weird because no matter how high is the success rate, there is no activation of the level 5 quirk at all. The next morning, I tried to went over to do the same thing again, but before I could take my step, my goblin pet stands before me. It holds the pickaxe in hand firmly, as if it is demanding something. "Oh, I know now. Sorry, let us went over to the settlement hall and see what could we find." just like this, we cancel the plan to exchange the lower crystals and went straight ahead to the Settlement hall. The moment we are there, I checked on the map where the up, down, left and right would lead. Northern Mountain Forest of Hundred Tribes Entrance - Goblin Tribe Settlement - Orc Tribe Settlement Southern Grassland Sulphur Stone Forest - Aeonic Underground Cave - Ancient Orc Ruins - Taipan Mines Western Mountain Jaipur Beast Cave - Vulture Gorge - Revenant Mountain Cave - Infant Crying Cave Eastern Lake Viper Sector - Shell Sector - Beast Sector - Yorha Lake Underground Mines Wow, there is quite a lot of choice to choose, but there aren''t too much of a description here. Of course, after asking around, I finally noticed that it seems like the frontest location is easiest, and going up to a more difficult location. This is all same for the South, West and East direction, except the north, which is extremely dangerous. Sulphur Stone Forest, Jaipur Beast Cave, Viper Sector. Which one should we choose? "Kyak, Kyakk!" the green goblin pointed at the Sulphur Stone Forest. "Are you interested to go to this place?" I asked and looked at the green goblin, even the slime is very happy with its choice as I could see the two bundled up together to had me choose the location. "Alright, we''re going to the Sulphur Stone Forest. Just like this, we made a simple decision and went out from the South Gate. Just after thirty minutes later, a group of troops came back from the west gate. "KYUKKK! Good Job!" the Goblin Marauder praise the ten Goblin Warrior that just came back from a fight. This group of about 400 goblins is what remains from the 1000 goblin troops that were sent towards the western Mountainside to take a look at the condition and the safety, but unexpectedly, they were ambushed by a mercenary group called themselves the Quentin Mercenaries. The goblins at first facing a huge loss, where just within a short moment, they were already ambushed by the Quentin Mercenaries, but then the ten Goblin Warrior actually turn the situation around from defeat to victory! Their teamwork is excellent. Four-speed warriors actually charge in from both left and right of the Quentin, assisted by the defensive warrior that strikes them directly. Then, before the could expect, three warrior goblin actually strikes them like three bolts of Ballista, strong and destructive. Just like this, their formation crumbles, but although the ten Goblin Warrior managed to change the defeat into victory, their goblins troops received a huge loss as well, with only four hundred of them remains. But this is nothing to be sad or feeling dejected. Because this four hundred little goblin is expected to grow into 400 warriors if this victory continues! While at the same time, a figure that looks like a goblin but nothing similar to a normal goblin speaks. "Where did that ten Goblin Warriors get their ability from? Get me Korhal, Peros, and Mogul." the figure gave an order and sent the goblins messenger out to look for the three names. Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 42 [World of Monster are not so sweet after all.] Our trip took us one full day. We travel straight towards the southern direction, and finally reached a location where the trees, stones, grounds and everything else came in a bright yellow colour. "Damn! This Sulphur Stone Forest really up to its name, everything is bright yellow colour!" I comment and step into the forest along with my two slave pets. The Goblin is the first one to so excited. With the pickaxe on his hand, it charges over to the closest stone that has a mixture appearance of a sediment rock (a layered rock with some mineral deposits within) and gave it a few strikes. Of course, with the strength of the goblin and the pickaxe quality, giving the sediment rock a few strikes is nothing but an easy task. I throw a Double Upgraded pouch to the goblin and let it mine as it likes. Meanwhile, I got no idea where the slime went. When it went into the forest, its immediately went deeper and is missing from the range of my scan skill. But over here, quite a good number of the ingredient could be obtained. One of them is the most basic Sulphur form that could be obtained is the small brimstones that could be easily found above or underground. Using the shovel as a convenient tool, I could easily dig out a good amount of Brimstone deposits that could be milled into powder to creates Sulphur Powder, a material important for me to because it could be used to produce the Blacksmithing Flame Powder from the recipe I bought. Blacksmithing Flame Powder, a mixture component of few chemical components similar to gunpowder in my previous world. Over here, they call it the Blacksmithing Flame Powder, a form of unknown powder with amazing destructive effect. "I still wonder about their capability at the moment, because my right, they should already know the way to utilize this powder to use in firearms." There is a pistol weapon and also like that demonic shooter, but unfortunately, those weapon is using recoil hammer and puncher like a ballistic weapon instead of a firearm. I looked at the sulphur brimstone in hand, and a new kind of creation slowly appears within my mind. "Should I make a Gatling gun that could help me to decimate my opponents?" "Kyak!!" my goblin suddenly shouted. Afraid that he is treated as a wild goblin by other adventurers that is quite aggressive, I quickly ran over to the goblin location. The moment before me is nothing too serious, but like what I am worrying, there is actually two human adventurer looking at my goblin as they tried to force my goblin to emptied its Double Upgraded Pouch. "Kyak Kyak!!" my goblin rejects their intention, and in return, it receives a few kick as a lesson. "Fu*king goblin, quickly take out whatever within that pouch and give it to me, else I will really kill you!" the adventurer with a short sword threatened my goblin. Another adventurer is holding two short daggers in its hand, and from his appearance, it seems like this guy is more or less a thief or an assassin. "Stop! What are you doing to my Slave Pet?" I stopped them and walk over to my goblin. It was scared and shocked, and as I reach its side, it stands up and hugs tightly at my leg as it hands me the Double Upgraded Pouch. "No worries. The owner won''t have any problem." I looked at my goblin as it stares at the broken Fine Pickaxe. That pickaxe is like his treasure from the moment I gave him, and this time, because this two adventurer is messing around, it causes my goblin to falls into fear from being killed, heartache from having his treasure broken by humans, and being threatened because of his weakness. "You two, do you think you can do whatever you like out here?" I taunted at them. In the same time, I use scan skill twice on the two adventurers and only receive a notice back from the system.
"Two Idiotic humans. Scum of the Earth. They should be disposed to make sure nobody else would fall into their victim."
What the hell? The Pedlar Setup Ring actually have this kind of comments toward this two adventurer. I looked at the two adventurers and says. "You two should get lost. I will treat it as nothing happened." I finish my words and turned around to see what my goblin is doing, and withdraws another Fine Pickaxe to him. The goblin jump in happiness as he sees another pickaxe in his hand. "Hey, Kid." the two called. Turning around to look at the two adventurers again, I sneakily withdraw my Silver Brass Hunting Pistol in hand and hide it behind my cape. I stand with both hand behind and look at them. "What?" I speak. The moment they see how confident I stand before them, they have a hint of shock and try to see where is the confidence came from. "Puuu..." the slime sound could be heard from far. I know it is my slime''s voice, but I did not bother to be familiar with it. Instead, I acted like it was a scary monster coming from that direction. The two adventurer is shocked as well and readied their weapon to fight. The moment the slime appeared from the shrubs, the two adventurer is actually pissed. "It was a damn Slime!" they wanted to shout as they looked at me, but my Pistol already lifted up at my sight level. I pulled the trigger, and that Steel Slug immediately shot out and pierce through the short sword adventurer''s skull. He falls to the ground and dies in that few seconds. I tried to fire at the assassin, but he was a quite fast user. Two shots are fired, but it was evaded by the assassin. "Do you think you can easily kill me like my friend? In your dreams!" the assassin charge over to my side with both weapons pointing at my direction. Then, my slime suddenly hops to my front and shot a few pellets from its mouth. The assassin made a few slicing movement and burst through that few pellets as he still charges over. "How smelly is this pellet, is that his digestive juice?" the assassin comments, but the moment he started to feel slightly weird, the juices that were spread on his body actually burns with a bluish flame. "Oh right. This damn slime ate quite a lot of sulphur rich stuff I can guess. Now since its digestive juice is flammable and also the sulphur is known as the Blue Flame burner if exposed to fire, I guess this is how he brings this suffering to himself. The assassin rolled on the ground crying for help, but as he turned to my direction, I stepped on his chest and fire a shot directly into his head. He stopped squirming after that. This book was originally published on Royal Road. Check it out there for the real experience. But this skill is not too efficient either. Because of the burning effect, two of the three compartment bag on this assassin''s waist is burnt and destroyed. Leaving only one still within. I grabbed the short sword adventurer''s equipment and bags before leaving, and move deeper into the forest. It seems like other than sulphur could be obtained here, there is nothing else. I tried to see what I can do with the materials I obtained from this location, but it seems like, except the Layered rock that was filled with a few Sulphur Brimstones and Sulphur Rocks, it seems like nothing else could be found here. Hesitates to give up, I used my super scan for once and tried to see anything is hidden from my sight. Alright, there is actually a quite brilliant light over there. I walked over to that spot to see what is hidden on that side, only to notice a huge rock, as big as a two-storey building with an appearance similar to a crystal appears before me. "Is this, Sulphur Crystals?" I looked at the huge crystal rock as I tried to mine a few piece of it. But the next weird thing came out before my eyes. I gave the crystal rock three strikes, and each strike, a crystal as big as my fist is chipped from the huge crystal rock. I strike for a few more times, only to see that the there is a total of ten similar size sulphur crystals on the ground. I pick one of it up and tried to weight it. Hmm... About ten grams each, it is quite big but its lighter than a piece of similar stone. Since the Super Scan indicates that these crystals would be useful, I decided to mine this whole crystal stone back instead. We pick for an hour and noticed that there is still nothing changed on the crystal rock. It is still as huge as previously, and in the picking area, there aren''t even a single dent could be seen on the rock. But after two hours, there is no longer any crystals coming out from it, no matter how many times we pick on the crystal rock. "This rock is pretty magical. Too bad my super scan could only be used once a day." I gathered the crystals and return to where we came from. When I looked at my slime, it seems... Bigger? I immediately open the status panel for a look.
Name: None Level 11 (120/1,100) Tribe: Corrosive Slime
HP: 60 MP: 5 Stamina: 55
Strength 17 Physical: 17 Agility: 17
Magic: 0 Resistance: 0 Intelligence: 1
??? Locked ??? Locked ??? Locked
Traits: Slime is the easiest to grows, depending on all kind of materials to affect its growth path and growth rate. Will produce Slime Essence Crystal each time it levels up. Corrosive Slime is a variation of slime if it ate too many Chemical Materials. They are almost the same except a new skill and more corrosive inner juice.
Skills: Digest Level 2 - allows the slime to digest all soft attribute material to produce 2 Point each. Corrosive Spit Level 1 - allows the slime to protect itself by spitting pellets of Flammable Sulphur to opponents.
A new status called intelligence and also it had increased by two level into level 11 now. It is quite easy to take care. But let''s see, the slime currently possess a total of 52 stat points, while myself is still hanging on 13 points. If I don''t catch up, I wonder will the system made the slave pet to rebel against me. I guess I will need to catch up on myself as well. "Guys, let''s go back!" I called that two slave pets back to my side as we all went back to the settlement. But after half day on our way, it seems like the settlement is in a very messy situation. There is a few more Goblin Warriors spread across the settlement outskirts, and only the token holder could enter the city. Of course, with a token and a residence tag, I am allowed to enter their defensive perimeters easily, but they did mention to me that I should quickly return to the city and do not go out. The moment I reached the settlement, I am greeted by few battalion of soldiers. What the hell is this shit going on? There are at least 300,000 Goblin troops separated into three battalions before my eyes, and all of them are pretty well equipped! In the middle of each battalion, exist a total of three Goblin Drummers with tattoos all around their body. The Drum that was positioned behind them seems to be imbued with pretty strong magical power. In the front of each battalion, at least 30,000 of them are Goblin Warriors, while the others are normal Green Goblins. There is about 30 of the Goblin Marauder could be seen rallying the troops with their goblin language, and the closer I walked into the settlement, I am suddenly stopped by a few soldiers, together with other goblins and tribesmen. Before the entrance, three Goblin Master appears from within, riding a kind of rhinoceros as their battle stead. "Kiruuuuk!" the three Goblin Master howls loudly, and like receiving their orders, the Goblin Drummers started to beat the drums, and all soldiers started to stomp the ground. "Kruk!" a shake on the ground could be felt. "Tuuu Duuuu!!" A horn is blown, and immediately, all the goblin soldiers charged towards three directions, the south, the South-west, and a smaller gap between the two. In return, there is another horn is blown from opposite direction, which means, the Gobumi Settlement is under attack! Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 43 [Money or Pride?] The war begins with a rain of arrows that from the opponent side. From the way the arrow and its fletching, it is most probably from the Human Tribe. The rain of arrows quickly kills quite a number of goblins as they charge, but with the assistance from the Goblin Warriors, the charging continues. The goblin''s crowd attacks in a great speed and quickly reach the position where the human troops are located. But there were some miscalculations. The human had their preparation all along before the war starts. A large trench trap is placed before their defensive line, and as the goblin came across the line, large numbers of Goblin falls into their death. This causes a serious injury to the goblin troops because the charging troops mostly led by the Goblin Warriors. The drummers continue to lift the goblins fighting spirits as they charge. When the human tribe appears from their defensive line, it seems so pitiful. Only three small groups of ants could be seen from far away. In a rough estimation, their numbers might not even reach 50,000 troops. But their formation and preparation are excellent because, after the trench trap, they actually proceed with a spike bridge trap, where if a goblin managed to leap across the trap, they will be greeted with a wooden retracting bridge that forced the goblin back to the trench gap. This way, they will not only destroy the goblins forwarding attack, they even could force their opponent to fall back into the trench trap. "Xiuuu.......PANG!" a loud sound could be heard. It seems like a captain from the other side has died from a ranged attack. "Xiu! Xiu! Xiu!" a repeating three sound is heard again as three more high ranking captains is dead. The sound continues until it seems like most of the high ranking captains are dead. The human forces begin to lose the composure as the traps are being dismantled one by one, and some of them are even used against themselves. The fight continues and becomes even bloody, and in between of the fights, few Green Goblins managed to reach their evolution stage, and immediately receive the evolution blessing and turned into a bare Goblin Warrior. They charge towards their enemies without any holdback, and immediately kills the human tribe without any mercy. The fifty thousand soldiers quickly got killed until none left. At the end of the battle, the corpses are fed to the Brown Goblins that was hired as mercenaries, the equipment and any remaining soldiers that is still alive is taken by the Grey Goblin to be used and researched, while the Green Goblin takes all the leftover treasures that were scattered around the battlefield. And this is the first time I''m able to see one more different kind of goblins. The one that appears from the back is a special Red Goblin. The Red goblin doesn''t seem to have any differences from the other goblins, but the goblin does possess an amazing ability. It seems like the Red Goblins feeds on a soul. The moment the Red Goblins appears on the battlefield, those locations with high numbers of casualties started to have some glowing wisp appearing in the area, as it was quickly absorbed into the Red Goblin''s body. The Red Goblin does not possess any battle ability, but they have one special usage. [Amplification] Like the name, the skill allows one to further amplified their capability. This is also the moment I know that the City Lord is a special breed goblin as well. Her exact tribe is unknown, except it is still belonged to a goblin, but she is an archer for sure, and her capability, only one of them, is known. Long Range Archery with a capability of hitting the target 100% accurately, and with an instant death possibility whenever any of them is targeted. I returned first to Goblin Blacksmith to repair some of my equipment in the few hours while crafted a total of 20 Lightweight Material Canister to store the Sulphur materials mined by myself and my goblin. I filled a total of 30 of the canister fully, and reserve the 1200 Sulphur Crystals in hand in case it was useful in any way. I return to the residence for a rest, but only after I complete the refining of 3000 of the Small Crystals and a thousand of the Lower Grade 10 Crystals. It seems like when the chances return to refining the human type crystals, the possibility of failure is still there. I have a total of 600 success in the Small Warrior Crystals, but I could only get a total of 119 success in the 200 tries for the Lower Grade 10 Crystals. But luckily, I have three activations on the level 5 Quirk, So it added to a total of 122 Crystals instead. I had my level 10 Quirk activated as well, so I managed to get my hand with 117 Medium Crystals and 1 Upper Crystal. I took a rest after everything. The next day, I refine another 1000 Lower Grade 10 Crystals again and got a total of 126 success with 5 of them refined into another Upper Grade 10 crystals. I walked over to the Merchant Square to sell the Small Warrior Crystals once again. This time, the crystals are more than usual, so it took about five hours before I finish selling everything. Today, I could hear some whispers from some of the passerby regarding the ten set armour I had sold previously, but the whispers are too vague, so I didn''t notice the great result they actually bring by the warriors wearing it. Before I end my peddling, I remembered that I''ve recently crafted a Medium Axe. I guess I will sell it too, so I put the weapon on the shelf and it immediately caught everyone attention. Four Goblin Warrior immediately went over to my stall and take a look at the stats of the weapon. Some of them felt disappointed, but some of them actually have the interest in purchasing it.
Goblin Made Single Battle Axe - Melee Weapon
Category: Melee Weapon Grade: Medium Grade 10
Durability: 50/50
Stats: 4 ATK / 5 ACC / 3 ATK SPD / 3 BLEED
Equipment Bonus: Lower - Increase ATK by (1) each time the weapon touched its opponents. Medium - Increase ATK by (1) each time the weapon touched by others. (Effect Lost when repaired)
I actually forget about the not too important bonuses. But the moment I allow the goblins to touch the axe, the attack begins to increase and cause the goblin especially warriors to begin to fight for it. "ARGH! Goblin Bead, 200, I buy!" a Goblin Warrior quickly withdraws the money to purchase the weapon, but it was pushed away by another stronger Goblin Warrior. "Human Friend, Me Buy!" the warrior withdraws a two hundred Goblin Beads and soon, a sword is swung towards the side of my stall.Stolen novel; please report. "Bang!" my stall''s canopy stick is almost chopped to half. The Goblin Warriors begin to fight with each other for the axe, and as they fought, weapons like spear, staves, swords and recurve bows all are taken out as they fought against each other. Soon, a Goblin Warrior from the Grey Goblin Tribe appears from a corner to join the fight. With a single axe, the Grey Goblin fought six Goblin Warriors and knock down each of them. Aiharu. All the other goblins know his name. This is one of the Named Goblin Warrior, a high potential Goblin that possesses the capability to climb up above the Goblin Lord evolution. Aiharu walked over to my stall and placed two hundred Goblin Beads on the glass top. Seeing the two hundred goblin beads, I took away the weapon holder and pass the axe over to Aiharu. The goblin named Aiharu swing the axe in a pretty sturdy stance before he turned to a side where a thick stone wall is erected. Beastial Axe Strike! "Prrraccckkk!" the wall immediately have a line of the crack appears in the middle. "Everyone. Touch my axe." Aiharu speaks as his back is facing everyone else. The others have the curiosity to see how strong is the axe, so they did not hesitate to cooperate. The moment almost everyone included myself had already made contact with the axe, I put a scan on it. [ATK 214] Damn. If I could have such an effect in my pistol, how great. But the moment of jealousy fades because it means I will need people to touch my pistol each time before I use it, how inconvenient. Aiharu use the same axe strike once again, and this time, with the aid of an additional 210 Attack Point is added into the axe, the wall immediately crumbles into small pebbles as it falls. "Thank You. Please tell me if you have any other item for sale." Aiharu finishes his words and left, but before he successfully leave my sight, I quickly have a scan on him. Similar to the Goblin Blacksmith, the information it gave is very vague. But at least, I could see what is his special tribe.
Name: Aiharu Level 28 (2,777/2,800) Tribe: Grey Goblin (Weapon Master)
HP: 1,880 MP: Unknown Stamina: Unknown
Strength 90 Physical: Unknown Agility: Unknown
Magic: Unknown Resistance: Unknown Mastery: Unknown
??? Locked ??? Locked ??? Locked
Traits: Unknown
Skills: Unknown
Damn, this Aiharu is even more mysterious compared to the Green Blacksmith Goblin. Its level is lower compared to the Green Blacksmith Goblin. I looked at my sales. 600 crystals are sold for 1800 Goblin Beads, added with the axe''s 200 Goblin Beads, my sales for today is a total of 2000 Goblin Beads. With all the profit I got for today, I went back to the store again, ignoring the Old Goblin this time. Again, I purchased a total of 10,000 with a thousand small crystals from the Store Owner again. It was almost as if he could expect my request this time, as he already had his stock prepared. After I purchased the crystals, I asked that if there is any speciality item that could get a good price when sold to the goblins. The Store Owner shared a few kind of items, but most of them belonged to the weapon category. The armour category is not too shabby in pricing, not too many goblins will spend time in enhancing their armour, because they only have one life after all. After we talked for a while, the store owner shared a specific item that I might help the goblins. But he did mention another word along with what he just shared. The item is revealed to be a Dagger. When I heard his word, I actually felt I am fooled for a bit before he mentioned the reasons. But in his remarks, the words of "You will have to choose a side. If the dagger you made will be the one that will cause the human to falls, you will regret as well." [Many Goblin starts from a half human size body. With their newborn capability and also fighting experience, they have nothing to be compared to a human that was groom to be a fighter, soldier from young. Human are tricky and have plenty of traps no matter if it''s planned or unplanned, so it is difficult to handle a human.] [But a human has their weakness too. They are taller than the normal young Goblins, so their method of attacking the lower ground is usually stab and downward slash. This basic attack is easily defended by sneaking away and charge towards the human''s crotch, but if they do not possess a good weapon, injuring a human would be more than a dream.] [You might have the question of why not a sword or axe would works? But let me tell you. A goblin is roughly a half of a human size. Their reach, their strength, and even their capability of wielding a longer weapon, how efficient do you think? This is why the best weapon is always dagger. But of course, we have lack of skilful blacksmith that could smelt good quality dagger, and no human is willing to smelt dagger for our tribe.] [If you willing to do this favour to the Gobumi Settlement, I would assure that you will be very well treated within the Gobumi Settlement.] The Store Owner finished his word and return to his works. While for myself, I think for a little while before I went to the Goblin Blacksmith. "Should I craft the Dagger for the goblins?" this question keep repeating within my mind, as I would be required to make a decision before I begin to read the Dagger blueprint.
You had begins with the journey of a Pedlar. Continues with your progress and you will receive more benefits as your sales figure increased. Current Achievement: 0 Black Spirit Crystals / 4,726 Goblin Beads. Reach 5,000 Currency Points to Unlock your first benefit!
Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 44 [Common Sense.] What is more important? Protecting your own origin or helping the others? The rules of Nature is harsh. One would always need to choose the correct choice for themselves. I considered the issue for a while, but after I''ve seen how bad the condition of the country is, it seems that preserving the humankind isn''t something extremely important now. No matter how, when you look at how the Tian Gong Country manage their country, it seems like a dictatorship in my opinion. The land is controlled strictly where no peasants or basic population should possess the right to owned or use any of the lands for their personal needs. Fee for accommodation is a requirement, and if you would have a family, this means that you will need to struggle more to handle the stress of each single day''s cost. Not only that, the Country''s rule is actually restricting the majority to possess the right to trades in the product above lower grades. This means, all the profit from above lower grade materials onward will be belonged under the government monopoly, and be used indirectly strengthening their own strength. In the same time, Many peasants from the town seem to have no knowledge regarding self-improvement at all, which is why I could still see that at least 70-80% of the population possessing the same strength and status like myself, and only a few are seen improving. If this is how the Tian Gong Country conduct themselves, this means there will be no value in trying to preserve them. I''ve decided to goes along with the creation of the dagger and started to study the blueprints as much as I could to absorb all the knowledge before I begin with my own creation. Within my mind, quite a plenty designs started to come in, but what I wished is to craft a proper and stable dagger that would be suitable to be used by all kind of living beings. But after being put into consideration for a while, I stopped assuming myself to be the creator and decided to take the position of an upgrade specialist instead. A stable dagger suitable for all beings? What an extremely glorious dream. There will be nothing suitable for the whole world, only further improvement. Human created dagger with a different build and shape with a motive. Goblins use a short dagger as their weapon for an easier victory. Orc might not bother with daggers as it is too small for their hand to properly grip it. Beast... Bite them on their mouth? There will be no perfect shape which is suitable to all beings, so after decided that I will not be going for those wishful thinking, I decided to choose the shape I believe would be perfectly suitable for the goblin''s size, usage, and damage. The design will be a Spike Dagger, a wide base blade with an excellent sharp point. This weapon is most suitable to be used in close distance combat and could bring tremendous results depending on the user''s skill and advantageous. The wide base blade allows the wound to widen according to the user''s wish, and due to this particular advantage, this weapon had been called as the replacement of a direct confrontation Axe. With my mindset with creating this weapon, I''ve decided sacrifice all I have so far and went to use the conversion of 50 sets of all the Custom Goblin Armour to be melted into a single piece of steel before I begin to hammer and fold the metal to form a similar to Damascus Steel. Although the molten Tin gathered from the 50 sets of armour is not extremely concentrate, but for an initial trial, this is quite a good amount. I start the process by hammering the steel into a more stabilized, folded form. I tried to fold over 12 times, but unfortunately, I failed. It seems like I would be required to have more strength before I could succeed to fold it exceed 12 folding. With folding technique, I manage to form the metal to become 2,048 layers within the single piece of metal, before I felt satisfied to begin hammering the metal to form the shape. The process is neither easy or hard, but the concentration required, exceed what a normally needs. It felts like I am being absorbed into crafting this weapon. An hour later, I finally succeed. The piece of tin metal is formed into a long piece of the rod before it is sectioned. A small part of the extended part is used to creates a small pommel at the back of the grip, and a section is taken out to form a cross-guard before the blade section. The Spike Dagger is formed into a 10.5" length, from the pommel to the tip of the blade, and from the bottom, it was hammered into a widened section, slowly get point at the tip. After some sharpening and engraving, the weapon finally completed.
"Tribal Specialty Spike Dagger is successfully created. Satisfied with your works?"This book was originally published on Royal Road. Check it out there for the real experience. Yes No
"You have crafted a special weapon specialized to only Goblin Tribe. Your position as a Pedlar from Another World has increased."
"You will be rewarded with a special gift for your effort to create a special merchandise especially for the Goblins." Current Contribution to the Goblins: 1
"You received a Cave of Three Kingdom Ownership!" "You may choose to enter this cave at your own discretion." "You may decide the type of material to be produced within." "You may allow a maximum 2 Living being within the cave." "You will be blessed with three kinds of materials within the cave." "Your cave is dangerous!" "Are you ready?" Yes Yes
Seeing this kind of term within the notice with no choice of "No" at all, I could only answer yes. Then an extra dot of light appeared on the Pedlar Setup Ring I''m wearing. The dot became brightly lit, with a beautiful rainbow colour that seems so mesmerizing. Just in that moment, an interface appears before me.
"Enter Cave of Three Kingdom?" Yes No
I chose yes. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The vision changes into a huge cave. Three tunnels could be seen, with different colour as an indication. The tunnel on my north-west is filled with rocks and stones coloured in scarlet red, while another located at my South-west is coloured with dark green. Lastly, the tunnel on the south-east is coloured in yellow. The tunnel is void of any vegetation, but at top of the roof, light could still be seen. "Krak..." some voice could be heard from the red tunnel side. The voice getting more distinct as some shadows started to appears from the tunnel. Soon it appears to be a few skeletal soldier. One of them wielding a spear, three with swords and another with a Monk Staff? I questioned my eyes, by after a rub on both of my eyes, it is still a Monk Staff. "Oh well, let us see what we will get from killing these skeletal soldiers." I took out my Brass Hunting Pistol, aimed at the skeletal soldiers, and fire a few shots. "Tuk Tuk!" one of the soldiers falls but very soon, it crawled for a few steps and stands up once again. "Alright, this is undead huh?" I comment. Perhaps it was due to playing too many video games in life before I reborn into this world, seeing zombies and skeletal soldiers don''t give me any fear at all, instead, it felt better because I wouldn''t need to kill any human at all. Throughout my journey in this world, I only killed three humans. Lu Fang, the guy that forced me to gave him my haul of treasure in Night Glowing Cave, and the two adventurers in the Sulphur Stone Woods. I shifted my mag of slugs into the silver one, and kneel on one knee. I took a sharp aim on the skeletal soldier and fired a heavy shot. "Bam!" the impact cause the Skeletal Soldier to shattered on the spot. The other two soldier is injured as well, with a part of their arms is destroyed from that impact. Seeing the skeletal soldier is still around, I fired four more shots, and take down all five of them. I run a scan after all this is over, and noticed a few item is dropped on the ground. Medium Grade 10 Red Power Crystal. Lower Grade 10 Red Power Crystal x 3. Broken Red Power Crystal. Damn it! Does this means that the Monk Staff Skeletal Soldier dropped the Medium Crystal, the three Sword Soldiers dropped the lower crystals and the spear one dropped the broken crystals? If you did, you guys are going to cry now. I checked my magazine and sees another 15 silver bullets remain within, checked my inventory and sees another 40 magazines with silver bullets is within as well. "It''s Skeleton Hunting Time!" http://www.tigeredge.com/105-Stainless-Medieval-Barcelona-Spike-Dagger-Knife-w-Leather-Sheath_p_630.html Pedlar of Another World - Chapter 45 [Got something again, what a good luck.] "Come On!" I fired the silver bullets shots accurately towards those Skeletal Soldiers widely scattered within the tunnel. It was a shocking sight at first because the tunnel is getting wide and now, it was about a road with four lanes width. There is plenty of Skeleton Soldiers, and most of them are similar to those I met before when I am in the intersection. It seems like they were group into a small group of five to ten. A ten group skeletal soldiers are consisting of four Sword Wielding Skeleton, four Spear Wielding Skeleton, one Monk Staff Skeleton and a skeleton mage. The drops are all pretty similar, except that the mage actually drops the Broken Red Power Crystal instead of the lower or medium grade one. Looking at the Broken Crystals, I actually got a little feel of disappointment. A broken Red Power Crystals mean it is a crystal with red hue but contains nothing within. It is like an empty Red Power Crystal that could be refined into its perfect condition without bothering about failure. But since it is empty, it could be used to contain the force of the Red Power Spring, which forms from the only location with an extremely dense amount of Red Power Source. A normal area with a small concentration of Red Power Crystals is called as a Vein. This is usually found in a cave. A Deposit is used to label those Mines that is rich and abundant with resources like Red Power Crystals, and many more different materials, but the best of all would be the realms. Because within the realms, It is said that you will be able to see those Red Power Spring almost everywhere within the realm. But of course, a great profit always comes with a great risk. Would a material mining attempt go well if you are actually trying to take a share of the benefits that was enjoyed by those ridiculously powerful monster such as Bronze Flame Dragon or the Steel Cyclops? You might need more than a team of ten to manage to barely survive, not to mention heavily injured when everyone returns. Anyway, it is not a bother. All I would need is to get more material for myself. Since there is a Yellow Tunnel and also a Green Tunnel, most probably they are going to be Green Physical Crystal and Yellow Speed Crystal veins. This is great, as the three main crystal source had been provided to me by the cave itself. It says that my cave is dangerous, I wonder where is the dangerous part. Sometimes, the part where the "The older the wiser" is always correct. I shouldn''t ask where is the dangerous part, because a fully armoured soldier, not a skeleton one, but one with flesh, is standing before me with a katana. That katana look so damn sharp that it would easily slice me into two if I am not careful. I retreated. The katana wielder walked towards me slowly, but his pace is much quicker than I thought. Luckily I didn''t bring my goblin and Slime inside, else this might cost the two of them their lives. I continued to walk backwards until I heard a few "Kalak, kalak" sound. "Shit! There is a group of Skeletal Soldier behind me!" I turned. Looking at the group of five, I quickly fired five random shots continuously. Four is hit, but only three falls. The remaining Monk Staff Soldier and Spear Soldier are walking towards me at a normal speed. I turned and looked at the Katana Wielder, but noticed that he was missing. "Shit! He already had his aim on me!" I quickly took one of the Temporary Deployment Shield and spread it when I crouched, and a heavy sound of "Tanggg!" is heard. "F*cker! I was lucky to have this Temporary Deployment Shield made when I purchased the recipe!" ignoring the material dropped on the floor, I escaped. Running like there is no tomorrow, I quickly charge through at the side and escape without bothering about noticing the other groups around me. Of course, I am being chased, but escaping quickly is still possible, at least. "Huh! Huh! Huh..." I looked at the intersection of the three tunnels. I stand at where I wanted to leave, but huh? Nothing happened. The chasing sound is still coming from the tunnel I came out. "Shit! Shit! Quickly transport me out from this cave!" I shouted softly, but nothing happened. "Yes! The ring! This cave is created by the ring!" I looked at it.
"Entrance Gate reached, do you want to return?"This book''s true home is on another platform. Check it out there for the real experience. Yes No
I answered yes, and it came out with another question.
"You will be charged with the rates of 50 Lower Grade Red Power Crystals for not being able to find an Escape Gate. Pay now?" Yes No
"What the hell?" I shouted, but to preserve my life, I got no choice but to choose yes. The moment I said yes, the sight around me is turned back into the room, seeing that two slave pets are still sleeping. "You two are sleeping so soundly while I just escape from death." I looked at the two and thinking about what I should do for myself, so I could improve my survival rates within this cave. But one thing is weird about this. I was in the Goblin Blacksmith previously when I did, so when did I come back, even appearing within my room with the two is sleeping? This is still a mystery. I took the Spike Dagger out, and take a look on its status before anything else.
Goblin Spike Dagger - Tribal Melee Weapon
Category: Goblin only Melee Weapon Grade: Lower Grade 10
Durability: 20/20
Stats: 11 ATK / 3 ATK SPD / 1 STUN / 1 BLEED
Equipment Bonus: Goblin Only - Double the Stats when used by a goblin. Lower - the user will have a better spirit when fighting with this weapon.
Oh well, how could this be? I spend a total of 50 Custom Armour piece to form a pretty fine Tin Metal and temper them for a total of 12 times. It should achieve a better grade compare to this! But I did not feel too bothered by this results. Results only will get better as long I maintain such performance. I looked at the number of red crystals I''ve obtained from my cave. Seven Medium Grade 10 Red Power Crystals, thirty-two Lower Grade 10 Red Power Crystals, and Twenty Broken Red Crystals. I refined the thirty lower grades one into six success, what a shock! With that thirteen medium grade crystals, I upgrade five of them to form an upper grade and keep the remaining eight. Let''s rest, for now, I will try the cave tomorrow again. I closed my eyes, and fall into a deep slumber. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The next morning, I wake up and went straight towards the Goblin Blacksmith as I crafted another nine more of the similar Goblin Spike Dagger. It felt slightly weird because no matter I use exactly 50 to 60 armour to melt into a single metal, the results are always the same stats, with no difference between each dagger. I decided to not be bothered by that, as I went over to the Merchant square to start trading. I put the ten Goblin Spike Dagger with a total of 60 of the Goblin Warrior Crystals for sale, the stall is quickly grabbed all the goblins shopping around, and begin to gathers at my stall. "Kyak! Good dagger, good!" a Green Goblin with a scar on its eyes speaks. Very soon, with a price of 25 Goblin Beads each dagger, it was quickly sold out. The business coincidently helps in my crystals sales as well, where within three hours, everything was sold off. The moment it was all sold off, a new notification came into my ring and forced to come out. With the merchandise for the day is sold out, I closed the stall and ran to a secretive alley before I take a look at the ring. "Why are you being so forceful?" I whisper to myself as I take a look on the notification.
"You''ve reached 5,000 Currency Points in peddling! You may choose a rewards from below. 1: Warrior Pedlar Upgrade (You will receive 100% increase from your current status and Unlock the stats: Killer) 2: Greedy Pedlar Upgrade (You will receive 100% increase in your sales, and unlock the stats: Undead Peddling) 3: Returning Pedlar Upgrade (You know what this means. Reset. But you might not return to where you were.) Confirm selection?
I hesitate. Should I reset?
You had begins with the journey of a Pedlar. Continues with your progress and you will receive more benefits as your sales figure increased. Current Achievement: 0 Black Spirit Crystals / 5,036 Goblin Beads. Reach 5,000 Currency Points to Unlock your first benefit! (Obtained!) Reach 10,000 Currency Points to Unlock your second benefit!